Politics and International Relations 2011 (UK) - Routledge

R o u t l e d g e
Politics and
International Relations
New Titles and Key Backlist 2011
www.routledge.com/politics

www.routledge.com/politics
Welcome to Routledge
Politics and International Relations
New Titles and Key Backlist 2011
Page 4 Page 5 Page 31 Page 33 Page 56 Page 60 Page 90 Page 93
contents
Course Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
American Politics: Introductory
American Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
American Politics: Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
American Politics: Campaigns and Elections . . . . . . . .7
American Politics: Political Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
American Politics: Public Opinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
American Politics: Law & Courts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
American Politics: Identity Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Introduction to Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Comparative Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Latin American Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
European Politics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
British and Irish Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Middle East Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
African Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Asian Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Chinese Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
International Relations Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
International Organisations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
contacts
uk and Rest of woRld
Marketing:
Michael King – Associate Marketing Manager
Email: michael.king@tandf.co.uk
Editorial:
Craig Fowlie – Senior Publisher
Email: craig.fowlie@tandf.co.uk
Heidi Bagtazo – Senior Editor
Email: heidi.bagtazo@tandf.co.uk
Nicola Parkin – Assistant Editor
Email: nicola.parkin@tandf.co.uk
Journals:
Online: www.informaworld.com/journals
Email: tf.enquiries@informa.com
Call: +44 (0)20 7017 5544
International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Critical Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Peace and Conflict Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Conflict Management and Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Strategic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Intelligence Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
International Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Environmental Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Political Communication & Political Psychology . . . . .77
Extremism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Gender Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Political Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Public Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Religion and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Research Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Essay Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back Pages
us, canada and latIn ameRIca
Marketing:
Christine Swedowsky – Marketing Manager
Email: christine.swedowsky@taylorandfrancis.com
Jessica Plummer – Marketing Coordinator
Email: jessica.plummer@taylorandfrancis.com
Editorial:
Michael Kerns – Editor
Email: michael.kerns@taylorandfrancis.com
Mary Altman – Editorial Assistant
Email: mary.altman@taylorandfrancis.com
Journals:
Online: www.informaworld.com/journals
Email: customerservice@taylorandfrancis.com
Call: Toll Free: 1-800-354-1420
Overseas: 1-215-625-8900
The Easy Way to Order
Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply
follow the on-screen instructions. Alternatively,
you can call, fax, or see order form at the back
of this catalog.
UK and Rest of World
Call: +44 (0)1235 400524
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
US, Canada and Latin America
Call: 1-800-634-7064
Fax: 1-800-248-4724
Cover image: Sten Rettby
consIdeRIng books
foR couRse use?
Books marked with are available as
complimentary exam copies for lecturers or
faculty considering them for course
adoption. To obtain your copy visit the URL
listed beneath the title in the catalog and
select your choice of print or electronic
copy. Visit www.routledge.com or in the US
you can call 1-800-634-7064.
Books marked with are available as
electronic inspection copies only.
eBooks
Over 20,000 of our titles are available as eBooks
– available to browse at:
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.
eUpdates
Register your email address at
www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive
information on books, journals and other news
within your area of interest.
Trade Customers’ Representatives,
Agents and Distribution
For a complete list, visit:
www.routledge.com/representatives.

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
course guide
Routledge politics and inteRnational
Relations course guide
This quick reference grid highlights just a few of the textbooks and supporting additional reading material that
we offer; and the relevant courses they can be used for. If you would like information on our textbooks for any
specific course you may teach, please contact us – our details are on the inside front cover.
AFRICAN POLITICS
Introduction to African Politics 3rd ed 24
AMERICAN POLITICS
(INTROduCTION)
American Government 6th ed. 3
Perspectives on American Government 4
The American Anomaly 5
AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
New Directions in US Foreign Policy 47
U.S. Foreign Policy in Perspective 46
Soft Power and US Foreign Policy 48
ASIAN POLITICS
International Politics of the Asia Pacific,
3rd edition 27
The New Global Politics of the Asia Pacific 27
East Asian Transformation 26
Japan’s International Relations 27
Chinese Politics 28
Chinese Foreign Policy 28
Government and Politics of Taiwan 26
BRITISH ANd IRISH
POLITICS
Britain and Europe
Britain and European Integration since
19
1945 19
Politics in the Republic of Ireland 5th ed. 19
Understanding Northern Ireland 19
COMPARATIVE POLITICS
Comparative Politics
Issues and Methods in Comparative Politics
13
3rd ed. 89
Comparative European Politics 13
The American Anomaly 5
dEMOCRACY &
dEMOCRATIZATION
Democratic Innovations 13
Social Democracy 86
In Search of Democracy 90
dEVELOPMENT POLITICS
International Development and Global
Politics 68
Theories of Development 68
Theories and Practices of Development 69
Global Development 68
dIPLOMACY
Practice of Diplomacy 2nd ed. 32
Routledge Handbook of Public Diplomacy 45
ENVIRONMENTAL
POLITICS
Global Environmental Politics 75
Politics and the Environment 3rd ed. 76
Environmental Politics 2nd ed. 77
Cases in Environmental Politics 2nd ed. 77
Green Political Thought 4th ed. 76
Environmental Policy 2nd ed 77
Governing Climate Change 38
EuROPEAN POLITICS
Contemporary European Politics 16
Comparative European Politics 3rd ed. 13
EU 3rd Edition 16
European Union 17
European Union: The Basics
The Origins & Development of the European
12
Union 1945-2008 17
The Politics of the New Germany 17
Italy Today 18
Russian Politics & Society 4th ed. 16
FOREIGN POLICY
Foreign Policy Analysis 45
New Directions in US Foreign Policy 47
GENdER POLITICS
Gender Matters in Global Politics 81
Feminism and International Relations
Feminism and the Transformation of
82
International Relations 81
Women’s Rights in the USA 81
GENOCIdE STudIES
Genocide 2nd ed. 65
Genocide Studies Reader 65
Century of Genocide 3rd ed. 65
New Directions in Genocide Research
Fifty Key Thinkers on the Holocaust and
66
Genocide Studies 66
HuMAN RIGHTS
Measuring Human Rights 66
United Nations & Human Rights 2nd ed. 67
Human Rights Reader 67
Humanitarianism Contested 50
INTELLIGENCE STudIES
Intelligence and Politics 63
Secret Intelligence Reader 64
INTROduCTION TO
POLITICS
Politics: An Introduction 2nd ed. 12
Politics: The Basics 4th ed 12
Politics: The Key Concepts 12
Explaining Politics 12
Governing Subjects 12
INTERNATIONAL LAW
International Law, International Relations
and Global Governance 40
Routledge Handbook of International Law 31
INTERNATIONAL
ORGANISATIONS &
GLOBAL GOVERNANCE
Global Institutions Series 38
International Organisations 4th ed. 44
INTERNATIONAL
POLITICAL ECONOMY &
GLOBALIZATION
International Political Economy: Contrasting
Worldviews
International Political Economy: Debating
69
the Past, Present & Future
Routledge Handbook of International
71
Political Economy 69
Political Economy Reader 70
Globalization Reader 75
INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS & GLOBAL
POLITICS
Global Politics 30
Introduction to Global Politics 30
Issues in International Relations 2nd ed.
International History & International
29
Relations
Routledge Companion to International
29
Relations
The Conduct of Inquiry in International
31
Relations 31
The Modern State 3rd ed. 31
INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS THEORY
International Relations Theory: A Critical
Introduction 3rd ed.
International Relations Theory: A Brief
35
Introduction 35
Realism Reader 35
Recovering Realism 35
INTERNATIONAL
SECuRITY
Security Studies: An Introduction 49
Security Studies: A Reader 49
Critical Security Studies: An Introduction 55
Security 55
US Security Policy 51
LATIN AMERICAN
POLITICS
Comparative Politics of Latin America 14
Contemporary U.S.-Latin American Relations 14
Understanding U.S.-Latin American Relations 15
Latin American Democracy 16
United States and Mexico 14
Political Economy of Latin America 15
MEdIA & POLITICAL
COMMuNICATION
An Introduction to Political Communication 78
Political Marketing 77
Making Sense of Media and Politics 79
Blogging the Political 79
MIddLE EAST POLITICS
Government and Politics of the
Contemporary Middle East 21
An Atlas of Middle Eastern Affairs
State, Power and Politics in the Making of
20
the Modern Middle East 22
The Arab-Israeli Conflict 23
The Israeli-Palestinian Conflict 22
The Middle East Today 23
US Foreign Policy in the Middle East 46
Political Islam: A Reader 89
Global Political Islam 87
MIGRATION
Migration Theory 2nd ed. 36
International Migration 38
International Migration & Citizenship Today 73
1

2
course guide
Routledge politics and inteRnational Relations
course guide
PEACE ANd CONFLICT
STudIES
Peace and Conflict Studies: A Reader 56
Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies 57
Peace and Conflict Research 58
Understanding Peace Research 57
Ethnic Conflict: An Introduction 56
Theories of Violent Conflict 57
POLITICAL PSYCHOLOGY
Political Psychology 78
Introduction to Political Psychology, 2nd Ed. 78
POLITICAL THEORY
Political Ideologies 4th ed. 82
Governing Subjects 12
Contemporary Political Theorists in Context 82
POST-COMMuNIST
POLITICS
Russian Politics & Society 4th ed. 16
PuBLIC AdMINISTRATION
Comparative Public Administration 2nd ed. 84
State Management 83
The Politics of Bureaucracy 6th ed. 85
Understanding Government Budgets 84
PuBLIC POLICY
The Public Policy Primer 85
Making Policy Work 85
Designing Public Policies 84
Analyzing Public Policy 2nd ed. 83
Applied Policy Research 84
RELIGION & POLITICS
Routledge Handbook of Religion and
Politics 87
Global Political Islam 87
Political Islam 89
Muslims in the West after 9/11 87
Islamic Radicalism and Multicultural Politics 88
RESEARCH METHOdS
Political Research 89
A Positive Political Theory Primer 89
Surviving Field Research 89
The Future of Political Science 90
Interpretive Approaches to Research Design 90
Understanding Methods
Issues and Methods in Comparative
90
Politics 3rd ed. 89
Conducting Terrorism Field Research 61
Peace and Conflict Research 58
Understanding Peace Research 57
STRATEGIC STudIES
Understanding Contemporary Strategy 63
Modern Strategy 63
Masters of War 63
Strategic Studies Reader 63
Understanding Counterinsurgency 64
Seapower 2nd ed. 63
War, Peace and International Relations 32
TERRORISM & POLITICAL
VIOLENCE
Terrorism Studies: A Reader 60
Contemporary Debates on Terrorism 60
Critical Terrorism Studies 60
Terrorism Versus Democracy 60
Conducting Terrorism Field Research 61
Explaining Terrorism 61
Understanding Violent Radicalisation 62
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
AmericAN Politics: iNtroductory AmericAN Politics
AmericAN Politics: iNtroductory AmericAN Politics
New
6th edition
American Government
Political Development and Institutional Change
Cal Jillson, Southern Methodist University, USA
‘Many American Government textbooks are boring. This one is not. You will like this
book, and your students will like it too.’ – Anthony J. Nownes, University of Tennessee, USA
‘With this textbook, Cal Jillson speaks directly to today’s students, drawing on history
to illuminate the workings of American politics. This is a rich, dense, nuanced approach
to the study of American government. The book is a remarkable feat, a thorough
overview of contemporary political behavior and institutions that demonstrates the value of the past for
comprehending the present.’ – Gerald Gamm, University of Rochester, USA
To gain a fuller understanding of American politics today, students need to learn how it has evolved, from its founding principles to its contemporary
practices. Such a perspective is crucial for making sense of the strategic and ideological battles in twenty-first century American politics. Cal Jillson’s
American Government fosters this understanding by providing insights into how institutions, avenues of participation, and policies have changed over
time to produce today’s political environment in the United States. Going one step further, Jillson homes in on the critical question of how American
democracy might work better, focusing in every chapter on reform and change into the future.
These revisions make the sixth edition better than ever:
• New chapter opening vignettes emphasizing the Constitution and how it both structures political change and is continually reinterpreted
• Separate chapters for civil liberties and civil rights, each subject receiving a fuller treatment than in previous editions
• Updates throughout to reflect the 2010 midterm elections
• Coverage of President Obama’s first two years in office.
Along the way, several pedagogical features foster critical thinking and analysis:
• Key terms defined in the margins on the page where they appear help students study important concepts
• Focus questions at the beginning of every chapter highlight the central learning objectives, and focus question icons throughout the chapter flag
relevant discussions
• Colorful figures and charts help students visualize important information
• ’Let’s Compare’ boxes analyze how functions of government and political participation work in other countries, a proven method for better learning
• ’Pro & Con’ boxes bring to life a central debate in each chapter, from questions over campaign finance, bias in the media, and the balance between
the president and Congress in war making, to judicial activism and restraint, gay marriage, and equitable taxes
• Time lines in every chapter give students an at-a-glance reference to important stages in political development
• End-of-chapter summaries, suggested readings, and web resources help students master the material and guide them to further critical investigation
of important concepts and topics.
The companion website at www.routledge.com/textbooks/Jillson offers students useful study tools to master the book’s lessons,
including practice quizzes, chapter summaries, flash cards, participation activities, interactive timelines, and links to further resources
online. In addition, instructors have access to password-protected class prep and testing resources.
SELECTEd CONTENTS:
1. The Origins of American Political Principles 2. The Revolution and the Constitution 3. Federalism and American Political Development 4. Political
Socialization and Public Opinion 5. The Mass Media and the Political Agenda 6. Interest Groups: The Politics of Influence 7. Political Parties: Winning
the Right to Govern 8. Voting, Campaigns, and Elections 9. Congress: Local Representation and National Lawmaking 10. The President: Governing in
Uncertain Times 11. Bureaucracy: Redesigning Government for the Twtenty-First Century 12. The Federal Courts: Activism versus Restraint 13. Civil
Liberties: Ordered Liberty in America 14. Civil Rights: Where Liberty and Equality Collide 15. Government, the Economy, and Domestic Policy
16. America’s Place in a Dangerous World. Appendix A: Declaration of Independence. Appendix B: The Articles of Confederation.
Appendix C: Constitution of the United States. Appendix D: Federalist Numbers 10, 51, and 78. Appendix E: Partisan Control of the Presidency,
Congress, and the Supreme Court
February 2011: 246 x 174: 656pp • Pb: 978-0-415-88157-9: £45.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-83807-5 • For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415881579
3

4
New
AmericAN Politics: iNtroductory AmericAN Politics
3rd edition
Texas Politics
Governing the Lone Star State
Cal Jillson, Southern Methodist University, USA
‘A brief textbook can be an instructor’s boon or bane,
depending upon what’s included. Professor Jillson’s
choices and his writing style make this textbook a joy to
use, thoroughly covering the essentials while allowing
an instructor the freedom to expand on the topics that
engage and interest students.’ – Stefan D. Haag, Austin
Community College, USA
Approaching the politics of the Lone Star State from historical,
developmental, and analytical perspectives, Cal Jillson’s text
avoids partisanship, ideology, and gimmicks to provide the
most comprehensive, readable, and accurate brief description
of Texas politics available today. Throughout the book students are encouraged to
connect the origins and development of government and politics in Texas — from the
Texas Constitution, to party competition, to the role and powers of the Governor — to
its current day practice and the alternatives possible through change and reform. This
text will allow teachers to share with their students the evolution of Texas politics,
where we stand today, and where we are headed.
Texas Politics is one of the briefest and most affordable texts on the market, yet it
offers instructors and students an unmatched range of pedagogical aids and tools.
These include:
• chapter resources, with each chapter including:
- opening ‘focus questions’ to orient readers to the learning objectives
- concluding ‘Chapter Summary’
- photos and numerous tables and figures to highlight the major ideas, issues,
individuals, and institutions discussed
- ‘Let’s Compare’ feature, a half page dedicated to comparing selected states to
Texas on various dimensions
• a list of Key Terms - bolded in the text, listed at the end of the chapter, and included
in a Glossary
• suggested readings, and web resources.
Selected Contents: 1. Texas and the Texans: Then and Now 2. The Texas Constitution and
American Federalism 3. Political Participation in Texas: Voters, Campaigns, and Elections
4. Interest Groups in Texas 5. Political Parties in Texas 6. The Texas Legislature 7. The
Governor and the Executive Branch 8. The Judicial System in Texas 9. Local Government in
Texas 10. Financing State Government: Budgets, Revenues, and Expenses
February 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp
Pb: 978-0-415-89060-1: £35.99
eBook: 978-0-203-82941-7
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415890601
Perspectives on American Government
Readings in Political Development and Institutional Change
Edited by Cal Jillson, Southern Methodist University, USA and david
Robertson, University of Missouri - St. Louis, USA
‘Jillson and Robertson have created the perfect
companion text for an APd-themed American Politics
course. This collection of essential readings has been
carefully edited to help students understand each
author’s central claims without feeling overwhelmed.
Engaging end-of-chapter questions promote reflection
and discussion of enduring themes of democracy and
government.’ – McGee Young, Marquette University, USA
Perspectives on American Government offers an accessible
and coherent selection of readings to students of American
politics. Grounded in foundational debates, classic political
science scholarship, and the best contemporary analysis of
developmental trends, this reader invites students to probe the
historical dynamics that brought the United States to where it is today and how those
dynamics are likely to affect its future course. Even a full-length textbook can do no
more than hit the high points of broad and complicated topics like federalism, the role
of government, labor, race, gender, parties and interest groups, polarization, the
presidency, and America’s place in the world. This well-designed reader is an invitation
to instructors to draw your students into a deeper conversation on the key themes and
topics in each section of your course.
Jillson and Robertson have carefully edited each selection to ensure readability and
fidelity to the original arguments. Their insightful editorial introductions frame the
context in which these topics are studied and understood. Several key pedagogical
tools help students along the way:
• an introductory essay providing an overview of American political development
• chapter introductions to provide necessary context situating the readings in broader
debates
• head notes at the start of each reading to contextualize that selection
• questions for discussion at the end of each chapter, prompting students to draw out
the implications and connections across readings
• further reading lists at the end of each chapter to guide student research.
The broad readings in this volume take seriously the effort to present materials that
help students make sense of the historical changes and institutional developments that
are essential for understanding American government and politics today.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Origins of American Political Principles 2. The
Revolution and the Constitution 3. Federalism and the American Political System 4. Political
Socialization and Public Opinion 5. The Mass Media 6. Interest Groups 7. Political Parties
8. Voting, Campaigns, and Elections 9. Congress: Lawmaking and Representation 10. The
President 11. Bureaucracy: Shaping Government for the 21st Century 12. The Federal
Courts: Activism v. Restraint 13. Civil Liberties and Civil Rights 14. Government, the
Economy, and Domestic Policy 15. America’s Place in a Dangerous World
2009: 234 x 156: 552pp
Pb: 978-0-415-99921-2: £31.99
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415999212
Complimentary Exam Copies
Titles marked with this icon are available as
complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty
considering them for course adoption. Visit the
URL to obtain your print or electronic copy.
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

ForthcomiNg
8th edition
American Political Process
An Introduction
Alan Grant, Oxford Brookes University, UK
This well-established introduction to American politics is
now available in an eighth edition, having been
thoroughly revised and updated throughout. New to this
edition:
• the impact of demographic changes
• controversies surrounding immigration
• deficits in the US economy
• the impact of the Patriot Act and changes to
homeland security
• analysis of both of President Bush’s terms in office
• changes to campaign finance legislation
• the use of the internet as a campaigning tool
• the implications of Hurricane Katrina.
American Political Process will be an essential textbook
for students of American studies, American politics and
politics and international relations in general.
Selected Contents: 1. The Framework of American Politics
2. Making the Laws: The American Congress 3. Law
Execution: The President and Administration 4. Law
Adjudication: The Supreme Court and the Judiciary
5. Pressure Group Politics 6. Party Politics 7. Elections and
Voting 8. Federalism, the States and Local Government
December 2011: 246 x 174: 320pp
Hb: 978-0-415-42184-3: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-42185-0: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415421850
New
2nd edition
The American Anomaly
U.S. Politics and Government in
Comparative Perspective
Raymond A. Smith, Columbia University, USA and
New York University, USA
Seymour Martin Lipset
pronounced over a decade ago,
’Those who know only one
country know no country.’ It is
well established that students
learn the intricacies of American
politics better when they are
presented in a comparative
context. In today’s globalized
society and workforce, it is all
the more important for students
to understand that the
American political system is in
many ways the exception and not the rule. Introductory
textbooks on American government, however, rarely
emphasize in sufficient depth how the United States
compares to other political systems. And introductions to
comparative politics infrequently situate the United
States in their analysis.
The American Anomaly systematically analyzes the U.S.
political system by way of comparison with other
countries, especially other industrialized democracies. It
is organized into four sections, respectively covering the
constitutional order, governmental institutions, political
participation, and public policy. Extended case studies in
each chapter draw on all the major regions of the world.
Thoroughly revised throughout, the second edition also
includes:
• a new chapter on domestic public policy, including civil
rights and liberties
• a new chapter on foreign policy
• updates throughout to reflect the 2008 elections and
the beginning of the Obama administration
• a reorganized section on political participation
• over a dozen new figures and tables.
A companion website also offers overview slides, links,
and other supporting features.
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Constitutional Order
1. The American Nation, State, and Regime 2. The U.S.
Constitution 3. Federalism 4. Separation of Powers
Part 2: The Institutions of Government 5. The Executive
Branch: The Presidency and the Bureaucracy 6. The
Legislative Branch: The Two Houses of Congress 7. The
Judicial Branch: The Supreme Court and the Federal Courts
Part 3: Political Participation 8. Political Participation: The
Spectrum from the Unconventional to the Conventional
9. Voting and Elections 10. Political Parties 11. Public
Opinion and Political Values Part 4: Public Policy and
Policymaking 12. Domestic Policy: Socioeconomic Policy,
Civil Liberties, and Civil Rights 13. Foreign Policy: The U.S. in
the World Conclusion: The American Anomaly on
Balance
October 2010: 229 x 152: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87972-9: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87973-6: £28.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85106-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415879736
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
AmericAN Politics:
iNstitutioNs
AmericAN
Politics:
iNstitutioNs
ForthcomiNg
The uS Military
A Basic Introduction
Judith Stiehm, Florida International University, USA
Series: Cass Military Studies
This book aims to provide a
basic guide to the US military
and will raise questions for
further discussion by students.
The US spends as much on its
military as all other nations of
the world combined; even in a
severe recession, the military
budget has been sacrosanct.
The US military can reach into
the most remote areas of the
globe and kill its enemies from
long distances with impunity. It
is not a citizen military, but a military of senior
professionals who command young volunteers — many
of them attracted by rewards unavailable to them in
civilian life, such as an education. Both are supported by
large numbers of contractors working for profit.
While political scientists study the legislature, the
presidency, the courts, public opinion, voting,
campaigns, state and local government, only rarely do
they refer to government’s defining institutions, those
that exercise legitimate force, i.e., the police and more
especially, the military. As Prof. Michael Walzer asserts, in
a democracy citizens are responsible for the kind of
military they have and how and where it is used.
Nevertheless, few political science students have much
knowledge on the military.
This book will be of much interest to students of the US
military, US politics, US defense, and military studies in
general.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The A, B, Cs 3. The
Military in Action 4. Strategy and Doctrine 5. Weapons:
What They Can Do, What They Cost, Relationship to Strategy
6. The Budget 7. Policy Questions. Sources Bibliography
September 2011: 198 x 129: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78214-2: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78215-9: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415782159
5

6
New
AmericAN Politics: iNstitutioNs
New directions in the
American Presidency
Edited by Lori Cox Han, Chapman University, USA
Series: New Directions in American Politics
New Directions in the American
Presidency takes a current look
at the various issues facing the
presidency.
It covers all of the standard
topics necessary for use in an
undergraduate-level presidency
course or a graduate-level
seminar while also bringing
together key disciplinary
debates and treatment of
important current real-world
developments.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Studying the Presidency
2. The Presidency and the Constitution 3. Presidential
Campaigns and Elections 4. The Public Presidency:
Communications and Media 5. The Presidency and Public
Opinion 6. The Presidency and Congress 7. The Presidency
and the Courts 8. White House Staff 9. The Presidency and
the Executive Branch 10. The Presidency and Domestic Policy
11. The Presidency and Foreign Policy
December 2010: 229 x 152: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87801-2: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87802-9: £30.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85501-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415878029
ForthcomiNg
Barack Obama and the
Politics of Redemption
Stanley A. Renshon, City University of New York
Graduate Center, USA
Based on extensive biographical, psychological, and
political research and analysis, noted political
psychologist Stanley Renshon follows Obama’s
presidency through the first year. He digs into the
question of who is the real Obama and assesses the
advantages and limitations that he brings to the
presidency. Renshon explains that Obama’s ambition has
an undercurrent in its developmental history of the fear
of failure that has enormous consequences for his
choices as president of an America that remains
politically divided.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Foundations 1. The Early
Obama Presidency: From Campaigning to Governing 2. The
Puzzle of Obama’s Political Identity 3. The Arc of Ambition
and the Development of a Style Part 2: understanding the
Obama Presidency 4. Obama’s Presidential Leadership:
Transformation and Redemption 5. The Moral Thrust of
Obama’s Ambition: Fairness 6. The Question of Leadership
Integrity 7. Ambition’s Confidence 8. A Zen-like President’s
Emotional Undercurrents 9. Psychology in the White House
Part 3: The Future of the Obama Presidency
10. Transformation’s Demise and the Redemption of the
Obama Presidency. Appendix A: Analyzing Barack Obama: A
Note on Theory, Method, Evidence and Inference. Appendix
B: A Mysterious President: Puzzlement from the Left, Right
and Center
June 2011: 229 x 152: 400pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87394-9: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87395-6: £21.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86413-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415873956
ForthcomiNg
The Obama Presidency
Change and Continuity
Edited by Andrew dowdle, and
dirk van Raemdonck and Robert Maranto, all at
University of Arkansas, USA
This timely volume of notable thinkers on the presidency
presents scholarly as well as applied insights on Obama’s
administration at the half-way point. Assessing the
political context of his first two years; the inter-branch
relations; and policy developments all provide the
necessary grounding for students to make sense of the
continuity and change that Barack Obama represents.
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Setting 1. Barack Obama:
A Reagan of the Left? Andrew Dowdle, Dirk C. van
Raemdonck, and Robert Maranto 2. Making Race Go Away
President Obama and the Promise of a Post-Racial Society
Wilbur C. Rich 3. Presidential Leadership and Public Opinion
in an Age of Polarization Jeffrey E. Cohen and Costas
Panagopoulos Part 2: Managing the Executive Branch
4. The Obama Cabinet: A Team of Rivals or Pragmatic
Governance? Shirley Anne Warshaw 5. Presidential
Appointments in the Obama Administration: An Early
Evaluation David E. Lewis 6. President Barack Obama,
Unilateralist Christopher S. Kelley, Melanie Cook Marlowe,
and Ryan J. Barilleaux 7. Continuity and Change in White
House Communications: President Obama Meets the Press
Martha Joynt Kumar Part 3: Managing Relations with
the Other Branches 8. No Place for a Community
Organizer: Barack Obama’s Leadership of Congress Justin S.
Vaughn 9. Beyond Two Terms: Shaping the Supreme Court
and a Legacy Richard L. Pacelle, Jr. Part 4: Managing
Policies 10. Economic Policymaking During the Great
Recession Ted Gayer 11. President Obama’s Health Care
Reform: The Inevitable Impossible Mark Carl Rom
12. President Obama and Education: The Personal and the
Political Robert Maranto and Michael Q. McShane
13. Fighting Two Wars Lawrence J. Korb and Laura Conley
Part 5: At the End of the Beginning: Judging President
Obama 14. Barack Obama’s First Two Years: Policy
Accomplishments, Political Failure William A. Galston
July 2011: 229 x 152: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88770-0: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88771-7: £28.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83151-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415887717
ForthcomiNg
Federalism and the Making of America
david Brian Robertson, University of Missouri - St. Louis, USA
ForthcomiNg
New directions in
Congressional Politics
Edited by Jamie Carson, University of Georgia, USA
Series: New Directions in American Politics
New Directions in Congressional Politics offers an
accessible and lucid overview of the current
developments in our understanding of the U.S.
Congress.
Jamie Carson helps students bridge the gap between
roles, rules, and outcomes by focusing this unique
volume on four themes woven throughout: the
importance of electoral considerations; legislators’
strategic behavior to accomplish individual or collective
objectives; the unique challenges of Congress as a
bicameral institution; and the often-overlooked policy
outputs of the institution.
This book brings together leading scholars of Congress
to provide an overview of the entire field. Each chapter
covers the cutting edge developments on its respective
topic and offers a state of the art overview that
professors can enthusiastically assign to their
undergraduates.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Overview Introduction Jamie
Carson Part 2: Historical and Electoral Foundations
1. Studying Congress Historically Jeffery Jenkins
2. Recruitment and Candidacy Cherie Maestas and Melissa
Neal 3. Congressional Elections Erik Engstrom
Part 3: Congressional Institutions 4. Parties and Leaders
in Congress Larry Evans 5. Congressional Committees
Charles Stewart III 6. House Rules and Procedure Jason
Roberts 7. Senate Rules and Procedure Anthony Madonna
8. Voting on the Floor Andrew Taylor 9. Bicameral
Resolution Nathan Monroe Part 4: The Policymaking
Process 10. Congress and the Executive Bryan Marshall
11. Congress and the Courts Sarah Treul 12. Congress and
Interest Groups Thomas Brunell 13. Congressional
Budgeting and Earmarks Michael Crespin and Charles
Finocchiaro
July 2011: 229 x 152: 320pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88526-3: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88527-0: £30.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83984-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415885270
This nuanced and comprehensive overview of federalism allows students to see that both major political parties
throughout the country’s past have swapped positions when it has suited other goals, such as conflicts over race and
economic growth. Both liberals and conservatives, Democrats and Republicans, still use federalism as an expedient
tool to deal with difficult issues such as the corporate behavior, the environment, education, abortion, gay rights, and
other pressing policy agendas.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Bringing American Federalism to Life 2. Federalism at the Founding
3. Federalism, Political Parties, and Interests Part 2: Enduring Fault Lines of American Politics 4. Federalism and Race
5. Federalism, Capitalism, and Economic Growth Part 3: The Construction of Active Government 6. Progressive Reform
7. The New Deal 8. Liberal Activism and Intergovernmental Relations 9. Federalism and Conservative Governance after 1980
10. American Federalism in the Twenty-first Century
August 2011: 229 x 152: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87918-7: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87919-4: £30.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85212-5
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415879194
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Congressional
Representation &
Constituents
The Case for Increasing the U.S. House of
Representatives
Brian Frederick, Bridgewater State College, USA
Series: Controversies in Electoral Democracy and
Representation
Brian Frederick uses empirical
data to scrutinize whether
representation has been
diminished by keeping a ceiling
on the number of seats
available in the House and
argues that now is the time for
the House to be increased in
order to better represent a
rapidly growing country.
2009: 229 x 152: 184pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87345-1: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87346-8: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415873468
ForthcomiNg
Thinking About Congress
Essays on Congressional Change
Lawrence C. dodd, University of Florida, USA
This volume charts the thinking
of scholar Lawrence Dodd in his
development of theoretical
explanations for Congressional
change over time - explained by
members’ pursuit of power,
institutional and electoral
contexts, cyclical rhythms, social
learning, and polarization
within society.
Selected Contents: Foreword Eric
Schickler Part 1: Introduction
1. Congress as Public Mirror:
Reflections on Congress across Time/Reflecting on our Illusive
Congress/Reflections on our Illusive Congress
Part 2: Member Goals and Institutional Context
2. Congress and the Quest for Power: 1977 3. Congress, the
Constitution and the Crisis of Legitimation: 1981
4. Bicameralism in Congress: The Changing Partnership, with
Edward Carmines: 1985 Part 3: Cyclical Rhythms, Agenda
Shifts and Era Transformations 5. The Cycles of
Legislative Change: Building a Dynamic Model: 1986a 6. The
Theory of Congressional Cycles: Solving the Puzzle of
Change: 1986b 7. Woodrow Wilson’s Congressional
Government and the Modern Congress: 1987 Part 4: Idea
Innovation, Social Learning and Political Renewal
8. Congress, The Presidency and the American Experience: A
Transformational Perspective: 1991 9. Congress and the
Politics of Renewal: Redressing the Crisis of Legitimation:
1993 10. The New American Politics: Reflections on the
Early 1990s: 1995 Part 5: The Multiple dimensions and
Processes of Change 11. Re-Envisioning Congress:
Theoretical Perspectives on Congressional Change: 2001
12. Making Sense Out of Our Exceptional Senate: 2002
13. Congress And the Space/Time Continuum: Theoretical
Unities and Behavioral Disjunctures
December 2011: 229 x 152: 432pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99155-1: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99156-8: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415991568
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
AmericAN Politics: cAmPAigNs ANd electioNs
AmericAN
Politics:
cAmPAigNs ANd
electioNs
New
Campaigning in the
Twenty-First Century
A Whole New Ballgame?
dennis W. Johnson, George Washington University,
USA
So much has changed during
the past decade in political
campaigning, that we can
almost say ’it’s a whole new ball
game.’ This book analyzes the
way campaigns have been
traditionally run and the
extraordinary changes that have
occurred in the last decade.
Selected Contents:
1. The Modern Campaign
2. Communicating with Voters:
The New Media
3. Communicating with Voters: The Old Media
4. Fundraising 5. Independent Voices 6. Taking the Pulse of
the Electorate 7. Voter Identification, Contact, and
Mobilization 8. Campaigning in the Next Decade
December 2010: 229 x 152: 152pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80037-2: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80038-9: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87896-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415800389
Campaigning for
President 2008
Strategy and Tactics, New Voices and New
Techniques
Edited by dennis W. Johnson, George Washington
University, USA
The focus of this book is
political management: the
tactics, strategy, and techniques
used by the campaigns and
outside interests trying to
influence the presidential
campaign of 2008. Combining
perspectives from applied
politics and political science, the
book is written by individuals
with broad experience in
presidential politics and
campaigning.
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Primaries Part 2: New
Voices and New Techniques Part 3: The General Election
2009: 229 x 152: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80374-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99988-5: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87897-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415999885
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
Cases in Congressional
Campaigns
Storming the Hill
Edited by Randall E. Adkins, University of Nebraska,
USA and david dulio, Oakland University, USA
During the 2010 congressional elections, Republicans
were able to take back control of Congress and
Democrats were unable to stem this tide. Examining a
sample of congressional campaigns waged during the
2010 election, Adkins and Dulio provide a clear
explanation of the macro trends in this election cycle,
followed by twelve in depth and fascinating case studies
of House and Senate toss up races involving seats held
by endangered Democratic incumbents.
Framed by a common set of questions and topics, each
chapter focuses on the micro-level effects active in the
individual campaigns. Furthermore, the editors discuss
how the 2010 cycle fits into the existing literature on
campaigns and elections, and speculate on what might
be ahead in 2012.
In addition, the companion website provides instructors
with useful teaching tools, including sample
assignments, dynamic PowerPoint slides, graphs, and
links to relevant YouTube clips.
Selected Contents: 1. Playing Defense in a Year of Change
2. Sinking in “The Perfect Storm” 3. All Politics is Still Local
4. Running Scared from the Hill and at Home 5. Defending
Principles Against a Tsunami 6. Painting the High Plains Blue
7. Campaigning Against the Uncontrollable 8. Defending
the Party’s Turf in the Wake of Scandal 9. Campaign Cash,
Negative Ads, and Court Battles 10. All Politics is Local ...
Except When It Isn’t 11. Courting the Obama-Terry Voter
12. Back to Blue? Shifting Tides in the Tar Heel State 13.
One Election is Not Enough 14. Looking for a Silver Bullet
August 2011: 234 x 156: 264pp
HB: 978-0-415-89516-3: £95.00
PB 978-0-415-89517-0: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415895170
2nd edition
No Place for Amateurs
How Political Consultants are Reshaping
American Democracy
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415957878
dennis W. Johnson, George
Washington University, USA
2007: 229 x 152: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-95786-1: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-95787-8: £28.99
eBook: 978-0-203-94069-3
7

8
AmericAN Politics: cAmPAigNs ANd electioNs
ForthcomiNg
Helping America Vote
The Limits of Election Reform
Martha E. Kropf, University of North Carolina at
Charlotte, USA and david C. Kimball, University of
Missouri-St. Louis, USA
Series: Controversies in Electoral Democracy and
Representation
Helping America Vote is focused
on the conflict between values
of access and integrity in U.S.
election administration. Kropf
and Kimball examine both what
was included in The Help
America Vote Act, and what
was not. There are specific
issues that the legislation
de-emphasizes which the
authors argue are important.
Widespread agreement that
voting equipment was a
problem made technology the centerpiece of the
legislation, and it has remedied a number of pressing
concerns. But, there is still reason to be concerned about
key aspects of electronic voting, ballot design, and the
politics of partisan administrators.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. How Does Definition
of the Problem Affect the Solution? 3. Did the Reforms
Increase Accuracy? 4. At What Cost? What are the
Unintended Consequences of Reform? 5. We Eliminated the
Butterfly Ballot…Isn’t that Enough? 6. Defining the Problem
in Human, not Mechanical Terms: Who Implements Reform
7. What Have Reforms Accomplished?
September 2011: 229 x 152: 150pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80407-3: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80408-0: £20.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87031-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415804080
The Imperfect Primary
Oddities, Biases, and Strengths of U.S.
Presidential Nomination Politics
Barbara Norrander, University of Arizona, USA
Series: Controversies in Electoral Democracy and
Representation
Reforming the presidential
nomination process is as
complex as the current system.
In this book Norrander explores
how presidential candidates are
nominated, discusses past and
current proposals for reform,
and examines the possiblity for
more practical, incremental
changes to the electoral rules.
Selected Contents:
1. Happenstance and Reforms
2. Presidential Nomination Politics
at the Dawn of the 21st Century 3. Is This a Fair Way to
Select a Presidential Nominee? 4. Alternative Methods for
Nominating Presidents 5. Oddities, Biases, and Strengths of
U.S. Presidential Nomination Politics
July 2010: 229 x 152: 168pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99545-0: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99577-1: £21.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88767-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415995771
New
New directions in
Campaigns and Elections
Edited by Stephen K. Medvic, Franklin and Marshall
College, USA
Series: New Directions in American Politics
The ground upon which
campaigns and elections are
contested has been shifting
rapidly in the last decade.
Radical and ongoing changes to
the way elections are
administered and campaigns
are financed; new approaches
to polling, campaign
management and advertising,
and voter mobilization; and
recent developments in the
organization of political parties
and interest groups, the operation of the media, and the
behavior of voters require close examination. New
Directions in Campaigns and Elections guides students
through the tangle of recent developments in real-world
politics drawing on the insights of innovative scholarship
on these topics.
Like other volumes in the New Directions in American
Politics series, the focused exploration of the latest
developments across a comprehensive range of topics
makes this an ideal companion for students eager to
understand the rapidly changing political environment of
the U.S. electoral process.
Selected Contents: 1. Election Administration: Setting the
Rules of the Game Thad Hall and M. Kathleen Moore
2. Campaign Finance: Adapting to a Changing Regulatory
Environment David B. Magleby 3. Polling: Innovations in
Survey Research Brian F. Schaffner 4. Campaign
Management and Organization: The Use and Impact of
Information and Communication Technology Stephen K.
Medvic 5. Campaign Advertising: Reassessing the Impact of
Campaign Ads on Political Behavior Bryce Corrigan and Ted
Brader 6. Voter Mobilization: The Scientific Investigation of
Getting the Electorate to the Polls Robert A. Jackson
7. Political Parties: The Tensions Between Unified Party
Images and Localism Jeffrey M. Stonecash 8. Interest
Groups: Back to Basic Questions Clyde Wilcox 9. Media: The
Complex Interplay of Old and New Forms Diana Owen
10. Voting Behavior: Traditional Paradigms and
Contemporary Challenges Andrew Dowdle, Pearl K. Ford,
and Todd G. Shields 11. Congressional Elections: Why Some
Incumbent Candidates Lose Jamie L. Carson and Carrie P.
Eaves 12. Presidential Elections: Campaigning within a
Segmented Electorate Scott D. McClurg and Philip Habel
13. State and Local Elections: The Unique Character of
Sub-National Contests Timothy B. Krebs and Jonathan
Winburn 14. Election Reform: What is Expected, and What
Results? Todd Donovan and Shaun Bowler
January 2011: 229 x 152: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87882-1: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87883-8: £28.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85299-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415878838
New
2nd edition
Rethinking American Electoral
democracy
Matthew J. Streb, Northern Illinois University, USA
Series: Controversies in Electoral Democracy and
Representation
This critical examination of the
rules and institutional
arrangements that shape the
American electoral process
analyzes the major debates
ranging from the number of
elections we hold and the use
of nonpartisan elections, to the
presidential nominating process
and campaign finance laws.
Ultimately, it argues for a less
burdensome democracy, a
democracy in which citizens can
participate more easily in transparent, competitive
elections.
Selected Contents: 1. Creating a Model Electoral
Democracy 2. Factors that Influence Voter Turnout 3. The
Offices We Elect 4. Direct Democracy 5. Ballot Laws
6. Voting Machines 7. The Redistricting Process
8. Presidential Primaries 9. The Electoral College
10. Campaign Finance 11. Conclusion: Moving Toward a
Model Electoral Democracy
February 2011: 229 x 152: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88201-9: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88202-6: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84815-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415882026
The Presidential
Campaign of Barack Obama
A Critical Analysis of a Racially Transcendent
Strategy
dewey M. Clayton, University of Louisville, USA
’The Presidential Campaign
of Barack Obama is a
compelling examination of
Barack Obama’s successful
2008 campaign and its
significance for racial politics
and American politics.
Professor Clayton’s thorough
examination of the concept
of deracialization makes this
book superior to other
examinations of the Obama
phenomenon. His book is a
must read for teachers, students, and researchers.’
– Sharon Wright Austin, University of Florida, USA
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Historical Nature of
African Americans Running for Political Office,
Coalition Politics and Obama’s Winning Coalition
1. Introduction 2. Descriptive and Substantive
Representation 3. Obama’s Winning Coalition Part 2: The
dynamics of the Campaign Process 4. Obama and the
Demographic Groups that Supported Him 5. The Clinton
Factor: Hillary and Bill 6. The Campaign for the White House
7. Innovations in Technology and Media 8. Change Comes
to America
March 2010: 229 x 152: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99734-8: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99735-5: £21.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88395-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415997355
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

AmericAN Politics:
PoliticAl PArties
AmericAN
Politics:
PoliticAl
PArties
New directions in
American Political Parties
Edited by Jeffrey M. Stonecash, Syracuse
University, USA
Series: New Directions in American Politics
Our portraits of voters, their
relationship to parties, and the
behavior of elected party
members have changed
significantly within the last 10
to 15 years. Characterizations
of dealignment and decreased
importance of parties have been
fairly rapidly replaced by a focus
on party polarization. Voters are
becoming more ideological and
the debate is now about the
relative role of ideology,
religious attachment, views on immigration, and class in
affecting party identification and voting. In a short
period of time we have gone from concern that parties
are not responsive or sufficiently different to whether
polarization has become too great.
This volume, with contributions from some of the most
noted scholars of political parties, brings together
assessments of these changes to provide a
comprehensive overview of current trends in the field. It
serves as an excellent companion to courses on parties
and elections, and a useful overview for scholars and
students of American politics generally.
Selected Contents: 1. Changing American Political Parties
Jeffrey M. Stonecash 2. Social Change in America: The
Context for Parties Jeffrey M. Stonecash 3. Strategic
Maneuvers: Political Parties and the Pursuit of Winning
Coalitions in a Constantly Changing Electoral Environment
Mark D. Brewer 4. Parties and the Media: Getting Messages
to Voters Danny Hayes 5. Party Organization and
Mobilization of Resources: Evolution, Reinvention and
Survival Diana Dwyre 6. Blacks and the Democratic Party: A
Resilient Coalition Kerry Haynie and Candis S. Watts 7. Class
in American Politics Jeffrey M. Stonecash 8. Ideological
Realignment Among Voters Alan Abramowitz 9. Religion,
Moralism and the Cultural Wars: Competing Moral Visions
Laura Olson 10. Immigrants and Political Parties Marika
Dunn and Jane Junn 11. Partisan Trends in the South and
Northeast: Political Ping Pong Howard L. Reiter 12. The
President as a Partisan Actor Sidney M. Milkis
13. Consequences of Electoral and Institutional Change: The
Evolution of Conditional Party Government in the U.S. House
of Representatives David Rohde and John Aldrich 14. Parties,
Public Policy Differences, and Impact Rebekah E. Liscio and
Jeffrey M. Stonecash
April 2010: 229 x 152: 312pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80523-0: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80524-7: £31.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86841-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415805247
ForthcomiNg
Polarized!
Partisan Politics in America
Richard Fleisher, Fordham University, USA and Jon
R. Bond, Texas A&M University, USA
Fleisher and Bond provide an understanding of the
causes and consequences of the partisan polarization
that has gripped American politics for the past
twenty-five years. This book presents a synthesis of the
extensive academic literature on various aspects of
partisan polarization in contemporary American politics
as well as original data analysis in a way that will be
accessible to undergraduate and beginning graduate
students.
Selected Contents: 1. A Polarized Political System 2. Is
American Society Polarized? 3. Culture War: The Role of
Religion in Contemporary American Politics 4. A Polarized
Electoral System 5. A Polarized Congress 6. Separation of
Powers and Checks and Balances in a Polarized System
7. Partisan Polarization and American Democracy
September 2011: 229 x 152: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87812-8: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87813-5: £27.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85482-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415878135
ForthcomiNg
Third Party Blues
The Truth and Consequences of Two-Party
Dominance
Scot Schraufnagel, Northern Illinois University, USA
Series: Controversies in Electoral Democracy and
Representation
More than many areas of
American politics research,
studies of minor party
competition and success are
often overly driven by normative
concerns that do not hold up to
empirical scrutiny. This concise
book presents a concerted
effort to analyze the barriers in
election law, such as ballot
access restrictions and single
member districts with a plurality
rule, that prevent third parties
from gaining a durable hold in American politics.
Selected Contents: 1. The Case for Third Party
Representation 2. The Effect of Election Laws on Third Party
Failure 3. More of the Truth: Ballot Access Change in
Maryland and Florida 4. Third Parties and Landmark Policy
Productivity 5. Third Parties and Civic Engagement 6. How
to Make Third Parties Viable Once More?
April 2011: 229 x 152: 160pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88158-6: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88159-3: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84780-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415881593
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
AmericAN Politics:
Public oPiNioN
AmericAN
Politics:
Public oPiNioN
ForthcomiNg
New directions in Public
Opinion
Edited by Adam Berinsky, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, USA
Series: New Directions in American Politics
New Directions in Public Opinion brings together leading
scholars explore the current state of the field of public
opinion. Each chapter provides a general overview of
cutting edge topics of study as well as cornerstones of
the field. Suitable for use as a main textbook or in
tandem with a lengthier survey, it comprehensively
covers the field and pushes students further to explore
critical topics in contemporary politics.
Selected Contents: Introduction Adam Berinsky
Part 1: The Meaning and Measurement of Public
Opinion 1. History and the Meaning of Public Opinion
Susan Herbst 2. The Practice of Survey Research: Changes
and Challenges D. Sunshine Hillygus 3. Two-thirds Full?
Citizen Competence and Democratic Governance Martin
Gilens Part 2: Foundations of Political Preferences
4. The Structure, Foundations, and Expression of Ideology
Christopher Federico 5. Race and Groups Jane Junn, Tali
Mendelberg and Erica Czaja 6. Race, Gender, and Public
Opinion Nancy Burns and Donald Kinder 7. Partisanship and
Polarization in Contemporary Politics Marc Hetherington
8. Personality and Public Opinion Jeffery Mondak and
Matthew Hibbing 9. Emotions and Public Opinion Ted
Brader 10. Religion and Public Opinion David E. Campbell,
Geoffrey C. Layman and Kasey Swanke Part 3: The Public
and Society 11. Campaigns and Elections John Sides
12. Media and Politics Matt Baum 13. Public Opinion and
Public Policy Andrea Louise Campbell 14. Conclusion David
Sears
August 2011: 229 x 152: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88528-7: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88529-4: £36.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83983-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415885294
ForthcomiNg
A Crisis in Public Opinion
Polling
Amy Fried, University of Maine, USA
A Crisis in Public Opinion Polling argues that early
political pollsters, market researchers, and academic and
government survey researchers were entrepreneurial
figures who interacted through a broad network that
was critical to the growth of public opinion enterprises.
Selected Contents: 1. Building the Polls 2. Media, Markets,
and Men from Mars 3. From the Fields of Hunger through
the Cauldron of War 4. Pols, Politics, and Polls 5. ‘Honest
But Dumb’ or ‘Menace to the Public Interest’? 6. A Defense
against ‘Extensive and Unjustified Repercussions’ 7. Beyond
the Builders
August 2011: 229 x 152: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-89141-7: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-89142-4: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-81496-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415891424
9

10
AmericAN Politics: lAW & courts
AmericAN
Politics:
lAW & courts
In defense of Judicial
Elections
Chris W. Bonneau, University of Pittsburgh, USA
and Melinda Gann Hall, Michigan State University,
USA
Series: Controversies in Electoral Democracy and
Representation
Ought judges be independent
of democratic pressures, or
should they be subjected to the
preferences and approval of the
electorate? In this book,
Bonneau and Hall use empirical
data to shed light on these
normative questions and offer a
coherent defense of judicial
elections.
2009: 229 x 152: 200pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99132-2: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99133-9: £19.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87699-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415991339
The Laws That Shaped
America
Fifteen Acts of Congress and Their Lasting
Impact
dennis W. Johnson, George Washington University,
USA
Dennis W. Johnson tells the
story of fifteen major laws
enacted over the course of two
centuries of American
democracy, for each looking at
the forces and circumstances
that led to its enactment—the
often tempestuous political
struggles, the political players
who were key in proposing or
enacting the legislation, and the
impact of the legislation and its
place in American history.
2009: 229 x 152: 544pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99972-4: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99973-1: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415999731
ForthcomiNg
Judging Law and Policy
Courts and Policymaking in the American
Political System
Robert Howard and Amy Steigerwalt, both at
Georgia State University, USA
To what extent do courts make social and public policy
and influence social and public policy change? This
innovative text analyzes this question generally and in
seven distinct policy areas that play out in both federal
and state courts—tax policy, environmental policy,
reproductive rights, sex equality, affirmative action,
school finance, and same-sex marriage. The authors
address these issues through the twin lenses of how
state and federal courts must and do interact with the
other branches of government and whether judicial
policy-making is a form of activist judging.
Each chapter analysis investigates the current state of
the law, the extent of court involvement in policy
change, the responses of other governmental entities
and outside actors, and the factors which influenced the
degree of implementation and impact of the relevant
court decisions. Throughout the book, Howard and
Steigerwalt examine and analyze the literature on judicial
policy-making as well as evaluate existing measures of
judicial ideology, judicial activism, court and legal policy
formation, policy change and policy impact. This unique
text offers new insights and areas to research in this
important field of American politics.
Selected Contents: 1. Law, Courts, and Judicial
Policymaking. Law and Policy. Reaches and Limitations to
Judicial Policymaking. Incidence of Judicial Policymaking.
Legitimacy of Law and Policy Part 1: Federal Court
Policymaking 2. Taxes and Other Money Woes: Law and
Economic Policy Courts and Taxes. Litigation and Responses.
An Evaluation of the Use of Litigation to Influence Federal
Economic Policy 3. The Aire We Breathe: Law and
Environmental Policy Environmental Policy and Courts. The
Environmental Protection Agency. Environmental Litigation
and Responses. An Evaluation of the Use of Litigation to
Save the Environment 4. The Status of Women:
Reproductive Rights and the Law 5. Sex Equality and the
Law 6. Affirmative Action Part 2: State Court
Policymaking 7. School Finance Federal Court Response.
State Court Response. State Legislative Responses and
Interaction. A Final Analysis of Attempts at School Finance
Reform through Litigation 8. Same-Sex Marriage State Court
Response. State Legislative Responses and Interaction.
Public Responses and Interaction. Impact of the State-level
Pushes for Policy Changes through the Courts: Prospects and
Perils Part 3: Conclusion 9. Unnecessary Judicial Activism
or a Necessary Part of the Policy Process? Summary of State
and Federal Court Policymaking. Assessing the Costs and
Benefits of Policy Change Through Litigation. Arguing for
Judicial Policymaking as a Necessary Part of the Policy Process
August 2011: 229 x 152: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88524-9: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88525-6: £29.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83986-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415885256
AmericAN
Politics:
ideNtity
Politics
ForthcomiNg
Black Politics after the Civil
Rights Revolution
dianne Pinderhughes, University of Notre Dame,
USA
Black Politics after the Civil Rights Revolution brings
together three decades of hard-to-find essays by
influential scholar Dianne Pinderhughes. The essays
provide a window into the institutional, political, and
policy developments in African American politics in the
post civil rights era. Although written separately, the
chapters form a corpus for understanding a number of
dimensions of African American politics, as well as for
addressing the intellectual and theoretical issues
explored in political science by scholars of racial and
ethnic politics.
August 2011: 229 x 152: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88155-5: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88156-2: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84786-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415881562
ForthcomiNg
Black Politics Today
The Era of Socioeconomic Transition
Theodore J. davis Jr., University of Delaware, USA
Series: Routledge Series on Identity Politics
Theodore Davis argues that the
greatest threat to the social and
political cohesiveness of the
so-called black community may
be the rise of a socially and
economically privileged group
among the ranks of black
America. Davis traces the
changes in economic status,
public opinion, political power
and participation, and
leadership over three
generations of black politics.
The result is an insightful analysis of black politics today.
Selected Contents: 1. Three Eras of Contemporary Black
Politics: The Protest, The Politics, and The Socioeconomic
Transition Eras 2. Divided by Class: The Rise of a New Black
Middle Class and the Dilemmas for Black Politics 3. Public
Opinion in Black and White 4. Changing Values and the Rise
of Intra-racial Politics 5. Patterns of Public Opinion Among
Blacks: A Question of Consensus 6. Blacks’ Struggle for
Political Power 7. Black Leadership and Politics 8. Beyond
Class: Other Factors That May Influence an Evolving Black
Politics
August 2011: 229 x 152: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87914-9: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87915-6: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85225-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415879156
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Whose Black Politics?
Cases in Post-Racial Black Leadership
Edited by Andra Gillespie, Emory University, USA
This volume uses multiple case
studies to probe the
implications of the emergence
of a new vanguard of leaders
for the future of African
American politics. Editor Andra
Gillespie establishes an original
theoretical framework based on
the interaction of three factors:
black leaders’ crossover appeal,
their political ambition, and
connections to the black
establishment.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Creating
Opportunity: How Young Black Politicians Break Into the
Political Scene Part 2: Inheritance and Governance: What
Political Scions Do Once They Get Elected Part 3: The Rise of
Barack Obama: Its Implications for Black Politics Part 4: New
Perspectives on Deracialization Part 5: Intersectionality and
African American Politics in the 21st Century
2009: 229 x 152: 352pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99215-2: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99216-9: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-89372-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415992169
Political Institutions and
Lesbian and Gay Rights in
the united States and Canada
Miriam Smith, York University, Canada
Series: Routledge Studies in North American Politics
’This arresting book
historically interrogates the
relationship between
sexuality and social policy
development in the united
States and Canada. A must
read for scholars of sexuality
and of political
development, Smith’s study
helps us to see how conflict
over cultural issues can map
through institutional
developmental dynamics and
then how these dynamics can reformulate cultural
struggles. The book also provides a finely grained
explanation of the interplay among legalinstitutional
development, the discourse of rights,
and lesbian and gay movement politics. Political
Institutions and Lesbian and Gay Rights in the
United States and Canada is the definitive analysis
of the relationship between sexuality and political
development – and shows clearly why this
relationship must be understood by any serious
student of politics.’ - Julie Novkov, University at Albany,
SUNY, USA
’This work is a contribution to the fields of LGBT
studies, Canadian politics, and comparative politics
more generally. Summing up: Recommended.
General readers, upper-division undergraduate
students, graduate students, and research faculty.’
- CHOICE, April 2009 Vol. 46 No. 08
2009: 229 x 152: 244pp
Hb: 978-0-415-98871-1: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80651-0: £28.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415806510
ForthcomiNg
Framing Sarah Palin
Pitbulls, Puritans, and Politics
Linda Beail, Point Loma Nazarene University, USA
and Rhonda Kinney Longworth, Eastern Michigan
University, USA
Using the notion of “framing” as a way of
understanding political perception, the authors analyze
the narratives told by and about Sarah Palin in the 2008
election – from beauty queen, maverick, faithful
fundamentalist and post-feminist role model to pit bull
hockey mom, frontier woman, and political outsider.
They discuss where those frames are rooted historically
in popular and political culture, why they were selected,
and the ways that the frames resonated with the
electorate.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Analytical Framework
1. Introduction 2. Women Candidates and the Strategic
Environment Part 2: The Republican Frames 3. Frontier
Woman 4. Political Outsider/Ordinary Citizen
5. Reformer/”Maverick” 6. Faithful Fundamentalist
Part 3: The Gender Frames 7. The Beauty Queen
8. Hockey Mom 9. Post-feminist Role Model
Part 4: Framing Forward: The 2008 Campaign and
Beyond 10. Late-night Comedy and the Campaign
11. Sarah Palin’s Reception and Reframing in the Blogosphere
12. Conclusion: Post-2008: Going Rogue and Running for
the White House?
December 2011: 229 x 152: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-89333-6: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-89336-7: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415893367
Everyday Practice of
Race in America
Ambiguous Privilege
utz McKnight, University of Alabama, USA
Series: Postcolonial Politics
An original contribution to
political theory and cultural
studies this work argues for a
reinterpretation of how race is
described in US society.
McKnight develops a line of
reasoning to explain how we
accommodate racial categories
in a period when it has become
important to adopt anti-racist
formal instruments in much of
our daily lives.
Selected Contents:
1. Representation: Class Ambiguity and Racial Subjectivity
2. The Everyday and Ordinary: Developing a Theory of Race
3. Cody’s, Foucault, and Race 4. Working Together:
Conditional Subjectivity 5. Walking the Streets 6. Passing
and Mixing: Challenging the Racial Subject
April 2010: 234 x 156: 128pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78054-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78055-1: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85266-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415780551
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
AmericAN Politics: ideNtity Politics
New
The Politics of Inclusion and
Exclusion
Identity Politics in Twenty-First Century
America
Edited by david F. Ericson, George Mason
University, USA
’These essays present a
panoply of ideas, analysis
and case studies of the
contours and reactions to
the multcultural and
transracial nature of politics
in the u.S. These scholars
present new challenges to
old issues that need
re-examination and
re-analysis to help this
society advance to a 21st
century understanding of
what it means to be included or excluded in the
u.S.’ — Robert Stanley Oden, California State University,
Sacramento, USA
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction David F. Ericson
Part 1: Politics of Inclusion 2. Minimal Political Inclusion of
Minorities at Risk: The Case of the Americas, 1870-2000
Victor Asal 3. Race, Nativity, and the Political Participation of
Asian and Other Americans Pei-te Lien 4. The Home Styles
of California Latino Representatives: Policy, Constituency, and
Symbolic Representation Sally Friedman and Shannon
Scotece 5. Puerto Rican Politics in New York City During the
1960s: Structural Ideation, Contingency, and Power José E.
Cruz 6. Inclusion, Exclusion, and Citizenship Kathleen
Sullivan and Patricia Strach Part 2: Politics of Exclusion
7. The Micro-Politics of Immigration: Local Government
Policies of Inclusion and Exclusion Nadia Rubaii-Barrett
8. Outside the Binary: Transgendered Politics on a Global
Stage Jenna Basiliere 9. Politics and the Disabled Body:
Diverse Thoughts about Human Diversity William Roth
10. The Conservative Attack on Affirmative Action: Toward a
Legal Genealogy of Color Blindness Julie Novkov
December 2010: 229 x 152: 232pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87619-3: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87620-9: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85793-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415876209
Want more
information on a book?
Visit the direct URL found at the
bottom of the title description.
11

12
iNtroductioN to Politics
iNtroductioN
to Politics
ForthcomiNg
Politics: The Key Concepts
Lisa Harrison, University of the West of England,
UK, Adrian Little, University of Melbourne,
Australia and Ed Lock, University of the West of
England, UK
Series: Routledge Key Guides
Politics: The Key Concepts is an
up-to-date and broad-ranging
introduction to the terms that
lie at the heart of political
discourse. Entries are drawn
from areas such as political
theory, international politics,
political science and
methodology. As well as
explaining core, established
principles, this informative
guide explores some of the
more complex, topical and
contested concepts from the world of politics. In an
accessible A-Z format with helpful cross-referencing and
suggestions for further reading, this is a valuable
reference for all students of politics, international
relations and related courses.
Selected Contents: Introduction. A-Z of Key Concepts.
Bibliography.
September 2011: 216 x 138: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49739-8: £65.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49740-4: £14.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415497404
4th edition
Politics: The Basics
Stephen d. Tansey, Bournemouth University, UK
and Nigel Jackson, University of Plymouth, UK
Series: The Basics
This highly successful
introduction provides
comprehensive coverage and
explores the varieties of political
systems, the main political
movements and key issues at
the beginning of the
twenty-first century.
2008: 198 x 129: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-42243-7: £55.00
Pb: 978-0-415-42244-4: £11.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415422444
2nd edition
European union: The Basics
Alex Warleigh-Lack, Brunel University, UK
Series: The Basics
This is the best short and
accessible introduction to the
politics of the European Union,
written by one of the world’s
most well-known authorities in
the area. It explains in clear
jargon-free language:
• the EU’s development to date
• how the EU works, and why it
works this way
• the EU’s major policies
• the EU’s biggest problems and
controversies
• the EU’s likely evolution in the coming years.
Key Features iNclude:
• Boxed descriptions of key issues and events.
• A guide to further reading at the end of each
chapter.
• A glossary of key terms, concepts and people.
• Helpful appendices about the EU’s member states
and good internet sources.
2008: 198 x 129: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-41466-1: £55.00
Pb: 978-0-415-41467-8: £11.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415414678
Explaining Politics
Culture, Institutions, and Political
Behavior
Oliver Woshinsky, University of Southern Maine,
USA
’Woshinsky’s book is
unsurpassed in its ability to
communicate basic concepts
in political theory and in
American politics to the
undergraduate student. It is
clearly written, and even
entertaining in its
presentation of examples
and anecdotes which neatly
illustrate abstract ideas.
Explaining Politics is sure to
provoke lively classroom
discussion about fundamental political ideas.’
- Andrew S. McFarland, University of Illinois at Chicago,
USA
2007: 229 x 152: 424pp
Pb: 978-0-415-96078-6: £35.99
eBook: 978-0-203-93318-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415960786
International Relations:
The Basics
Peter Sutch and Juanita Elias
Series: The Basics
‘Here’s a student’s trusted
companion for the
introductory course. IR: The
Basics lays out in accessible
and inviting fashion key
concepts, methods, values
and choices that face each
newcomer to this vital field
of enquiry.‘ - Jan Aart Scholte,
University of Warwick, UK
2007: 198 x 129: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-31184-7: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-31185-4: £11.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415311854
2nd edition
Politics: An Introduction
Barrie Axford, Gary K. Browning,
Richard Huggins, Ben Rosamond and
John Turner
The second edition of this
user-friendly text for students
taking introductory courses in
politics provides completely
updated and stimulating
coverage of topics essential to
the understanding of
contemporary politics.
2002: 246 x 189: 624pp
Hb: 978-0-415-25181-5: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-22642-4: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415226424
Governing Subjects
An Introduction to the Study of Politics
Isaac d. Balbus, University of Illinois at Chicago,
USA
This introduction to the study of
politics highlights the ideas of
key thinkers to illustrate how
our whole lives are politically
conditioned and subject to
governance. Looking across
every major component of the
discipline this book encourages
students to engage in critical
thinking by evaluating
arguments for their internal
coherence and explanatory
power.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Law and Institutions Part 2:
Markets and Power Part 3: Culture and Identity Part 4:
Conclusion
2009: 229 x 152: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99889-5: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99890-1: £28.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88144-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415998901
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

comPArAtive
Politics
ForthcomiNg
democratic Innovations
Theories, Practice & Evaluation
Edited by Kenneth Newton and Brigitte Geissel
This text is the most comprehensive account of various
democratic innovations. Written by an outstanding team
of international experts it examines the theories behind
these democratic innovations, how they have worked in
practice and evaluates their success or failure.
Selected Contents: Introduction Forms of Democratic
Innovation direct democracy 1. Parties And Direct
Democracy Ian Budge 2. Direct Democracy Hanspeter Kriesi
Deliberation 3. Deliberative Polling Jim Fishkin
4. Deliberative Democracy and Mini-Publics Graham Smith
5. Deliberative Democracy and Power in Global Justice
Movements Dieter Rucht Co-Governance 6. When
Democratic Innovations Let The People Decide: An Evaluation
of Co-Governance Experiments Julien Talpin E-Democracy
7. Engagement, Deliberation and the Internet Andrew
Chadwick. Challenges of Comparing Democratic Innovations
8. On the Impacts of Democratic Innovations in Europe
Brigitte Geissel 9. New and Old Forms of Citizens‘
Engagement David Beetham 10. Conclusion Brigitte Geissel
September 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-66919-1: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-66920-7: £21.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415669207
The democracy
Advantage, Revised Edition
How Democracies Promote Prosperity and
Peace
Morton H. Halperin, Open Society Institute, USA,
Joseph T. Siegle, National Defense University, USA
and Michael M. Weinstein, Robin Hood
Foundation, USA
The Democracy Advantage
provides an empiricallygrounded
analysis of the
consistently positive
development track record of
poor countries with democratic
governments versus those with
more oppressive political
systems. Building on the
democratic peace literature,
Halperin, Siegle, and Weinstein
connect the dots of how
democracy and development
contribute to lower levels of intrastate conflict and
popular support for extremist ideologies. This analysis
provides a foundation for a series of policy
recommendations for how democracy can become a
more central feature of US and international
engagement in the developing world. The Democracy
Advantage is an evenly argued liberal internationalist
justification for making democracy a central feature of
US foreign policy.
2009: 229 x 152: 296pp
Pb: 978-0-415-99065-3: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85697-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415990653
Comparative Politics
Continuity and Breakdown in the
Contemporary World
Paul W. Zagorski, Pittsburg State University, USA
’Zagorski has written a book
that is at once in-depth and
accessible, thorough in its
coverage of the topic and
rich in the examples it
employs. With meticulous
care, the book begins by
introducing the basic
foundations of the discipline
and then moves on to the
phenomenon of political
continuity and breakdown,
modernization and
revolution, dictatorship and democracy,
patrimonialism and autocracy, and globalization
and postmodernity, all the meanwhile grounding
his analysis in a wide array of case studies. I highly
recommend this book to anyone interested in the
study of comparative politics.’ - Mehran Kamrava,
Georgetown University School of Foreign Serivice, Qatar
’This is a lively textbook that provides an engaging
introduction for undergraduates to the field of
comparative politics. By focusing on alternative
theoretical approaches to the comparative study of
political regimes, Zagorski makes a valuable
addition to the pedagogical arsenal of modern
political science.’ - Richard Snyder, Brown University,
USA
2009: 178 x 254: 640pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77728-5: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77729-2: £27.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88247-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415777292
3rd edition
Comparative European
Politics
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415437561
Edited by Josep M. Colomer,
University Pompeu Fabra,
Barcelona, Spain
2008: 246 x 174: 320pp
Hb: 978-0-415-43755-4: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-43756-1: £23.99
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
comPArAtive Politics
The Rise of Regional
Authority
A Comparative Study of 42 Democracies
Liesbet Hooghe and Gary Marks, both at
University of North Carolina, USA and
Arjan H. Schakel, University of Edinburgh, UK
’This book represents a major advance in the study
of regional government and spatial rescaling. It is a
fascinating study in its own right, but also an
invaluable data set for scholars of comparative
government and politics.’ - Michael Keating,
University of Aberdeen, UK
’The study of decentralized governance, multi-level
politics and regional governance is of mounting
importance in a broad swath of the social sciences.
To date, researchers have been stuck with very
dissatisfying public finance data from the IMF,
horrible indicators from the Polity data set and
sundry other sources of dubious value. This book
fills a gaping hole in that literature.’ - Erik Wibbels,
Duke University, USA
Selected Contents: 1. Measuring Regional Authority 2.
Operationalizing Regional Authority 3. Validation of the
Regional Authority Index 4. An Era of Regionalization
Appendix A: Profiles of Regional Reform in 42 Countries
(1950–2006) Appendix B: Country and Regional Scores
March 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57836-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57776-2: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85217-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415577762
eInspection Copies
Titles marked with this icon are available as
electronic inspection copies only for lecturers or
faculty considering them for course adoption.
Visit www.routledge.com to obtain your copy.
13

14
lAtiN AmericAN Politics
lAtiN AmericAN
Politics
Contemporary u.S.-
Latin American Relations
Cooperation or Conflict in the 21st
Century?
Edited by Jorge I. domínguez, Harvard University,
USA and Rafael Fernández de Castro, Instituto
Tecnologico Autonomo de Mexico
Series: Contemporary Inter-American Relations
“Fifteen outstanding
scholars, eight residing in
Latin America and seven
residing in the united States,
collaborate in this
exceptionally well-informed,
balanced, nuanced and
up-to-date discussion of
contemporary relations
between the united States
and the diverse Latin
American and Caribbean
nations. This is a valuable
primer on how and why u.S.-Latin American
relations are changing, and where they are
heading. I will assign it to my students and
recommend it to decision-makers.” – Abraham F.
Lowenthal, University of Southern California, USA
Selected Contents: 1. The Changes in the International
System during the 2000s Jorge I. Domínguez Part 1
2. U.S.-Mexican Relations in the Twenty-First Century Jorge I.
Domínguez and Rafael Fernández de Castro 3. The United
States and Cuba since 2000 Marifeli Pérez-Stable 4. The
United States and Central America since 2000: Free Trade
and Diaspora Diplomacy Cristina Eguizábal 5. U.S.-Caribbean
Relations: Modifying Traditional Hegemony and Sovereignty
in the Caribbean Anthony P. Maingot Part 2 6. Argentina
and the United States: A Distant Relationship Roberto Russell
7. Brazil-U.S. Relations: Getting Better All the Time Monica
Hirst 8. Chile and the United States 2000-2009: From Elusive
Friendship to Cooperative Friendship Claudia F. Fuentes Julio
and Francisco Rojas Aravena 9. Colombia and the United
States: Strategic Partners or Uncertain Allies? Cynthia J.
Arnson and Arlene B. Tickner 10. The United States and
Peru in the 2000s Cynthia McClintock and Fabián Vallas
11. Relations between the United States and Venezuela,
2001-2009: A Bridge in Need of Repairs Carlos A. Romero
and Javier Corrales
May 2010: 229 x 152: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87999-6: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88000-8: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85047-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415880008
New
Comparative Politics of
Latin America
Democracy at Last?
daniel C. Hellinger, Webster University, USA
This text offers a unique
balance of comparative politics
theory and interdisciplinary
country-specific context, of a
thematic organization and
in-depth country case studies,
of culture and economics, of
scholarship and pedagogy. No
other textbook draws on such a
diverse range of scholarly
literature to help students
understand the ins and outs of
politics in Latin America today.
The insightful historical background in early chapters
provides students with a way to think about how the
past influences the present. However, while history plays
a part in this text, comparative politics is the primary
focus, explaining through detailed case studies and
carefully paced analysis such concepts as democratic
breakdown and transition, formal and informal
institutions, the rule of law, and the impact of
globalization.
Several important pedagogical aids foster student
learning, including:
• learning objectives at the start of every chapter
• learning checkpoints at the end of each section to
insure comprehension
• bolded key terms focus attention on important
concepts
• glossary at the end of the book provides a useful
reference
• discussion questions at the end of each chapter
• integrated case studies on most countries in the region
• a companion website with practice quizzes and other
useful study aids.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Comparative Political Theory
and Latin American Area Studies 1. Conceptions of
Democracy 2. Inequality, Political Culture, and Popular
Sovereignty Part 2: History: Colonial Legacies, Mass
Politics and democracy 3. Democratic and Autocratic
Threads in Latin American History 4. Political Without
Economic Independence Part 3: development, Mass
Politics in the Twentieth Century 5. Development and
Dependency: Theory and Practice in Latin America
6. Populism, Development and Democracy in the Twentieth
Century Part 4: democratic Breakdown, Economic
Struggles, and Transitions 7. Democratic Breakdown and
Military Rule 8. State and Market in Latin America
9. Transitions and ’Pact Democracies’ in Brazil and the
Southern Cone 10. Transitions of Party-Dominant Regimes in
Mexico and Venezuela Part 5: Revolution and democracy
11. Nationalism and Revolution in Mexico and Cuba
12. Democracy in Times of Revolution Part 6: Movements,
Civil Society and Parties 13. Social Class and Politics in
Latin America 14. ’New’ Social Movements, New Politics?
15. Parties and Electoral Politics Part 7: Rights, Institutions
and Law: The Formal Rules of the Game 16. Institutions,
Constitutions and Governance 17. Corruption, Human
Rights, and the Rule of Law Part 8: Globalization and the
Role of the united States 18. Democracy in Times of
Globalization 19. Democracy, Intervention and American
Foreign Policy
February 2011: 234 x 156: 608pp
Pb: 978-0-415-88917-9: £29.99
eBook: 978-0-203-82966-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415889179
2nd edition
united States and Mexico
Between Partnership and Conflict
Jorge I. domínguez, Harvard University, USA and
Rafael Fernández de Castro, Instituto Tecnologico
Autonomo de Mexico
Series: Contemporary Inter-American Relations
By sharing one of the longest
land borders in the world, the
United States and Mexico will
always have a special
relationship. The ideal
introduction to U.S.-Mexican
relations, this book moves from
conflicts all through the
nineteenth century up to
contemporary democratic
elections in Mexico. By covering
immigration, drug trafficking,
NAFTA, democracy,
environmental problems, and economic instability, the
second edition of The United States and Mexico provides
a thorough look back and an informed vision of the
future.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. History 2. The Changes
in the International System: Effects on the Bilateral
Relationship 3. International Security 4. The Effect of
International Institutions 5. The Domestic Context for
Foreign Policy Decision Making 6. Content and Conduct of
Foreign Policy 7. Transborder Relations 8. US.-Mexican
Relations in the Twenty-First Century
2009: 229 x 152: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99218-3: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99219-0: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87925-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415992190
ForthcomiNg
Mexican Security Failure
Collapse into Criminal Violence
Edited by Monica Serrano, Ralph Bunche Institute
for International Studies, CUNY, USA
Serrano’s volume is both timely, with Mexico much in the
news, but also of lasting value. It explains Mexican
insecurity in a full-dimensional manner that hasn’t been
attempted before. Mexico received much scholarly
attention a decade ago with the onset of
democratization. Since then, the leading topic has
become immigration. However, the security environment
compelling many Mexicans to leave has been
dramatically under studies. This tightly organized volume
begins to correct that gap.
Selected Contents: Introduction Mónica Serrano
Part 1: Security Failure at Home 1. Arbitrariness and
Inefficiency in the Mexican Justice Administration Ana Laura
Magaloni 2. Accounting for the Unaccountable: The Police
in Mexico Ernesto López-Portillo Vargas 3. The Mexican
State and Organized Crime: An Unending Story Mónica
Serrano and Paul Kenny Part 2: Security Failure Abroad
4. Drug-Trafficking and US-Mexico Relations: Causes of
Conflict Jorge Chabat 5. Mexico’s War on Terrorism: Rhetoric
and Reality Athanasios Hristoulas 6. The Mesoamerican
Dilemma: External Insecurity and Internal Vulnerability Raúl
Benítez and Arturo Sotomayor. Conclusion Mónica Serrano
August 2011: 229 x 152: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-89327-5: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-89328-2: £21.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415893282
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

ForthcomiNg
debating u.S.-Cuban
Relations
Shall We Play Ball?
Edited by Jorge I. domínguez, Rafael Hernandez
and Lorena Barberia, all at Harvard University, USA
Series: Contemporary Inter-American Relations
Drawing on perspectives from within Cuba as well as
those in the United States, Canada, and Europe,
Debating U.S.-Cuban Relations sets out to analyze
contemporary policies, reflect on current circumstances,
and consider possible alternatives for improved
U.S.-Cuban relations. Each topic is represented by
perspectives from both Cuban and non-Cuban scholars,
leading to a resource rich in insight and a model of
transnational dialogue.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Jorge I. Domínguez and
Rafael M. Hernández 2. Intimate Enemies: Paradoxes in the
U.S.-Cuba conflict Rafael M. Hernández 3. Reshaping the
Relations between the United States and Cuba Jorge I.
Domínguez 4. Cuban National Security against the United
States: Conflict and Cooperation? Carlos Alzugaray Treto
5. Cuban-United States Cooperation in the Defense and
Security Fields: Where Are We? Where Might We Be Able to
Go? Hal Klepak 6. Terrorism and the Anti-Hijacking Accord
in Cuba’s Relations with the United States Peter Kornbluh
7. The European Union and its role in U.S.-Cuba Relations
Eduardo Perera 8. European Union Policy in the Cuba-United
States-Spain Triangle Susanne Gratius 9. U.S.-Cuba
Relations: The Potential Economic Implications of
Normalization Archibald R.M. Ritter 10. U.S.-Cuban
Economic Relations: Normalization Pending Jorge Mario
Sánchez Egozcue 11. U.S.-Cuba: Emigration and Bilateral
Relations Antonio Aja DÌaz 12. Cuba, Its Immigration and
U.S.-Cuba Relations Lorena Barberia 13. The Subject(s) of
Academic and Cultural Exchange: Paradigms, Powers, and
Possibilities Sheryl Lutjens 14. Academic Diplomacy: Cultural
Exchanges between Cuba and the United States Milagros
Martínez Reinosa
August 2011: 229 x 152: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-89322-0: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-89323-7: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415893237
The Immigrant divide
How Cuban Americans Changed
the U.S. and Their Homeland
Susan Eckstein, Boston University, USA
’Few social scientists know
Cuba as deeply or as subtly
as Susan Eckstein. She has
written the best sociological
analysis of the political
evolution of the island
during the revolutionary
period, Back from the Future.
Now, she turns her attention
to the Cuban diaspora and,
with the same dispassionate
eye, tells us of its behavior
and its consequences both
for their native and their adopted countries. A
must-read for anyone interested in Cuba or
immigrant politics.’ – Alejandro Portes
2009: 229 x 152: 312pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99922-9: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99923-6: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415999236
ForthcomiNg
understanding u.S.-
Latin American Relations
Theory and History
Mark Eric Williams, Middlebury College, USA
This book examines U.S.-Latin American relations from a
historical, contemporary, and theoretical perspective. By
drawing examples from the distant and more recent
past—and interweaving history with theory—Williams
illustrates the enduring principles of International
Relations theory and provides students with the
conceptual tools required to help them organize facts,
think systematically about issues, weigh competing
explanations, and have confidence in their own
conclusions regarding the past, present, and future of
international politics in the region.
Selected Contents: 1. Why U.S.-Latin American Relations
Matter (And Sometimes seem Unintelligible) 2. Foreign
Policy Determinants: International Systems and Levels of
Causality 3. The Expansion of American Power
4. Hemispheric Relations through WWII 5. The Cold War
Comes to Latin America 6. Crisis Management
7. Responding to Revolutions 8. Globalization and
Interdependence 9. Hemispheric Relations in the 21st
Century
August 2011: 229 x 152: 320pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99314-2: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99315-9: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415993159
New
The united States and Cuba
Intimate Enemies
Marifeli Pérez-Stable, Florida International
University, USA, and Inter-American Dialogue
Series: Contemporary Inter-American Relations
This book systematically covers
the background of U.S.-Cuban
relations after the Cold War and
explores tensions that extend
into the twenty-first century.
The author explores the future
of this strained relationship
under Obama’s presidency and
in a post-Castro Cuba.
Selected Contents: 1. The United
States and Cuba Have Never Had
Normal Relations 2. ’Next
Christmas in Havana’ 3. ’Half
Drunk and Throwing Bottles at Each Other’ 4. ’We Need to
De-Americanize the Problem of Cuba’ 5. ’The Policy We’ve
Had in Place for 50 Years Hasn’t Worked’ 6. The United
States and Cuba: Comparative Reflections (essay by Ana
Covarrubias Velasco)
December 2010: 229 x 152: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80450-9: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80451-6: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87448-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415804516
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
lAtiN AmericAN Politics
New
The Political Economy
of Latin America
Reflections on Neoliberalism and
Development
Peter Kingstone, University of Connecticut, USA
Neoliberalism has been at the
centre of enormous controversy
since its first appearance in
Latin America in the early
1970s. Even neoliberalism’s
strongest supporters concede
that it has not lived up to its
promises and that growth,
poverty, and inequality all have
performed considerably worse
than hoped.
This brief text offers an
unbiased reflection on the
neoliberal debate in Latin America and the institutional
puzzle that underlies the region’s difficulties with
democratization and development. In addition to
providing an overview of this key element of the Latin
American political economy, Peter Kingstone also
advances an important but under-explored argument
about political institutions. Kingstone offers a unique
contribution by mapping out the problem of how to
understand institutions, why they are created, and why
Latin American ones function the way they do.
Selected Contents: 1. Markets, States, and the Challenge
of Development in Latin America 2. Import-Substitution
Industrialization and the Great Transformation in Latin
America 3. Neoliberalism and its Discontents 4. The Two
Lefts and the Return of the State 5. Government, Markets
and Institutions: Reflections on Development
December 2010: 229 x 152: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99826-0: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99827-7: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88260-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415998277
15

16
lAtiN AmericAN
Politics
Latin American
democracy
Emerging Reality or Endangered Species?
Edited by Richard L. Millett, Southern Illinois
University, USA, Jennifer S. Holmes, University of
Texas at Dallas, USA and Orlando J. Pérez, Central
Michigan University, USA
Contributors — both
practitioners and academics,
North Americans and Latin
Americans — explore and
assess the state of democratic
consolidation in Latin America
by focusing on the specific
issues and challenges
confronting democratic
governance in the region.
2008: 229 x 152: 384pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99047-9: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99048-6: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88418-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415990486
Leftovers
Tales of the Latin American Left
Edited by Jorge G. Castañeda and
Marco A. Morales, both at New York University,
USA
’Recommended. upper-division undergraduate,
graduate, and research collections.’ - CHOICE, April
2009 Vol. 46 No. 08
’This book will surely not be
the last word written on the
new Latin American left. But
it offers several important
contributions for those who
want to understand the
most recent set of surprises
and puzzles that Latin
America has offered the
scholarly community.’
- Matthew R. Cleary, Syracuse
University, USA
2008: 229 x 152: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-95670-3: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-95671-0: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-92673-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415956710
euroPeAN
Politics
4th edition
Russian Politics and Society
Richard Sakwa, University of Kent at Canterbury,
UK
’Altogether, this book serves
as a great introduction to
Russian politics, but it is by
no means only that. There is
an irrefutable balance
between the necessary
descriptive framework for
non-specialists and more
in-depth analysis, and there
are always useful references
for a more sophisticated
public. As a whole, every
reader will find something of
interest in this book, depending on their approach
and background knowledge in Russian politics. The
book provides the reader with both analytical
frameworks and more targeted or specialised
sections, so that this edition remains both
comprehensive and scholarly. The book is not just a
textbook but tries to combine strong research
input with accessibility. It provides a strong
theoretical interpretation, founded on a clear
empirical base.’ - Henri Duquenne, Sciences-Po, Paris,
France
2008: 246 x 174: 608pp
Hb: 978-0-415-41527-9: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-41528-6: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415415286
3rd edition
European union
Power and Policy-Making
Edited by Jeremy Richardson
’Some authors can always be
counted upon to deliver
thorough and insightful
studies that address the
meat of any issue ... In the
third edition of this highly
appreciated volume, Jeremy
Richardson seems to have
assembled the best of these
in the field of European
politics and policy-making.’
- Journal of Common Market
Studies, Vol. 44
2005: 246 x 174: 424pp
Hb: 978-0-415-35813-2: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-35814-9: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415358149
Contemporary European
Politics
A Comparative Introduction
José Magone, Berlin School of Economics, Germany
In this important new
introductory textbook, José
Magone provides an accessible
and comprehensive introduction
to contemporary European
politics.
The unification of the European
continent since the Fall of the
Berlin wall in 1989 and the
collapse of communist regimes
in Central and Eastern Europe
has changed the nature of
European politics. This book
seeks to address the new European politics that emerged
out of this coming together of West and East.
Utilizing a pan-European comparative approach the
book:
• covers key topics, with chapters on the history, theory,
institutions, parties and party systems, interest groups,
systems of interest intermediation and civil society, the
impact of European public policy and the emergence
of a European common and foreign policy
• provides detailed comparisons of the national political
systems across Europe, including Central and Eastern
Europe and the Balkans
• contextualises national politics in the growing
importance of European integration
• examines the European Union multi-level governance
system approach, highlighting relationships and
interactions between the global, supranational,
national, regional and local levels
• analyses the change from modern politics, in which
the nation-state was still in command of domestic
politics and its own borders, to postmodern politics in
which de-territorialisation, de-nationalisation and
internationalisation processes have transformed the
national politics of European states
• facilitates learning through a wide range of
pedagogical features, including chapter summaries,
guides to further reading, questions for revision and
extensive use of maps, figures, case studies and tables.
Richly illustrated throughout, this work is an
indispensable resource for all students and academics of
European politics.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Contemporary
European Politics 2. The Historical Development of European
Politics 3. The Transformation of European Politics
4. National Politics and the European Union 5. Government
in Europe 6. The Diversity of Parliamentarianism in Europe
7. Towards the European Public Administrative Space: The
Europeanization of National Governance 8. Judicial Power in
Multi-level Europe 9. Regional and Local Government in
Multi-Level Europe 10. Political Parties 11. Electoral Systems
and Party Systems 12. Interest Groups, Systems of Interest
Intermediation and Civil Society 13. Convergence of
National Policy Styles: The Role of the European Union
14. The Intertwinedness of National and European Foreign
Policy 15. Conclusions: Reinventing Europe
August 2010: 246 x 174: 688pp
Hb: 978-0-415-41892-8: £110.00
Pb: 978-0-415-41893-5: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84639-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415418935
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

ForthcomiNg
The European union’s New
democracies
Politics of the Accession States
Karen Henderson, University of Leicester, UK
The enlargement of the European Union (EU), with the
accession of ten new member states, is probably the
most important moment in its history.
The European Union’s New Democracies is carefully
designed to introduce students to the politics of the
post-communist states which are now part of the EU. It
also explains the political systems of the states of Central
and Eastern Europe within the framework of European
integration. Written in an extremely clear and accessible
style it:
• provides comprehensive coverage of Hungary, Poland,
Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, the Czech Republic, Slovakia
and Slovenia, as well as Bulgaria, Croatia and Romania
• explains the historical background to the transition
process
• compares the political systems, institutions, party
systems and constitutions
• examines the conflicts between ’old’ and ’new’ Europe
over foreign policy
• analyzes the development of the EU’s enlargement
policy.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Eastern Europe under
Communism 1945-1985 Part 1: The Transition to
democracy, 1985-1992 1. The Fall of Communism 2. The
Course of the ’Revolutions’: Country Studies 3. Redefining
Statehood 4. Constitutional Choices Part 2: The Struggle
to Consolidate democracy, 1993-1998 5. Building
Democracy, 1992-1998 6. Alternation of Government:
Country Studies 7. Economic and Social Transformation
8. Building Party Systems Part 3: The Return to Europe,
1999-2004 9. Negotiating with the European Union
10. The New Democracies: Country Studies 11. The Political
Systems of the New Member States 12. The New
Democracies in the Wider Europe. Conclusion: Europe
Reunited. Bibliography. Index
December 2011: 246 x 174: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-33263-7: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-33264-4: £19.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415332644
The End of European
Integration
Anti-Europeanism Examined
Paul Taylor
Series: Routledge/UACES Contemporary European
Studies
Written by a leading
international expert on
European integration, this
volume examines the European
Union in a period of hesitation
about future integration in the
early twenty-first century.
2007: 234 x 156: 200pp
Hb: 978-0-415-43105-7: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-43106-4: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-93568-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415431064
2nd edition
European union
An Historical and Political Survey
Richard McAllister, University of Edinburgh, UK
The new edition of this
best-selling text provides the
most up-to-date single volume
history of the European Union
from its origins through to the
present day. Fully updated and
revised throughout, this is the
ideal starting point for students
and others wishing to read an
accessible, readable and
comprehensive account of the
development of the EU.
Topics new to this edition:
• the impact of the Euro and economic and monetary
union
• analysis of post-9/11 splits in the EU over Afghanistan
and Iraq, and debates on the new European security
order and the threat posed by terrorism
• the enlargement of the EU to 27 members and
discussions over further expansion
• the initial failure of the EU Constitutional Treaty
• the growth in Euroscepticism across the continent.
An engaging contribution to the understanding of the
past, present and uncertain future of European
integration, European Union is essential reading for all
students of European history, European Union politics,
and International Relations.
2009: 234 x 156: 296pp
Hb: 978-0-415-40762-5: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-40761-8: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87569-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415407618
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
The Politics of the New Germany
Simon Green, University of Birmingham, UK,
dan Hough, University of Sussex, UK and
Alister Miskimmon, University of Stirling
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
euroPeAN Politics
2nd edition
The Origins &
development of the European
union 1945-2008
A History of European Integration
Martin dedman, Baylor University, Texas, USA
The new edition of this
accessible introduction to the
history of the European Union
(EU) has been fully revised and
updated to reflect the
significant changes within the
EU over the past decade.
Revealing the politics beneath
the surface, national rivalries
and changing positions behind
events, meetings and treaty
negotiations, the text:
• provides a thematic history of
European economic and political integration in its
economic, military, monetary and political contexts
• outlines the major schools of thought regarding the
causes and motives for European economic integration
including the theories of Lipgens, Haas and Milward
• considers the economic and political reasons for
establishing supranational organisations
• evaluates the impact of the collapse of communism on
the EU, its policy implications and member states’
responses
• contains new and updated material on the Euro,
enlargement of the EU, the constitutional debate, EU
economic, monetary and foreign policies and other key
recent developments.
2009: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-43560-4: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-43561-1: £21.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415435611
’This thematic treatment of contemporary Germany fills a much-needed gap in the student-oriented
literature. The authors have succeeded in producing a fascinating and highly accessible account of all the
key issues facing Germany today, making this book a ’must read’ for any undergraduate student of
German and European Studies.’ – Paul Cooke, University of Leeds, UK
’Recommended. All readership levels.’ – CHOICE, October 2008 Vol. 46 No. 02
The Politics of the New Germany continues to provide the most comprehensive, authoritative and up-to-date
textbook on contemporary German Politics. It covers the entire postwar era but has a particular focus on the
post-reunification era.
This 2nd edition has been revised and updated throughout and features new material on:
• Grand Coalition • Lisbon treaty
• Constitutional Court • financial crisis and credit crunch
• reform of social policy • Afghanistan.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Germany and the Burden of History 2. Germany’s Post-War Development, 1945-1989 3.
Towards German Unity? 4. A Blockaded System of Government? 5. The Party System and Electoral Behaviour: The Path to
Stable Instability? 6. Economic Management: The End of the German Model? 7. Citizenship and Demographics: A Country of
Immigration? 8. The Reform of the Welfare State? 9. Germany and the European Union: A European Germany or a German
Europe? 10. Foreign and Security Policy: A New Role for the Twenty-First Century? 11. Conclusion
August 2011: 246 x 174: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-60438-3: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-60439-0: £23.99
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415604390
17

18
euroPeAN Politics
understanding
E-Government in Europe
Issues and Challenges
Edited by Paul G. Nixon, Hague University of
Professional Education, the Netherlands, Vassiliki
N. Koutrakou, University of East Anglia, UK and
Rajash Rawal
Presenting a multi-disciplinary
approach, the comprehensive
text analyses a range of
challenges that governments
are facing with the growth of
e-government, spanning from
those of a technological and
managerial nature to those of a
more political and legal nature.
Selected Contents: Part 1: The
Fundamentals of
e-Government in Europe 1. The
Fifth Estate: Democratic Social
Accountability through the Emerging Network of Networks
William H. Dutton 2. Delivering Citizen-Centric Public
Services Through Technology in Europe-Facilitated
Organisational Change Michael Blakemore, Neil Mcdonald,
Nicola Hall and Rasa Jucuite 3. e-Government Beyond i2010:
European e-Government current Challenges and Future
Scenarios Cristiano Codagnone and David Osimo
Part 2: Conceptual Challenges 4. Electronic Government
and Government Transformation: Technical Interactivity,
Political Influence and Citizen Return Filipe Montargil
5. e-Government, Customers, and Citizens Michael Margolis
and Gerson Moreno-Riaño 6. Accountability in the Context
Of e-Government Dimitra I. Petrakaki 7. Addressing the Real
World of Public Consultation: Whither e-Consultation? David
O’Donnell, Paul Mccusker, G. Honor Fagan, Simon Stephens,
D. R. Newman, John Morison and Michael Murray
Part 3: e-Government in Practice 8. Online Dispute
Resolution, e-Justice and Web 2.0 Joseph Savirimuthu
9. Identity Management in e-Government Service Provision:
Towards New Modes of Government and Citizenship Miriam
Lips, John Taylor and Joe Organ 10. Biometrics: From
Biometricised Borders to Securitising Non-territorial Space
Juliet Lodge 11. The Merging of Health and Technology for
Europe’s Future: Identifying Obstacles and Achieving a
Successful eHealth Implementation Savvas Savvides and
Vassiliki N. Koutrajou 12. Overcoming Barriers to Innovation
in e-Government: The Swiss Way Gianluca Misuraca, Pierre
Rossel and Olivier Glassey 13. Elected Politicians and their
‘Tastes’ For e-Democracy: Experiences from the Netherlands,
United Kingdom and Norway Arthur Edwards
Part 4: Perceptions, Subversions, and New Challenges
to e-Government 14. Challengers to Traditional
e-Government (Non-governmental Actors) Paul. G. Nixon,
Antje Grebner and Maria Laura Sudulich 15. Responding to
Cyberterror – A Failure to Firewall Freedoms? Rajash Rawal
16. Ministry of Truth? Perceptions of Trust in e-Government
Paul G. Nixon 17. Using e-Government For Communication
and Co-Ordination among Regional International
Organizations – Preliminary Insights from Nascent
Interactions Vassiliki N. Koutrakou. Conclusions Paul G.
Nixon, Rajash Rawal and Vassiliki N. Koutrakou
January 2010: 234 x 156: 352pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46799-5: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46800-8: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86609-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415468008
Italy Today
The Sick Man of Europe
Edited by Andrea Mammone, Kingston University,
UK and Giuseppe A. Veltri, London School of
Economics and Political Science, UK
’How is the current crisis and
decline of contemporary
Italy to be explained?
Through its interdisciplinary
analyses of old and new but
unresolved issues affecting
politics, the economy and
society in Italy, this book
seeks to give an answer to
this important question.
unlike the existing books on
Italy and its ‘shadows’,
which usually focus either
on the political and electoral systems or on the
scandals and the transition to the Second Italian
Republic, this edited volume – including
contributions from leading experts and young
scholars – seeks to offer a comprehensive picture of
the Italian situation, looking simultaneously at
political life, the economic system, history and
society. Moreover, it seeks to analyse both the
causes and the effects of the problems that have
become typical of Italy and, most importantly, to
link the present and the past when offering
possible explanations...Many of the chapters also
offer recommendations regarding possible policy
solutions for the problems of this ‘sick man of
Europe’, and this can be considered a further merit
of the book.’ - Manuela Caiani, Institute for Advanced
Studies, Vienna, Austria
Selected Contents: Preface Paul Corner 1. A ‘Sick Man’ in
Europe A. Mammone and G. Veltri Part 1: Politics and
Society 2. Elites and the Democratic Disease Carlo Carboni
3. Common Manifestoes and Coalition Governance: How
Italian Political Leaders Missed the Window of Opportunity
Catherine Moury 4. The Programmatic Convergence of the
Italian Parties and their Weakness in the Policy-Making Nicolò
Conti 5. When Politics Matters: Federalism, Italian Style
Christophe Roux 6. Family Politics, the Catholic Church and
the Transformation of Family Life in the Italian Second
Republic Stefania Bernini 7. The Italian Media between
Market and Politics Chris Hanretty Part 2: History, Memory
and Politics 8. The Legacy of the Strategy of Tension and
the Armed Conflict in a Context of (non)Reconciliation Anna
Cento Bull 9. Fascism as Heritage in Contemporary Italy
Joshua Arthurs Part 3: Institutional(ized) Exclusion?
10. The Northern League and its ’Innocuous’ Xenophobia
Martina Avanza 11. ’Gypsies out of Italy!’: Social Exclusion
and Racial Discrimination of Roma and Sinti Nando Sigona
12. The Catholic Church, Universal Truth, and the Debate on
National Identity and Immigration: A New Model of ‘Selective
Solidarity’ Eva Garau Part 4: Mezzogiorno: A Never
Ending Problem 13. The Strongest Mafia: ‘Ndrangeta
made in Calabria Ercole Giap Parini 14. Revisiting Naples:
Clientelism and Organized Crime Felia Allum and Percy Allum
Part 5: Economy and Political Economy
15. Industrialization, Convergence and Governance: The
Case of Italy Alfonsina Iona, Leone Leonida and Giuseppe
Sobbrio 16. 20 years of European Funding: Italy still
Struggling with Implementation Simona Milio 17. Labour
and Welfare Reforms: The Short Life of Labour Unity in
Contemporary Italy Marco Simoni 18. The Crisis of Family
Firms and the Decline of Italian Capitalism Raoul Minetti
February 2010: 234 x 156: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56159-4: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56160-0: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85963-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415561600
The Multiculturalism
Backlash
European Discourses, Policies and Practices
Edited by Steven Vertovec, Max-Planck-Institute,
Germany and Susanne Wessendorf, Max-Planck-
Institute for the Study of Religious and Ethnic
Diversity, Germany
’In Western European
politics, ’the end of
multiculturalism’ has become
a dogma. Here is finally a
book that reopens the
debate by distinguishing
between political rhetoric,
public opinion and public
policies.’ - Rainer Bauböck,
European University Institute,
Florence, Italy
Selected Contents:
1. Introduction: Assessing the
Backlash against Multiculturalism in Europe Steven Vertovec
and Susanne Wessendorf 2. The Rise and Fall of
Multiculturalism? New Debates on Inclusion and
Accommodation in Diverse Societies Will Kymlicka 3. British
and Others: From ‘Race’ to ‘Faith’ Ralph Grillo 4. From
Toleration to Repression: The Dutch Backlash against
Multiculturalism Baukje Prins and Sawitri Saharso 5. ‘We’re
not all Multiculturalists Yet’: France Swings Between Hard
Integration and Soft Anti-Discrimination Patrick Simon and
Valerie Sala Pala 6. Denmark versus Multiculturalism Ulf
Hedetoft 7. Switzerland: A Multicultural Country Without
Multicultural Policies? Gianni d’Amato 8. Germany:
Integration Policy and Pluralism in a Self-Conscious Country
of Immigration Karen Schönwälder 9. Dymanics of Diversity
in Spain: Old Questions, New Challenges Ricard Zapata-
Barrero 10. Multiculturalism: A Canadian Defence David Ley
January 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55648-4: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55649-1: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86754-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415556491
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

itish ANd
irish Politics
5th edition
Politics in the Republic of
Ireland
Edited by John Coakley, University College Dublin,
Ireland and Michael Gallagher, University of Dublin
Trinity College, Ireland
’Politics in the Republic of
Ireland is a ’must buy’ for
any course on Irish politics, a
’must read’ for any student
of the subject, or even a
casual, interested observer
of all things Irish.’ - David
Farrell, University College
Dublin, Ireland
’This remains THE
authoritative source for
anyone needing a
comprehensive grounding in
the government and politics of modern Ireland.’
- Michael Laver, New York University, USA
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Context of Irish Politics
Part 2: Representative Democracy at Work Part 3: Policy and
Administration Part 4: Ireland in a Wider World
2009: 234 x 156: 512pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47671-3: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47672-0: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415476720
ForthcomiNg
3rd edition
understanding Northern
Ireland
Colonialism, Control and Consociation
Brendan O’Leary, University of Pennsylvania, USA
and John McGarry, Queen’s University, Canada
The third edition of this classic
textbook continues to provide
the best introductory account of
the politics of Northern Ireland.
Completely revised and
updated, it contains three new
chapters devoted to the
enormous changes to Northern
Ireland politics brought about
by the peace process. A brand
new introduction and an
updated audit of the conflict
have also been added.
Selected Contents: 1. Auditing the Antagonism 2. The
Colonial Roots of Antagonism: Fateful Triangles in Ulster,
Ireland and Britain, 1609-1620 3. Exercising Control: The
Second Protestant Ascendancy, 1920-1962 4. Losing
Control: The Collapse of the Unionist Regime, 1963-1972
5. Deadlock, 1972-85: The Limits to British Arbitration
6. The Anglo-Irish Agreement and its Impact 7. Transcending
Antagonism?: The Birth of the Peace Process 8. Ceasefires
and Beyond 9. The Good Friday Agreement 10. Resolving
the Politics of Antagonism 11. The Future of Northern
Ireland
August 2011: 246 x 174: 320pp
Hb: 978-0-415-34905-5: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-34906-2: £21.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415349062
Britain and European Integration since 1945
On the Sidelines
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
british ANd irish Politics
New
Britain and Europe
A Political History Since 1918
N.J. Crowson, University of Birmingham, UK
This textbook provides a
comprehensive account of
Britain’s uneasy relationship
with continental Europe from
1918 to the present day.
Subjects covered include:
• how the experience of the
inter-war years and the
Second World War helped
shape attitudes towards the
EU
• european perspectives on
Britain and vice versa
• key theories on European integration
• the changing nature of Britain’s global role
• issues of sovereignty and legitimacy
• the role of political parties and the Europeanisation of
national government
• the rise of Euroscepticism in British politics and how
‘Europe’ has become entwined in the ideological
battles of the main political parties.
Exploring the political, diplomatic and military
relationship between Britain and Europe, this accessible
and wide-ranging textbook is essential core reading for
students of British and European history and politics.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Inter-War Years
1918-1939 2. The Post-War Settlement 1940-61 3. The
Application Phase 1961-75 4. Britain in Europe: From EEC to
EU, 1975-97 5. Europe and New Labour 1997-2010
October 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-40018-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-40020-6: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84049-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415400206
david Gowland, Arthur Turner and Alex Wright, all at University of Dundee, UK
’Anyone wishing to understand the historical background to current political and economic issues relating to the European union cannot
do better than start with this clear and accessible account.’ – George Peden, University of Stirling, UK
This book combines an historical account with political analysis to illustrate the changing and multifaceted nature of British and European politics.
Key questions addressed include:
• Why has Europe had such an explosive impact on British politics?
• What impelled British policymakers to join the European Community and to undertake one of the radical, if not the most radical, changes in modern
British history?
• What have been the perceived advantages and disadvantages of British membership of the European Union?
• Why has British membership of the European Union rarely attracted a national consensus?
2009: 234 x 156: 312pp
Hb: 978-0-415-32212-6: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-32213-3: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-29990-6
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322133
19

20
New
british ANd
irish Politics
British National Party
Contemporary Perspectives
Edited by Nigel Copsey and Graham Macklin,
both at University of Teesside, UK
This book examines the recent
development of the far right in
Britain, with a particular focus
on the British National Party
(BNP); the most electorally
successful far right party in
British history. It brings fresh
perspectives to our
understanding of the BNP in
order to make a significant
contribution to scholarly debate
on the nature of far right
extremism both nationally and
internationally.
The book is unique due to its focus on three important
yet underdeveloped themes:
• the ideological and cultural politics of contemporary
BNP
• responses to the BNP
• the BNP’s place within the contemporary domestic and
international far-right milieu.
Written by an outstanding line-up of renowned experts
in this field, this is essential reading for all those with an
interest in British politics, fascism, political parties, race
relations and extremism.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Contemporary
Perspectives on the BNP Nigel Copsey Part 1: Ideological
and Cultural Politics 1. Modernising the Past for the Future
Graham Macklin 2. Race and Racial Difference: The Surface
and Depth of BNP Ideology John E. Richardson
3. Multiculturalism and the Sub-Cultural Politics of the BNP
James Rhodes Part 2: Responses to the BNP 4. ’The
Media = Lies, Lies, Lies!’ The BNP and the Media in
Contemporary Britain Nigel Copsey and Graham Macklin
5. Ambivalent Admiration: The Response of Other Extreme
Right Groups to the Rise of the BNP Steven Woodbridge
6. From Direct Action to Community Action: The Changing
Dynamics of Anti-Fascist Opposition Nigel Copsey 7. The
BNP in Local Government: Support for the Far Right or for
Community Politics? Karin Bottom and Colin Copus
Part 3: International Perspectives 8. Assessing the
Political Influence of Anti-Immigrant Parties: The BNP in
Comparative European Perspective Anthony Messina
9. Alien Influence: Contextualising the ‘Modernised’ BNP
Roger Griffin 10. Local Embedding as a Factor in Electoral
Success: The BNP and NPD Compared Fabian Virchow and
Nigel Copsey. Conclusion: Further Avenues for Research
Graham Macklin
March 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48383-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48384-1: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83019-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415483841
middle eAst
Politics
June 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57518-8: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57519-5: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85116-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415575195
An Atlas of Middle Eastern
Affairs
Iraq’s Sunni Insurgency
Ewan W. Anderson, University of Durham, UK and
Liam d. Anderson, Wright State University, USA
Cartography by Ian Cool
The Middle East is a major focus
Ahmed S. Hashim, University of New South Wales,
Canberra, Australia
of world interest. This atlas
provides accessible, concisely
written entries on the most
Series: Adelphi series
important current issues in the
From 2003 to 2008, the Sunni
Arab insurgency in Iraq posed a
key challenge to political
stability in the country and to
Coalition objectives there. This
paper explains the onset,
composition and evolution of
this insurgency. It begins by
addressing both its immediate
Middle East, combining maps
with their geopolitical
background. Providing a clear
context for analysis of key
concerns, it includes
background topics, the position
of the Middle East in the world
and profiles of the constituent
countries.
and deeper sociopolitical Features include:
origins, and goes on to examine
the multiple ideological strands
within the insurgency and their
often conflicting methods and goals.
• clearly and thematically organized sections covering
the continuing importance of the Middle East, the
background, fundamental concerns, the states and the
crucial issues related to the area
2009: 234 x 156: 89pp
Pb: 978-0-415-46655-4: £15.99
For more information, visit:
• original maps integrated into the text, placing
international issues and conflicts in their geographical
contexts
www.routledge.com/9780415466554
• case studies and detailed analysis of each country,
complete with relevant statistics and key facts
Conspiracy Theories
in the Arab World
• coverage of fundamental considerations such as:
• water shortage
• the petroleum industry
Sources and Politics
• conflicts and boundary issues
Matthew Gray, Australian National University • a comprehensive further reading section, enabling
Conspiracy theories, while not
unique to the Middle East, are a
salient feature of the political
discourses of the region.
Strongly reflecting and
impacting on state-society
relations and indigenous
impressions of the world
students to cover the topic in more depth.
A valuable introduction to undergraduate students of
political science and Middle East studies and designed as
a primary teaching aid for courses related to the Middle
East in the areas of politics, history, geography,
economics and military studies, this book is also an
outstanding reference source for libraries and anyone
interested in these fields.
beyond the region, they affect Selected Contents: Section 1: The Middle East in Context
how political behaviour within Section 2: The Middle Eastern Background: Geographical and
and among the states of the Historical Section 3: Fundamental Concerns
region is situated, structured, Section 4: States of the Middle East Section 5: Key Issues
and controlled.
Section 6: Further Reading
Discounting the common pathological explanation for
conspiracism, the author argues that a complex mix of
2009: 246 x 174: 296pp
Hb: 978-0-415-45514-5: £80.00
political factors account for most conspiracy theories in Pb: 978-0-415-45515-2: £22.99
the contemporary Arab world. The author argues that eBook: 978-0-203-87136-2
the region’s modern history, genuine conspiracies, the For more information, visit:
complex and oftentimes strained relationship between
state and society, the role of the state and the mass
media as conspiracy theorists, and the impacts of new
technologies have all helped to develop and sustain
conspiracist narratives. Drawing on a range of examples
and cases, including the impacts of globalization,
economic reform, weak state legitimacy, the war in Iraq,
the Arab-Israeli issue, the rise of political Islamism, and
internet and satellite television, the book illuminates the
complex sources of conspiracy theories.
www.routledge.com/9780415455152
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

ForthcomiNg
Gender and Violence in the
Middle East
Edited by Moha Ennaji and Fatima Sadiqi, both at
Fés University, Morocco
Series: UCLA Center for Middle East Development
(CMED) series
This book explores the
relationship between Islamism,
secularism and violence against
women in the Middle East and
North Africa. Drawing on case
studies from across the region,
the authors examine the
historical, cultural, religious,
social, legal and political factors
affecting this key issue.
Chapters by established scholars
from within and outside the
region highlight:
• the interconnections of violence and various sources of
power in the Middle East: the state, society, and the
family
• conceptions of violence as family and social practice
and dominant discourse
• the role of violence as pattern for social structuring in
the nation state.
Dealing with issues that are not easily accessible in the
West, this book underlines the importance of
understanding realities and problems relevant to Muslim
and Arab societies and discusses possible ways of
promoting reforms in the MENA region. As such it will
be of great interest to students and scholars of gender
studies, sociology, political science and criminal justice.
April 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59410-3: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59411-0: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83072-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415594110
New
Lebanon
The Politics of a Penetrated Society
Tom Najem, University of Windsor, Canada
Series: The Contemporary Middle East
Lebanon gives a concise and lucid account of
contemporary Lebanese society. It provides both a
developed understanding of the pre-civil war system and
an analysis of how circumstances resulting from the civil
war combined with essential pre-war elements to define
the contemporary political processes in Lebanon.
Selected Contents: 1. Lebanon Before 1975 2. The Civil
War: 1975-1990 3. The Post-War Political System
4. Post-War Reconstruction and the Economy 5. Post-War
Foreign Policy: Syrian Penetration and Lebanese Interests
6. Conclusion
August 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-27428-9: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-45747-7: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-50508-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415457477
New
Women in the Middle East
and North Africa
Agents of Change
Edited by Fatima Sadiqi and Moha Ennaji, both at
Fés University, Morocco
Series: UCLA Center for Middle East Development
(CMED) series
This book examines the position
of women in the contemporary
Middle East and North Africa
(MENA) region. Although it is
culturally diverse, this region
shares many commonalities
with relation to women that are
strong, deep, and pervasive: a
space-based patriarchy, a
culturally strong sense of
religion, a smooth co-existence
of tradition and modernity, a
transitional stage in
development, and multilingualism/multiculturalism.
Experts from within the region and from outside provide
both theoretical angles and case studies, drawing on
extensive fieldwork and addressing the historical,
socio-cultural, political, economic, and legal issues in the
region.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Contextualizing Women’s
Agency in the MENA Region Part 1: Reconsidering the
Foundations of Women, Islam and Political Agency
1. The Veil: Religious/Historical Foundations of the Modern
Political Discourse 2. Women, Islam and Political Agency in
Morocco 3. Assia Djebar and Malika Mokeddem:
Neo-Colonial Agents or Post-Colonial Subjects? 4. Women
and Political Reform in Israel Part 2: Women’s Leadership
in Civil Society 5. Women’s NGOs and Social Change in
Morocco 6. Palestinian Women’s Movements: From Active
Militants to Stateless Citizens Part 3: Women and Legal
Reform 7. Tunisia at the Forefront of the Arab World: Two
Waves of Gender Legislation 8. Feminism and Family Law in
Iran: The Struggle for Women’s Economic Citizenship in the
Islamic Republic 9. The Legal Status of Women in Egypt:
Reform and Social Inertia Part 4: Women, Social, Cultural,
Religious and Symbolic Change 10. Algerian Women as
Actors of Change and Social Cohesion 11. Women in
Turkey: Caught in the Bind Between Tradition and Modernity
12. Women and Language in Tunisia 13. Women, Education
and the Redefinition of Empowerment and Change in a
Traditional Society: The Case of Oman 14. Transforming
Religious Expression: Ishelhin (Berber) Women and the
Creation of a Local Islamic Tradition 15. Moroccan Women
Contrabandists: Interferences in Public Space 16. The Orient
Within: Women ’In-between’ Under Francoism
October 2010: 234 x 156: 312pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57320-7: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57321-4: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85157-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415573214
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
middle eAst Politics
Government and Politics
of the Contemporary
Middle East
Continuity and Change
Tareq Y. Ismael, and Jacqueline S. Ismael,
both at University of Calgary, Canada
This exciting new book for
students of Middle Eastern
politics provides a
comprehensive introduction to
the complexities of the region,
its politics and people.
Combining a thematic
framework for examining
patterns of politics with
individual chapters dedicated to
specific countries, the book
explores current issues within
an historical context.
Presenting information in an accessible and inclusive
format, the book offers:
• coverage of the historical influence of colonialism and
major world powers on the shaping of the modern
Middle East
• a detailed examination of the legacy of Islam
• analysis of the political and social aspects of Middle
Eastern life: alienation between state and society,
poverty and social inequality, ideological crises and
renewal
• case studies on countries in the Northern Belt (Turkey
and Iran); the Fertile Crescent (Iraq, Syria and Lebanon,
Israel and Palestine); and those West and East of the
Red Sea (Egypt and the members of the Gulf
Cooperation Council)
• extensive pedagogical features, including original maps
and detailed further reading sections, provide essential
support for the reader.
A key introductory text for students of Middle Eastern
politics and history at advanced undergraduate and
postgraduate levels, this book will also be a significant
reference for policy-makers and any motivated reader.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Middle East Politics in
the 21st Century: Patterns of Continuity and Change
Part 1: dynamics in Middle East Politics 2. The Burden of
History: From Empire to Nation State 3. Legacy of Islam:
Continuity and Change Part 2: Major Governments and
Politics. The Northern Belt 4. The Republic of Turkey
5. The Islamic Republic of Iran with Ali Rezai The Fertile
Crescent 6. The Republic of Iraq with Shereen T. Ismael
7. The Syrian Arab Republic and the Lebanese Republic
8. The State of Israel and the Palestinian National Authority
with Glenn E. Perry West and East of the Red Sea 9. The
Arab Republic of Egypt 10. The Gulf Cooperation Council
September 2010: 234 x 156: 488pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49144-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49145-7: £21.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84745-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415491457
21

22
New
middle eAst Politics
International Law and the
Israeli-Palestinian Conflict
A Rights-Based Approach to Middle East
Peace
Edited by Susan M. Akram, Boston University, USA,
Michael dumper, University of Exeter, UK,
Michael Lynk, University of Western Ontario,
Canada and Iain Scobbie, School of Oriental and
African Studies, University of London, UK
The Israeli-Palestinian conflict
has long been intertwined with,
and has had a profound
influence on, the principles of
modern international law.
Placing a rights-based approach
to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict
at the centre of discussions over
its peaceful resolution, this
book provides detailed
consideration of international
law and its application to
political issues.
Through the lens of international law and justice, the
book debunks the myth that law is not useful to its
resolution, illustrating through both theory and practice
how international law points the way to a just and
durable solution to the conflict in the Middle East.
Contributions from leading scholars in their respective
fields give an in-depth analysis of key issues that have
been marginalized in most mainstream discussions of
the Israeli-Palestinian conflict:
• Palestinian refugees
• Jerusalem
• security
• legal and political frameworks
• the future of Palestine.
December 2010: 234 x 156: 352pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57322-1: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57323-8: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83465-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415573238
ForthcomiNg
The Kurds and Iraq
Gareth Stansfield, University of Exeter, UK
This book focuses on the history, society and political
development of Iraqi Kurdistan from the early twentieth
century right up to the present time. It includes an
analysis of the latest political developments in terms of
the Kurds’ relationship with Iraq and their role in its
future.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Kurds and the
Formation of Iraq 2. The Kurds and the Monarchy,
1920-1958 3. The Kurds and the Republic, 1958-1968
4. The Kurds and Saddam, 1968-1990 5. The De Facto State
of Iraqi Kurdistan, 1991-2003 6. The Kurds and Regime
Change. Conclusion
September 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-41243-8: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-41244-5: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415412445
New
Libya
Continuity and Change
Ronald Bruce St John, Independent Scholar, USA
Series: The Contemporary Middle East
This book examines the
socioeconomic and political
development of Libya from
earliest times to the present,
concentrating in particular on
the four decades of
revolutionary rule which began
in 1969. Focusing on the twin
themes of continuity and
change, Ronald Bruce St John
emphasises the full extent to
which the revolutionary
government has distorted the
depth and breadth of the post-1969 revolution by
stressing policy change at the expense of policy
continuity.
Following a look at pre-independence Libya, the author
then traces the progressive development of the
revolutionary state through four stages:
• the consolidation of power to 1973
• the projection of power to 1986
• withdrawal and retrenchment to 1999
• the redefinition of the state after 1999.
Highlighting the issues facing the contemporary state
and providing possible solutions, this book will be an
important text for students of current affairs, history,
North Africa and the Middle East.
February 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77976-0: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77977-7: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83068-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415779777
3rd edition
State, Power and Politics
in the Making of the Modern
Middle East
Roger Owen
2004: 234 x 156: 296pp
Hb: 978-0-415-29713-4: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-29714-1: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-40325-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415297141
’An excellent and exemplary
introduction to the politics
and society of the Middle
East. The book’s strengths lie
in its comprehensive
treatment of the region and
the range of themes
provided for the reader.’
- Ray Bush, University of Leeds,
UK
ForthcomiNg
Modern Turkey
People and State in a Globalising World
Bill Park, King’s College London, UK
This book provides a wide ranging overview of Turkey
and its people in the contemporary world. In particular it
seeks to place them within the context of a rapidly
globalizing world and includes chapters on politics,
economics, international relations, the Turkic world,
religion and recent historical background.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Globalization, Turks and
Turkey 2. The Kemalist Legacy: Cult, Ideology and Political
Practice 3. Kemalism and State Security 4. Turkey’s
Europeanization: A Journey Without an Arrival? 5. From
Autarky to Globalization: Turkey’s Economic Transition
6. Turkey and the Kurdish Issue: A Transnationalized
Domestic Problem 7. A New Foreign Policy For A Globalized
Age? 8. Turkey Between East and West: A Bridge or Afloat?
9. Between Consumers and Producers: Turkey as an Energy
Bridge? 10. The Armenian Genocide: A Foreign Policy
Problem in a Globalized World 11. Migration, Turkey and
Turks 12. The Fethullah Gulen Movement (and Turkish Al
Qaeda) as Transnational Phenomena 13. Concluding
Thoughts
July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-44370-8: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-44371-5: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415443715
The Israeli-Palestinian
Conflict
A People’s War
Beverley Milton-Edwards, Queen’s University
Belfast, UK
’This book tries to be
objective by presenting the
spectra of Israeli and
Palestinian perceptions of
their conflict and possible
resolutions. It offers
historical background from
Ottoman times until the
breakdown of the British
Mandate and then presents
the period from 1948 to 2008
by topic ... The design is
excellent ...’ – CHOICE, C.M.
Henry, University of Texas at Austin, USA
2008: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-41044-1: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-41043-4: £21.99
eBook: 978-0-203-89426-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415410434
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

The Arab-Israeli Conflict
An Introduction and Documentary
Reader
Gregory S. Mahler, Earlham College, USA and
Alden R.W. Mahler, CNN International, USA
The Arab-Israeli conflict has
been one of the most
protracted and contentious
disputes in the Middle East. This
wide-ranging textbook
examines the diplomatic and
historical setting within which
the conflict developed, from
both the Israeli and Palestinian
perspectives, and gives a
comprehensive overview of the
peace process.
Enabling students to easily
access and study original documents through the
supportive framework of a textbook, The Arab-Israeli
Conflict:
• presents the seventy most important and widely cited
documents in the history of the Israeli-Palestinian
conflict
• presents these documents in an edited form to
highlight key elements
• includes an introductory chapter which sets the
context for the study of the history of the area
• covers a comprehensive historical period, ranging from
the 19th Century to the present day
• incorporates a wide range of pedagogical aids: original
documents, maps and boxed sections.
This important textbook is an essential aid for courses on
the Arab-Israeli conflict and the Middle East peace
process, and will be an invaluable reference tool for all
students of political science, Middle East studies and
history.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Introductory Chapter Part 2:
From Herzl (1896) to Recognition as a State (1949) Part 3:
From Recognition (1949) Through the Start of a Peace
Process (1978) Part 4: From a Peace Treaty (1979) to the
Nobel Peace Prize (1994) Part 5: From Interim Agreements
(1995) to the Present Time
2009: 246 x 174: 312pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77460-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77461-1: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87159-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415774611
New
The Israel-Palestine Conflict
Parallel Discourses
Edited by Elizabeth Matthews, California State
University, San Marcos, USA
Series: UCLA Center for Middle East Development
(CMED) series
This unique text brings together
Israeli and Palestinian
viewpoints on a number of key
issues and topics in peace
negotiations. It makes clear the
points of agreement as well as
the views that divide. The
chapters deal first with three
issues that require compromise
and resolution for a peace
treaty to be realized - water;
refugees; and borders, territory
and settlements – and then
with three important concepts that can either impede or
promote peace: democracy; human rights; and peace
culture and education. Thus, the book provides an
invaluable opportunity to understand, at least in part,
the divergent and even convergent interests and
understandings of Israelis and Palestinians on issues and
concepts important to the peace process.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Issues
1. Refugees 2. Borders, Territory, and Settlements 3. Water
Part 2: Concepts 4. Democratization and the Domestic
Political Environment 5. Human Rights 6. Peace Culture and
Education
March 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-43478-2: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-43479-9: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83939-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415434799
New
The Rise and Fall of Arab
Jerusalem
Palestinian Politics and the City since 1967
Hillel Cohen, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel
Series: Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict
This book examines Palestinian
politics in Jerusalem since 1967,
and in particular since the
outbreak of the second Intifada
in September 2000, focusing on
the city’s decline as an Arab city
and the identity crisis among
the Jerusalemite Palestinians.
Principally concerned with
Palestinian politics and how
they have evolved over time
from the grass roots upwards, it
covers issues such as the
separation wall, military activity and terror, planning
regulations, the joint Jewish-Arab struggle against the
occupation, and efforts to remove Palestinians from the
city.
January 2011: 234 x 156: 184pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59853-8: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59854-5: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83489-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415598545
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
middle eAst Politics
The Middle East Today
Political, Geographical and Cultural
Perspectives
dona Stewart, formerly of Georgia State University,
USA
The Middle East Today is an
accessible and comprehensive
introductory textbook for
undergraduate students of
Middle East Studies, Middle East
politics and geography. The
book highlights a host of
current issues facing the Middle
East, linking them to the rich
political, geographical and
cultural history of the region.
The author examines the crises
and conflicts, both current and
potential, likely to dominate the region in coming years.
Key chapters focus on:
• stereotypes of the region
• the making of the modern state system
• contemporary Islamist thought
• the Arab-Israeli conflicts
• the struggle for economic and social development
• democracy and political transformation in the region.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction to the Region
Part 2: Emergence and Evolution of the Region
Part 3: Contemporary Issues and Challenges Part 4: The
Future of the Region
2009: 246 x 189: 232pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77243-3: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77242-6: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88414-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415772426
Tunisia
Stability and Reform in the Modern
Maghreb
Christopher Alexander, Davidson College, USA
Series: The Contemporary Middle East
This book gives a concise yet
comprehensive overview of
Tunisia’s political and economic
development from the
mid-nineteenth century to the
present. Written specifically for
a non-specialist audience, the
book examines the factors that
make Tunisia one of the Arab
world’s most stable and
prosperous countries, and deals
with the political and economic
dynamics of the Arabicspeaking,
Muslim world.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. State-Building and
Independence in Tunisia 2. Authoritarianism and Stability in
Tunisian Politics 3. Stability, Reform, and Development in
Tunisia’s Economy 4. Tunisia and the World 5. Stability,
Reform, and Tunisia’s Future
February 2010: 234 x 156: 160pp
Hb: 978-0-415-27421-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48330-8: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88412-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415483308
23

24
AfricAN Politics
AfricAN Politics
China’s African Challenges
Sarah Raine
Series: Adelphi series
This book examines the
challenges facing chinese
involvement in Africa,
considering Africa as a testing
ground, both for Chinese
companies ‘going global’ and
for a Chinese government that
is increasingly having to deal
with issues beyond its shores
and immediate control. What
does China need to do to
protect and develop its African
engagements, against a
backdrop of mounting African expectations, concerns
from Western actors in Africa, and the rival presence of
other emerging actors? How sustainable is the
momentum that China has established in its African
ventures?
2009: 234 x 156: 270pp
Pb: 978-0-415-55693-4: £9.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415556934
3rd edition
An Introduction to African
Politics
Alex Thomson, Coventry University, UK
’The diversity of African
politics is further illustrated
by the inclusion of detailed
case studies of individual
countries, accompanied by
boxed summaries of the
main point in each chapter.
This is a textbook which is
well-presented and user
friendly.’ - The Times
’No student of Sub-Saharan
African politics can afford to
be without this text. It is, by
a quite considerable degree, the best current work
in the field’ - Adrian Flint, University of Bristol, UK
The third edition of An Introduction to African Politics
continues to be the ideal textbook for those new to the
study of this fascinating continent. It gets to the heart of
the politics of this part of the world, tackling questions
such as: How is modern Africa still influenced by its
colonial past? How do strong ethnic identities on the
continent affect government? Why has the military been
so influential? Why do African states have such difficulty
managing their economies? How does African
democracy differ from democracy in the West?
The result is a textbook that identifies the essential
features of African politics, allowing students to grasp
the recurring political patterns that have dominated this
continent since independence.
Features aNd beNeFits oF the
third editioN:
• Thematically organised, exploring colonialism,
ethnicity, nationalism, religion, social class, ideology,
legitimacy, authority, sovereignty and democracy.
• Identifies key recurrent themes such as the
competitive relationships between the African state,
its civil society and external interests.
• Boxed case studies, including: Kenya, Tanzania,
Nigeria, Botswana, Côte d’Ivoire, Uganda, Somalia,
Ghana, Democratic Republic of the Congo and
Zimbabwe.
• Each chapter concludes with key terms and
definitions, as well as questions and advice on
further reading.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: State, Civil Society and
External Interests 2. History: Africa’s Pre-Colonial and
Colonial Inheritance 3. Ideology: Nationalism, Socialism,
Populism and State Capitalism 4. Ethnicity and Religion:
’Tribes’, Gods and Political Identity 5. Social Class: The
Search for Class Politics in Africa 6. Legitimacy: Neo-
Patrimonialism, Personal Rule and the Centralisation of the
African State 7. Coercion: Military Intervention in African
Politics 8. Sovereignty I: External Influences on African
Politics 9. Sovereignty II: Neo-Colonialism, Structural
Adjustment and Africa’s Political Economy 10. Authority: The
Crises of Accumulation, Governance and State Collapse
11. Democracy: Re-Legitimising the African State?
12. Conclusions: State and Civil Society in Post-Colonial
Africa
May 2010: 246 x 174: 312pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47956-1: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48287-5: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85794-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415482875
AsiAN Politics
ForthcomiNg
The Routledge Atlas of
Central Eurasian Affairs
Stanley d. Brunn, University of Kentucky, USA and
Stanley Toops, Miami University, Ohio, USA
This Atlas provides concisely
written entries on the most
important current issues in the
Central Asia and Eurasia. It will
be a valuable resource for
undergraduate and graduate
classes in geography, history,
economics, anthropology,
international relations, political
science and the environment as
well as regional courses on the
Former Soviet Union, Central
Asia, and Eurasia.
Selected Contents: 1. Defining the Region 2. History
3. Population 4. Environmental Bases 5. Economy 6. Energy
7. Culture 8. Politics 9. Cities. Glossary. Bibliography.
Listservs and Websites. Journals. Indexes: Subject and Places
November 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49750-3: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49752-7: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415497527
ForthcomiNg
The Routledge Atlas of
South Asian Affairs
Robert W. Bradnock, King’s College London, UK
This Atlas highlights the global significance of South Asia
in relation to economic, geopolitical and strategic
interests. It provides a coherent descriptive and analytical
account of the key elements of the complex societies
that make up the region and its component countries.
Selected Contents: 1. South Asia in its Global Context 2.
The Geographical Environment 3. The Historical Evolution of
Modern South Asia 4. Key Issues in South Asia 5. The
Economy 6. Defence and Security 7. South Asia, its
Neighbours and the World
November 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-54512-9: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-54513-6: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415545136
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New
Politics in India
Structure, Process and Policy
Subrata K. Mitra, University of Heidelberg,
Germany
A comprehensive analysis of the
broad spectrum of India’s
politics, the book explains the
key features of Indian politics in
a comparative and accessible
narrative, illustrated with
relevant maps, life stories,
statistics and opinion data.
Using familiar concepts of
comparative politics the book
highlights the policy process,
with a focus on anti-poverty
measures, liberalisation of the
economy, nuclearisation and relations with the United
States and Asian neighbours such as Pakistan and China.
While managing to introduce the novice to India, this
accessible, genuinely comparative account of India’s
political evolution also engages the expert in a deep
contemplation of the nature of strategic manoeuvring
within India’s domestic and international context.
2010: 246 x 174: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58588-0: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58589-7: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415585897
India, Pakistan, and
democracy
Solving the Puzzle of Divergent Paths
Philip Oldenburg, Columbia University, USA
This book focuses on the
specificities and the nuances of
the state systems of India and
Pakistan. It examines in detail
the balance of authority and
power between popular or
elected politicians and the state
apparatus through substantial
historical analysis. A
comparative analysis as well as
a historical overview of the two
countries, this book constitutes
essential reading for students of
South Asian History and Politics. It is a useful and
balanced introduction to the politics of India and
Pakistan.
2010: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78018-6: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78019-3: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415780193
Indian Political Thought
A Reader
Edited by Aakash Singh, Luiss University, Italy and
Silika Mohapatra, University of Delhi, India
This Reader provides a
comprehensive introduction to
the study of contemporary
Indian political theory. It gives
students a clear introduction to
the most influential literature in
the field. Tracing the
development of the discipline, it
brings together contributions by
outstanding and well-known
academics on contemporary
Indian political thought.
Presenting a canon of names
and offering a framework for further research within the
broad thematic categories, this is a timely and invaluable
reference tool.
Selected Contents: Foreword. Introduction: What is Indian
Political Thought? Aakash Singh and Silika Mohapatra
Part 1: Provocation 1. The Poverty of Indian Political
Theory Bhikhu Parekh Part 2: Evocation 2. Gandhi’s
Ambedkar Ramachandra Guha 3. The Quest for Justice:
Evoking Ghandi Neera Chandhoke 4. Tagore and His India
Amartya Sen Part 3: Secularization 5. Is Secularism Alien
to Indian Civilization? Romila Thapar 6. Secularism Revisited:
Doctrine of Destiny or Political Ideology? T.N. Madan 7. The
Distinctiveness of Indian Secularism Rajeev Bharghava Part
4: Communalization 8. The Blindness of Insight: Why
Communalism in India is about Caste Dilip M. Menon 9. In
Search of Integration and Identity: Indian Muslims since
Independence Mushiral Hasan 10. Sikh Fundamentalism:
Translating History into Theory Harjot Oberoi Part 5:
Modernization 11. Gandhi, Newton and the
Enlightenment Akeel Bilgrami 12. Scientific Temper:
Arguments for an Indian Enlightenment Meera Nanda
13. Outline of a Revisionist Theory of Modernity Sudipta
Kaviraj Part 6: Reconstruction 14. Reconstructing
Childhood: A Critique of the Ideology of Adulthood Ashis
Nandy 15. Subaltern Studies as Postcolonial Criticism Gyan
Prakash 16. The Commitment to Theory Homi Bhabha
Part 7: Emancipation 17. Justice of Human Rights in Indian
Constitutionalism Upendra Baxi 18. Emancipatory Feminist
Theory in Postcolonial India Ratna Kapur 19. Righting
Wrongs Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak Part 8: Conclusion
20. The Poverty of Western Political Theory: Concluding
Remarks on Concepts like ‘Community’ East and West Partha
Chatterjee
2010: 246 x 174: 328pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56293-5: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56294-2: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415562942
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
AsiAN Politics
Japan’s Remilitarisation
Christopher W. Hughes
Series: Adelphi series
Is Japan on a path towards
assuming a greater military role
internationally, or has the recent
military normalisation ground to
a halt since the premiership of
Junichiro Koizumi? In this book,
Christopher W. Hughes assesses
developments in defence
expenditure, civil–military
relations, domestic and
international military–industrial
complexes, Hughes argues that
many post-war constraints on
Japan’s military role are still eroding, and that Tokyo is
moving towards a more assertive military role and
strengthened US–Japan cooperation. Japan’s
remilitarisation will boost its international security role
and the dominance of the US–Japan alliance in regional
and global security affairs, but will need to be carefully
managed if it is not to become a source of destabilising
tensions.
2009: 234 x 156: 188pp
Pb: 978-0-415-55692-7: £9.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415556927
Transforming Pakistan
Ways Out of Instability
Hilary Synnott, IISS, UK
Series: Adelphi series
The book describes the
historical and political
background to Pakistan’s
current turmoil, its relevance to
international interests in
Afghanistan and in combating
terrorism, and how best to deal
with Pakistan in the light of
those interests.
2009: 234 x 156: 186pp
Pb: 978-0-415-56260-7: £9.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415562607
25

26
New
AsiAN Politics
East Asian Transformation
On the Political Economy of Dynamism,
Governance and Crisis
Jeffrey Henderson, University of Bristol, UK
This book brings together
benchmark essays in the field of
global political economy,
covering the key politicaleconomic
issues of East Asian
development: the relation
between the state and markets;
the changing nature of
economic governance and its
relation to inequality; and the
rise of China and its
international consequences.
Selected Contents: Preface: An
East Asian Journey. Acknowledgements 1. Making Sense of
East Asian Transformation 2. Danger and Opportunity in the
Transformation Process 3. States and Transformation
4. Economic Crises and Governance Failures 5. Governing
Growth and Inequality 6. Limits to Industrialization with
Richard Phillips 7. China and Global Development
8. Towards a Global-Asian Era? Endnotes. References.
Index
January 2011: 234 x 156: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-54791-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-54792-5: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83313-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415547925
Rethinking Japanese Security
Internal and External Dimensions
Peter J. Katzenstein, Cornell University, USA
Series: Security and Governance
This collection brings together
Peter J. Katzenstein’s selected
essays on the regional and
domestic dimensions of Japan’s
security policy. Using a
theoretical and comparative
perspective, it covers recent
developments in Japanese
security.
2008: 234 x 156: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77394-2: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77395-9: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-92874-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415773959
East Asia’s New
democracies
Deepening, Reversal, Non-liberal
Alternatives
Edited by Yin-wah Chu, Hong Kong Baptist
University and Siu-lun Wong, University of Hong
Kong
Series: Politics in Asia
Reflects on the contemporary
situations in the new
democracies of East Asia, and
debates on the prospect of
introducing liberal democracy to
this area. The chapters cover a
wide range of cases, including
in-depth examination of China,
Korea, Taiwan, the Philippines,
Thailand, and broad
comparisons of other countries.
Selected Contents: 1. East Asia’s
New Democracies: An Introduction
Part 1: Transition, Consolidation, Reversal: Actors Then
and Now 2. Social and Political Developments in China:
Challenges for Democratization 3. Civil Society and
Democracy-Making in Taiwan: Reexamining the Link 4. The
Bottom-Up Nature of Korean Democratization: Civil Society,
Anti-Americanism and Popular Protest 5. Modernization
Theory’s Last Redoubt: Democratization in East and
Southeast Asia 6. Development and Change in Korean
Democracy since the Democratic Transition in 1987: The
Three Kims’ Politics and After 7. Thailand’s Conservative
Democratization Part 2: democracy in East Asia?
Achievements and Enduring Challenges 8. Democracy
and Disorder: Will Democratization Bring Greater Regional
Instability to East Asia? 9. Democracy’s Double Edge:
Financing Social Policy in Industrial East Asia 10. Devolution
and Democracy: A Fragile Connection 11. Rule of Law and
Democracy: Lessons for China from Asian Experiences
12. Group Rights and Democracy in Southeast Asia
13. Diagnosing the Micro Foundation of Democracy in Asia:
Evidence from the AsiaBarometer Survey: 2003-2008
April 2010: 234 x 156: 328pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49930-9: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49931-6: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85451-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415499316
ForthcomiNg
Government and Politics in
Taiwan
dafydd Fell, School of Oriental and African Studies,
University of London, UK
Series: Routledge Research on Taiwan Series
This new textbook introduces the reader to the big
questions that concern change and continuity in how
politics operates and how Taiwan is governed. Taking a
critical approach, Dafydd Fell provides students with the
essential background to the history and development of
the political system as well as an explanation of the key
structures, processes and institutions that have shaped
Taiwan over the last few decades.
the Key beNeFits oF this text are:
• Suggestions for further reading.
• Boxed lists of key terms and figures.
• End of chapter study questions.
• Discussion points.
• Graphs, figures and photographs.
• A series of case studies highlighting the vibrancy of
Taiwanese politics.
Government and Politics in Taiwan is an essential text for
any course on Taiwanese politics, Chinese politics and
East Asian Politics. It is also important supplementary
reading for courses covering the process of
democratisation.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Authoritarian Rule
3. Transition to Democracy 4. Government and
Constitutional Structure 5. Electoral Politics & Voting
Behaviour 6. Party Politics 7. Competing National Identities
8. Cross-Strait Relations 9. Foreign Policy Making
10. Political Economy 11. Local and Factional Politics
12. Social Welfare System 13. Social Movements 14. The
Fall of the DPP and the New KMT Era 15. Challenges for
Taiwan’s Democracy
July 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57538-6: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57542-3: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415575423
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New
3rd edition
The International Politics of the
Asia Pacific
Michael Yahuda, London School of Economics and
Political Science, University of London, UK
Series: Politics in Asia
This fully revised third edition of
Michael Yahuda’s extremely
successful textbook brings the
region fully up-to-date,
introducing students to the
international politics of the
Asia-Pacific region since 1945.
As well as assessing the
post-cold War uncertainties that
challenged balance and power
within the region, Yahuda also
examines the first decade of the
new millennium which includes
no let up on the ‘war on terror’, new political
administrations in all the key player-states and increased
cooperative security between some nations, polarised by
volatile relationships between others. Analyzing politics
in terms of global, regional and local trends.
Features oF the New editioN:
• In-depth discussion of the Bush administration legacy
and where the Obama administration’s vision takes
their policy.
• Analysis of post-Koizumi/post-Abe Japan.
• Examination of the continued Rise of China in terms
of politics, security and economic dominance.
• Ongoing debates concerning the ‘war on terror’ and
how this shifts, forms and reforms relationships.
• Asia-Pacific security issues.
This new third edition will continue to be a core text for
students of Asian politics, international relations and
Cold war history.
Selected Contents: Section 1: The Cold War, 1945–1989
Part 1: The International Politics of the Asia-Pacific
Introduction 1. The Impact of the Cold War and the
Struggles for Independence, 1945–1954 2. The Application
of Bipolarity, 1954–1970 3. The Period of Tripolarity,
1971–1989 Part 2: The Policies of the Great Powers
4. The United States and the Asia-Pacific 5. The Soviet
Union/Russia and the Asia-Pacific 6. China and the
Asia-Pacific 7. Japan and the Asia-Pacific Section 2: The
post-Cold War Period Part 1: The Era of American
Pre-Eminence 8. From Unipolarity to Multipolarity
1991-2010 9. The United States: From the End of the Cold
War to the War on Terrorism and Beyond 10. China: China’s
Ascent to Global Economic Power and Political Influence
11. Japan: Coping with Relative Decline
January 2011: 234 x 156: 376pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47479-5: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47480-1: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83098-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415474801
ForthcomiNg
3rd edition
Japan’s International Relations
Politics, Economics and Security
Hugo dobson, University of Sheffield, UK,
Julie Gilson, University of Birmingham, UK,
Glenn d. Hook, University of Sheffield, UK and
Christopher W. Hughes, University of Warwick, UK
Series: Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/Routledge
Series
The latest edition of this textbook provides a clear and
concise introduction to the most important aspects of
Japan’s role in the global politics of the twenty-first
century. The book has been fully updated and revised to
include discussion of such recent events as:
• the war on terrorism
• Japan’s proactive role after 9/11
• Bush’s foreign policy towards Asia
• Koizumi’s visit to North Korea and the crisis on the
Korean Peninsula.
Extensively illustrated, the text includes statistics, maps,
photographs, summaries and suggestions for further
reading, making it essential reading for those studying
Japanese politics, and the international relations of the
Asia Pacific.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Japan’s International
Relations: What, Why and How 1. The Significance of
Japan’s International Relations 2. Explaining Japan’s
International Relations Part 2: Japan-united States
Relations 3. Introduction 4. Japan-United States Political
Relations 5. Japan-United States Economic Relations
6. Japan-United States Security Relations 7. Conclusion
Part 3: Japan-East Asia Relations 8. Introduction
9. Japan-East Asia Political Relations 10. Japan-East Asia
Economic Relations 11. Japan–East Asia Security Relations
12. Conclusion Part 4: Japan-Europe Relations
13. Introduction 14. Japan-Europe Political Relations
15. Japan-Europe Economic Relations 16. Japan-Europe
Security Relations 17. Conclusion Part 5: Japan-Global
Institutions 18. Introduction 19. Japan-United Nations
20. Japan-Economic Institutions 21. Japan-G7/8
22. Conclusion Part 6: Japan’s International Relations:
What Next? 23. Japan Explained 24. Japan: The Challenge
of Globalization. Chronology of Japan and World Affairs
1933 to 2006
September 2011: 246 x 174: 640pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58742-6: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58743-3: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415587433
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
AsiAN Politics
ForthcomiNg
Taiwan’s democracy
Economic and Political Challenges
Edited by Robert Ash, School of Oriental and
African Studies, UK, John W. Garver, Georgia
Institute of Technology, USA and Penelope Prime,
Mercer University, USA
Series: Routledge Research on Taiwan Series
This book analyses the political and economic challenges
Taiwan has faced since since its democratic revolution
began with the lifting of martial law in 1987.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction John Garver
Part 1: Constitutional debate Amidst Political
Challenges 2. The Politics of Constitutional Reform in
Taiwan Shelley Rigger 3. Negotiating National Identity in
Taiwan: Between Nativisation and De-Sinicisation Christopher
R. Hughes 4. The Polarization of Taiwan’s Party Competition
in the DPP Era Dafydd Fell Part 2: Economic Restructuring
in the Global Context 5. Is the Taiwan Model of Growth,
Human Resource Development and Equity Sustainable in the
Twenty-First Century? Anne Booth 6. Taiwan’s Industrial
Policy and the Economic Rise of the PRC: Opportunities and
Challenges Yun-Peng Chu and Gee San 7. Trade, Investment
and Technological Upgrading: Opportunities and Challenges
Facing Taiwan Barry Naughton 8. Globalization, Dynamic
Comparative Advantage and Taiwan’s Drive for Sustainable
Development Peter C.Y. Chow
July 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-60457-4: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-60458-1: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415604581
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
The New Global Politics of the
Asia Pacific
Michael Connors, La Trobe University, Australia,
Remy davison, Monash University, Australia and
Jörn dosch, University of Leeds, UK
The fully up-dated second
edition of this introductory
textbook presents a coherent
framework for understanding
the complex international and
global politics of the Asia Pacific
region. The authors provide an
overview of the main players,
institutions and contemporary
issues, such as security and
transnational actors.
Selected Contents:
1. Introduction: The Asia-Pacific
Century? 2. The United States in the Asia-Pacific: Still the
Hegemon? 3. The Rise of China in the Asia-Pacific 4. Japan:
The Power that Dares Not Speak its Name? 5. Russia and
India in the Asia-Pacific 6. Australia: Between an Ally and a
‘True Friend’ 7. Southeast Asia: ASEAN and the Challenge of
Regionalism in the Asia-Pacific 8. Europe and the
Asia-Pacific: Achievements of Inter-Regionalism 9. Regional
Security: Legacies and New Challenges 10. Globalization v.
Regionalism in the Asia-Pacific? 11. Political Economy
Approaches to the Rise, Fall and Return of the “Asian
Miracle” 12 .Actors Beyond Borders? Transnational Actors in
the Asia-Pacific 13. Asian Values Redux? The International
Politics of Rights, Democracy and Culture
August 2011: 246 x 174: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46496-3: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46497-0: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415464970
27

28
chiNese Politics
chiNese Politics
Chinese Foreign Policy
An Introduction
Marc Lanteigne
This textbook is an introduction
to the study of contemporary
Chinese foreign policy.
Examining the patterns of
engagement with various
domestic and international
actors that have shaped
Beijing’s foreign policy since the
Cold War, it explores a series of
ongoing questions and trends,
as well as offering an in-depth
look at key points of China’s
current global relations.
Bringing together the many different facets of China’s
foreign interests, the volume presents a comprehensive
overview of the country’s international affairs, covering
such key issues as:
• the rise of globalization
• the country’s bilateral and multilateral approaches to
international problem-solving
• the increase in the number and types of international
regimes
• modern security challenges
• the question of American hegemony
• Beijing’s changing political, strategic and economic
linkages with the developed and developing world.
Chinese Foreign Policy will be of great interest to
upper-level students of Chinese international relations,
Asian politics, comparative foreign policy and
international relations, as well as professionals interested
in China’s changing place in the global system.
2009: 246 x 174: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46523-6: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46524-3: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88121-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415465243
Chinese Security Policy
Structure, Power and Politics
Robert Ross, Boston College, MA, USA
This volume provides a coherent
and comprehensive
understanding of Chinese
security policy, comprising
essays written by one of
America’s leading scholars.
Chinese Security Policy covers
such fundamental areas as the
role of international structure in
state behavior, the use of force
in international politics
(including deterrence, coercive
diplomacy, and war), and the
sources of great-power conflict and cooperation and
balance of power politics, with a recent focus on
international power transitions. The research integrates
the realist literature with key issues in Chinese foreign
policy, thereby placing China’s behaviour in the larger
context of the international political system. Within this
framework, Chinese Security Policy considers the
importance of domestic politics and leadership in
Chinese policy making.
This book examines how Chinese strategic vulnerability
since U.S.-China rapprochement in the early 1970s has
compelled Beijing to seek cooperation with the United
States and to avoid U.S.-China conflict over Taiwan. It
also addresses the implications of the rise of China for
the security of both United States and of Chinese
neighbors in East Asia, and considers the implications of
China’s rise for the regional balance of power and the
emerging twenty-first century East Asian security order.
2009: 234 x 156: 352pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77785-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77786-5: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87601-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415777865
ForthcomiNg
Charting China’s Future
Domestic and International Challenges
Edited by david Shambaugh, George Washington
University, USA
Charting China’s Future provides informed analysis on
the complexities of today’s China, and where these
complexities may lead; from some of the world’s leading
Asia experts. The contributors have provided clear,
intelligible, and forward-looking analyses, free of social
science jargon and extensive footnotes. Probing into
many of the key domestic and external issues facing
China today from political, economic and social
perspectives the book proffers a forward-looking analysis
that will appeal to anyone with a professional, academic
or personal interest in the big issues facing today’s China
and its interaction with the world. Readers will find
much to contemplate about China’s future in this
volume, and will gain a clearer sense of the key variables
and possible trajectories of one of the most
consequential countries on the planet.
May 2011: 234 x 156: 216pp
Hb: 978-0-415-61954-7: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-61955-4: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-81742-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415619554
Chinese Politics
State, Society and the Market
Edited by Peter Gries, University of Oklahoma, USA
and Stanley Rosen, University of Southern
California, USA
Series: Asia’s Transformations
Written by a team of leading
China scholars this text
interrogates the dynamics of
state power and legitimation in
21st Century China.
Despite the continuing
economic successes and rising
international prestige of China
there has been increasing social
protests over corruption, land
seizures, environmental
concerns, and homeowner
movements. Such political
contestation presents an opportunity to explore the
changes occurring in China today – what are the goals
of political contestation, how are Chinese Communist
Party leaders legitimizing their rule, who are the specific
actors involved in contesting state legitimacy today and
what are the implications of changing state-society
relations for the future viability of the People’s Republic?
Key subjects covered include:
• the legitimacy of the Communist Party
• internet censorship
• ethnic resistance
• rural and urban contention
• nationalism
• youth culture
• labour relations.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Political Change,
Contestation, and Pluralization in China Today Jessica Teets,
Stanley Rosen, and Peter Hays Gries 1. Dilemmas of Party
Adaptation: The CCP’s Strategies for Survival Bruce Dickson
2. Legitimacy Crisis in China? Vivienne Shue 3. Society in the
State: China’s Nondemocratic Political Pluralization Andrew
Mertha 4. Protest Leadership in Rural China Lianjiang Li and
Kevin O’Brien 5. Tenuous Tolerance in China’s Countryside
Teresa Wright 6. Social Inequality under Reform and
Opening Martin Whyte 7. Chinese Youth and State-Society
Relations Stanley Rosen 8. Censorship and Surveillance in
Chinese Cyberspace: Beyond the Great Firewall Patricia
Thornton 9. The Politics of Art Repatriation: Nationalism,
State Legitimation, and Beijing’s Looted Zodiac Animal Heads
Richard Kraus 10. Tibetans, Uygurs, and Multinational
‘China’: Han-Minority Relations and State Legitimation Colin
Mackerras 11. A Question of Confidence: State Legitimacy
and the New Urban Poor Dorothy Solinger 12. Recasting
Labor Relations through Welfare Rights Mark Frazier
January 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56402-1: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56403-8: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85642-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415564038
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

3rd edition
Chinese Society
Change, Conflict and Resistance
Edited by Elizabeth J. Perry, Harvard University,
USA and Mark Selden, Cornell University, USA
Series: Asia’s Transformations
Reviews of the second editon:
’Indispensable reading for
Scholars of Chinese society.
Each of the book’s uniformly
excellent well-written and
substantive chapters open
by providing enough
historical background on its
specific topic to make it
comprehensible enough to
advanced undergraduates as
well as the general informed
reader.’ - The China Journal
This bestselling introduction to Chinese society uses the
themes of resistance and protest to explore the
complexity of life in contemporary China. An
interdisciplinary and international team of China scholars
draw on perspectives from sociology, anthropology,
psychology, history and political science and covers a
broad range of issues.
Topics covered include:
• labour and environmental disputes
• rural and ethnic conflict
• migration
• legal challenges
• intellectual and religious dissidence
• opposition to family planning.
The newly revised, third edition adds two new chapters
on gender and the family, and the reform of the Hukou
system thus providing a comprehensive text for both
undergraduates and specialists in the field, encouraging
the reader to challenge conventional images of
contemporary Chinese society.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Reform and Resistance in
Contemporary China 1. Rights & Resistance: The Changing
Contexts of the Dissident Movement 2. The Revolution of
Resistance 3. Pathways of Labor Activism 4. Contesting
Rural Spaces: Land Disputes, Customary Tenure and the State
5. Conflict, Resistance, and the Reform of the Hukou System
6. The Externalities of Development: Can New Political
Institutions Manage Rural Conflict? 7. Gender, Family and
Resistance 8. Domination, Resistance and Accommodation
in China’s One-Child Campaign 9. Village Governance,
Taxation and Resistence 10. Environmental Protests in Rural
China 11. Alter/Native Mongolian Identity: From Nationality
to Ethnic Group 12. The New Cybersects: Popular Religion,
Repression and Resistance 13. Chinese Christianity:
Indigenization and Conflict
March 2010: 234 x 156: 344pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56073-3: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56074-0: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85631-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415560740
Contemporary China - An
Introduction
Michael dillon, formerly University of Durham, UK
This book presents a concise
introduction to contemporary
China. It is intended as a first
book for those coming new to
the subject, providing the
essential information that most
people need to know.
The book provides an
up-to-date and clear guide to
the often bewildering changes
which have taken place in
China in the late twentieth and
early twenty-first centuries. It
draws on the enormous body of empirical and
theoretical research that is being carried out by
economists, political scientists and sociologists on
contemporary China, but is itself written in non-technical
and accessible language. It does not assume any
previous knowledge of China and explanations of
Chinese terms are provided throughout the book.
Pedagogy includes a chronology, a glossary of Chinese
terms, biographical notes on key figures, and a guide to
further reading.
2008: 234 x 156: 312pp
Hb: 978-0-415-34320-6: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-34319-0: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-48294-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415343190
New
Governance of Life in
Chinese Moral Experience
The Quest for an Adequate Life
Edited by Everett Zhang, Princeton University, USA
and Arthur Kleinman and Weiming Tu, both at
Harvard University, USA
China has experienced a
tremendous turn-around over
the past three decades from the
ethos of sacrificing life to the
emergent appeal for valuing
life. This book takes an
interdisciplinary look at China
during these decades of
transformation through the
defining theme of governance
of life. With an emphasis on
how to achieve an adequate
life, the contributors integrate a
whole range of life-related domains including: the death
of Sun Zhigang, the peril caused by rising tobacco
consumption, the turning points in the fight against
AIDS, the intensely evolving birth policy, the emerging
biological citizenship, and so on. In doing so, they
explore how biological life has been governed differently
to enhance the wellbeing of the population instead of
promoting ideological goals. This change, dubbed ’the
deepening in governmentality,’ is one of the most
important driving forces for China’s rise, and will have
huge bearings on how the Chinese will achieve an
adequate life in the 21st century.
December 2010: 234 x 156: 296pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59718-0: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59719-7: £28.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415597197
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl
relAtioNs
iNterNAtioNAl
relAtioNs
2nd edition
Issues In International
Relations
Edited by Trevor C. Salmon, University of Aberdeen,
UK and Mark F. Imber, University of St. Andrews,
UK
This is a clear and simple, but
stimulating, introduction to the
most significant issues within
international relations in the
21st Century.
2008: 246 x 174: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-43126-2: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-43127-9: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415431279
ForthcomiNg
International History &
International Relations
Andrew Williams, University of St. Andrews, UK,
Amelia Hadfield, University of Kent, UK and
Simon Rofe, Kings College London, UK
This innovative new textbook seeks to provide
undergraduate students of international relations with
valuable and relevant historical context, bridging the gap
and offering a genuinely interdisciplinary approach. Each
chapter integrates both historical analysis and literature
allowing students to understand the historical context in
which these core issues of International Relations have
developed.
The book is organised thematically around the key issues
in international relations. Each chapter provides an
overview of the main historical context, theories and
literature in each area and applies this to the study of
international relations.
Selected Contents: 1. Diplomatic, International and Global
History 2. War 3. Peace 4. Sovereignty 5. Empire
6. International Organisations 7. Identity 8. Conclusion
August 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48178-6: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48179-3: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415481793
29

30
iNterNAtioNAl relAtioNs
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
Introduction to Global Politics
Richard W. Mansbach, Iowa State University, USA and Kirsten L. Taylor, Berry College, Georgia, USA
An essential textbook for introductory courses on Global Politics or International Relaions, this 2nd edition of
Introduction to Global Politics is fully revised throughout. Emphasism is on the theme of change and continuity, it
introduces students to the key developments in current global politics in order to help them make sense of major
trends that are shaping our world. It explains global politics using an historical approach, integrating theory with
events at individual, state and global levels.
This is a highly illustrated textbook with student activities throughout. Definitions of key terms appear throughout the
book and are consolidated in a glossary at the end of the book. Every chapter ends with annotated suggestions for
further reading, including websites.
Key updates For the New editioN:
• New chapter on The Causes of War and the Changing Nature of Violence in Global Politics.
• New chapter on Technology and Global Politics.
• Enhanced coverage of theory including post-positivist theories.
• Uses ‘levels of analysis’ framework throughout the text.
• New material on the financial crisis, BRIC and Iran.
Selected Contents: 1. Making Sense of a Complex World: Theory and Global Politics Part 1: The Past as Prologue 2. The
Evolution of the Interstate System and Alternative Political Systems 3. The World Wars 4. Background to the Cold War
5. Great Challenges in Contemporary Global Policy Part 2: Living dangerously in a dangerous World 6. Anarchy, Power
and Realism 7. The Changing Nature of War Part 3: Actors and Institutions 8. Foreign Policy and War 9. International Law
and Organization and the Quest for Peace 10. Human Rights: The Individual in Global Politics Part 4: Global Issues
11. International Political Economy 12. The Global South 13. Human Security 14. The Environment: A Global Collective Good
Part 5: Peoples and Cultures in Global Politics 15. Identity Politics: Nationalism and Ethnicity Part 6: And Tomorrow?
16. A Globalizing World?
December 2011: 246 x 189: 640pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78271-5: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78272-2: £29.99
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415782722
recommend key titles to
your librarian today!
Ensure that your library has access
to all the latest publications.
Visit www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp
today and complete our online
Library Recommendation Form.
Global Politics
A New Introduction
Edited by Jenny Edkins, University of Wales,
Aberystwyth, UK and Maja Zehfuss, University of
Manchester, UK
’One of the freshest, most
engaging texts on
international politics I’ve
read in ages! ... Jenny Edkins
and Maja Zehfuss have done
the almost impossible -
created a text that is globally
aware, conceptually rich
ANd positively engaging. I
can imagine students (and
their professors) plunging
into these enticing
questions, making surprising
connections between the cases, testing and
refining proposed answers and coming up with
fresh insights of their own.’ – Cynthia Enloe, Clark
University, USA
’Global Politics: A New Introduction is without
doubt an outstanding textbook that will
revolutionise the way in which IR is taught. It
meets the demands of enquiring minds who all too
often come to study IR only to be frustrated and
distracted by the parochialism of intra-disciplinary
squabbles. The question-based approach is a
stunning innovation that opens up the field of IR:
overall a teaching and learning aid worthy of its
title.’ - Nick Vaughan-Williams, University of Exeter, UK
Global Politics: A New Introduction provides a
completely original way of teaching and learning about
world politics. The book engages directly with
contemporary issues in global politics themselves,
helping students to understand key questions and
theories and develop a critical and inquiring perspective.
Key Features oF Global PolItICs:
a NEW INtroduCtIoN:
• examines the most significant issues in global politics
– from war, peacebuilding, terrorism, security and
authority to poverty, development, postcolonialism,
human rights, gender, inequality, ethnicity and what
we can do to change the world
• common chapter structure thoughout, featuring a
key question, an illustrative example, general
responses and larger issues
• integrates theory and practice throughout the text,
illustrated through a global range of historical and
contemporary case studies
• draws on theoretical perspectives from a broad
range of disciplines including international relations,
political theory, postcolonial studies, sociology,
geography, peace studies, development
• extensively illustrated throughout with extensive
pedagogic features to further learning, including a
support website providing podcast interviews with
contributors, weblinks and downloadable maps.
2008: 246 x 189: 568pp
Hb: 978-0-415-43130-9: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-43131-6: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415431316
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New iN paperbacK
Routledge Handbook of
International Law
Edited by david Armstrong, University of Exeter,
UK
This Handbook provides a
definitive global survey of the
interaction of international
politics and international law.
Selected Contents: Part 1: The
Nature of International Law
1. Is International Law Really Law?
2. The Sources of International
Law 3. ‘Hard’ and ‘Soft’ Law in
International Relations
4. Compliance Issues
5. International Law and
International Society 6. Legal and
Moral Norms in International Society 7. The Effectiveness of
International Law 8. Theories of International Law 9. The
Practice of International Law Part 2: The Evolution of
International Law 10. The Classical World 11. The Era of
Grotius 12. Nineteenth Century Positivism 13. Normative
Change in International Society 14. Religion(s) and
International Law 15. The ‘Legalization’ and
‘Institutionalisation’ of International Relations
16. Globalisation and Claims that We are Moving Towards a
Cosmopolitan Rather than Inter-State Legal Community
17. The Increasing Role of Non-State Actors Part 3: Law
and Power in International Society 18. Does Law Reflect
or Constrain Power? 19. Law and Force in the Twenty First
Century 20. American Hegemony and International Law (i)
Pro 21. American Hegemony and International Law (ii) Anti
22. The Iraq War 23. Humanitarian Intervention Part 4: Key
Issues in International Law 24. The Environment
25. Terrorism 26. The Laws of War 27. Human Rights
28. Trade 29. Finance 30. Intellectual Property 31. The
United Nations 32. The International Court of Justice
33. Law of the Sea 34. Refugees and Migrants
January 2011: 246 x 174: 504pp
Pb: 978-0-415-61052-0: £32.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415610520
ForthcomiNg
Routledge Companion to
International Relations
Edited by Alasdair Blair, De Montfort University, UK
and Steven Curtis
Routledge Companion to International Relations provides
students with clearly written, authoritative and
comprehensive information and analysis of all aspects of
international relations.
Subjects covered by the Routledge Companion to
International Relations include:
• the historical context and development of the modern
international system
• theoretical perspectives in international relations
• the key actors and institutions in global affairs
• key contemporary issues and developments.
Selected Contents: Part 1: History and Perspectives
1. The Nature of International Relations 2. The Emergence of
the Modern International System: 1648-1945
3. International Relations since 1945 4. Theories of
International Relations Part 2: Actors and Institutions
5. The States-System 6. Beyond the State: The Role of
Non-State Actors 7. Regions 8. Diplomacy and International
Law Part 3: Issues and developments 9. Contemporary
Security Environment 10. Terrorism, International Crime and
Global Security 11. Foreign Policy in the Contemporary
World 12. Globalization and International Trade 13. Human
Rights and Humanitarian Intervention 14. Development
15. Environment 16. Culture and Religion 17. Migration
Part 4: The Challenge of International Relations
18. Conclusion Part 5: Reference 19. Glossary
20. Chronology of Key Events 21. Maps 22. Bibliography
October 2011: 234 x 156: 392pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56574-5: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56575-2: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415565752
The Conduct of Inquiry in International Relations
Philosophy of Science and Its
Implications for the Study of World Politics
Patrick Thaddeus Jackson, American University, Washington DC, USA
Series: New International Relations
The Conduct of Inquiry in International Relations provides an introduction to the philosophy
of science issues and their implications for the study of global politics. The author draws
attention to the problems caused by the misleading notion of a single unified scientific
method, and proposes a framework that clarifies the variety of ways that IR scholars establish
the authority and validity of their empirical claims. Jackson connects philosophical
considerations with concrete issues of research design within neopositivist, critical realist,
analyticist, and reflexive approaches to the study of world politics. Envisioning a pluralist
science for a global IR field, this volume organizes the significant differences between
methodological stances so as to promote internal consistency, public discussion, and worldly
insight as the hallmarks of any scientific study of world politics.
This important volume will be essential reading for all students and scholars of International
Relations, Political Science and Philosophy of Science.
Selected Contents: 1. Playing with Fire 2. Philosophical Wagers 3. Neopositivism 4. Critical Realism 5. Analyticism
6. Reflexivity 7. A Pluralist Science of IR
July 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77626-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77627-1: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84332-1
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776271
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl relAtioNs
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
International Law & the use of
Force
Anthony Arend, Georgetown University, USA and
Robert J. Beck, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee,
USA
How does international law restrict the use of force by
states? What are the legal implications of using force?
This is the second edition of a bestselling textbook first
published in 1993. It is fully revised and updated to
cover recent key disputes. This is excellent reading for all
students with an interest in international law and many
of the key challenges faced by the global community.
December 2011: 234 x 156: 260pp
Hb: 978-0-415-20034-9: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-20035-6: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415200356
ForthcomiNg
3rd edition
The Modern State
Christopher Pierson, University of Nottingham, UK
’A comprehensive and readable study that fits
easily into undergraduate courses on the state.’
- Mark Laffey, THE
The new edition of this well-established and highly
regarded textbook continues to provide the clearest and
most comprehensive introduction to the modern state. It
examines the state from its historical origins at the birth
of modernity to its current jeopardized position in the
globalized politics of the 21st Century. The book has
been entirely revised and updated throughout, and there
is substantial new material on the financial crisis and the
environment.
Subjects covered include:
• the evolution of the state system
• placing the state in modernity
• states and societies
• state and economy
• states and citizens
• states and the international order
• states of the twenty-first century.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Modern States
2. Placing the State in Modernity 3. States and Societies
4.State and Economy 5. States and Citizens 6. States and
the International Order 7. States of the Twenty-First Century
8. Conclusion
June 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58761-7: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58762-4: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415587624
31

32
iNterNAtioNAl relAtioNs
ForthcomiNg
deconstructing International
Politics
Michael dillon, University of Lancaster, UK
Series: Interventions
This book is the first full length
manuscript to draw on the
insights and techniques of
deconstruction to analyse
international relations.
Influenced primarily by Derrida,
it critiques the cornerstones of
international relations such as
modernity, the state, the
subject, security and ethics and
justice.
Selected Contents:
1. Introduction: Derrida for
Starters Part 1: deconstructing the Modern 2. The Sign
of the State 3. The Sovereign and the Stranger 4. The
Scandal of the Refugee Part 2: deconstructing Security
5. Security and Subjectivity 6. Modernity, Discourse and
Deterrence 7. Deconstructing the Military Body
Part 3: International Politics to Come 8. Another Justice
9. Transformation 10. Conclusion: Another International
August 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55669-9: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55670-5: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415556705
New Challenges to
democratization
Edited by Peter Burnell, University of Warwick, UK
and Richard Youngs, FRIDE, Spain
Series: Democratization Studies
Brings together leading
international scholars to assess
the claim that democratization
around the world is facing a
serious challenge and features
in-depth studies on US
democracy promotion, the
Middle East, Russia, China and
new democracies.
2009: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46741-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46742-1: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86997-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415467421
New
2nd edition
The Practice of diplomacy
Its Evolution, Theory and Administration
Keith Hamilton, Foreign & Commonwealth Office,
UK and Richard Langhorne, Rutgers, State
University of New Jersey, USA
Practice of Diplomacy has
become established as a classic
text in the study of diplomacy.
This much-needed second
edition is completely reworked
and updated throughout and
builds on the strengths of the
original text with a strong
empirical and historical focus.
Topics new and updated for this
edition include:
• discussion of Ancient and
non-European diplomacy including a more thorough
treatment of pre-Hellenic and Muslim diplomacy and
the diplomatic methods prevalent in the inter-state
system of the Indian sub-continent
• evaluation of human rights diplomacy from the
nineteenth-century campaign against the slave trade
onwards
• a fully updated and revised account of the inter-war
years and the diplomacy of the Cold War, drawing on
the latest scholarship in the field
• an entirely new chapter discussing core issues such as
climate change; NGOs and coalitions of NGOs;
trans-national corporations; foreign ministries and
IGOs; the revolution in electronic communications;
public diplomacy; transformational diplomacy and
faith-based diplomacy.
This text has established itself as a core text in the field
of diplomacy and this new edition is absolutely essential
reading for students and practitioners of diplomacy.
October 2010: 234 x 156: 328pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49764-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49765-7: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84189-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415497657
Complimentary Exam Copies
Titles marked with this icon are available as
complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty
considering them for course adoption. Visit the
URL to obtain your print or electronic copy.
Civilizations in World
Politics
Plural and Pluralist Perspectives
Edited by Peter J. Katzenstein, Cornell University,
USA
‘For a state of the art view
of civilization in world
politics, look no further.’
- Iver B. Neumann, Norwegian
Institute of International Affairs
(NUPI), Norway
‘Rescuing the concept of
civilizations from the
polemical jaws of Samuel
Huntington, this book shows
how civilization can be a
vibrant category of analysis
and how collectivities
around the world unite and divide around it. With
characteristic flair, erudition, provocation, and
rigor, Peter Katzenstein has assembled a first-rate
team of scholars that demonstrates that civilization
is a concept that can and must be taken seriously.
Although scholars might prefer to ‘love to hate’
the concept, or to ignore it, this volume shows the
path to be a fruitful and necessary engagement.’
- Michael Barnett, University of Minnesota, USA
2009: 234 x 156: 248pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77710-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77711-7: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87248-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415777117
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
War, Peace and International
Relations
An Introduction to Strategic History
Colin S. Gray
’The author’s discussions and clarity of thought and
expression make this work ideal as a textbook for
introducing civilian students and prospective
military officers of the various military academies
to the subject.’ - Parameters
This updated and revised second edition of Colin Gray’s
textbook explores the theory and practice of war and
peace in a modern historical context.
Selected Contents: 1. Strategic History, 1800-2025: Themes
and Contexts 2. Carl von Clausewitz and the Theory of War
3. From Limited War to National War: The French Revolution
and the Napoleonic Way of War 4. The Nineteenth Century,
I: A Strategic View 5. The Nineteenth Century, II: Technology,
Warfare, and International Order 6. The Great War and the
Invention of Modern Warfare, 1914-18 7. The Twenty-Year
Armistice, 1919-1939 8. The Second World War in Europe, I:
The Structure and Course of Total War 9. The Second World
War in Europe, II: Understanding the War 10. The Second
World War in Asia-Pacific, I: Politics 11. The Second World
War in Asia-Pacific, II: Strategy 12. The Cold War, I: Politics
and Ideology 13. The Cold War, II: The Nuclear Revolution
14. War and Peace After the Cold War: The Interwar Decade
15. 9/11 and the Age of Terror
July 2011: 246 x 174: 352pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59485-1: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59487-5: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415594875
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New
Autobiographical
International Relations
I, IR
Edited by Naeem Inayatullah, Ithaca College, USA
Series: Interventions
This volume provides a novel
approach to international
relations. In the course of
fifteen essays, scholars write
about how life events brought
them to their subject matter.
They place their narratives in
the larger context of world
politics, culture, and history.
This book moves the field of
International Relations towards
greater candidness about how
personal narrative influences
theoretical articulations. No such volume currently exists
in the field of international relations.
Selected Contents: Falling and Flying: An Introduction
Naeem Inayatullah 1. Accidental Scholarship and the Myth
of Objectivity Stephen Chan 2. Objects among Objects Jenny
Edkins 3. Stammers between Silence and Speech Narendran
Kumarakulasingam 4. Scenes of Obscenity: The Meaning of
America under Epistemic and Military Violence Khadija F. El
Alaoui 5. I, the Double Soldier: An Autobiographic
Case-Study on the Pitfalls of Dual Citizenship Rainer Hülsse
6. Weakness Leaving My Body: An Essay on the Interpersonal
Relations of International Politics Jacob L. Stump 7. Waiting
for the Revolution: A Foreigner’s Narrative Alina Sajed 8. Am
I not that? At the feet of Elders Sara-Maria Sorentino
9. Listening for the Elsewhere and the Not-yet: Academic
Labor as a Matter of Ethical Witness Lori Amy 10. To Realize
You’re Creolized: White Flight, Black Culture, Hybridity Joel
Dinerstein 11. Goodbye Nostalgia! In Memory of a Country
that has Never Existed as such Wanda Vrasti 12. Shaping
Walls: Moving through Lanka’s Forts Nethra Samarawickrema
13. Three Stories: A Way of Being in the World Patrick
Thaddeus Jackson 14. G(r)azing the Fields of IR: Romping
Buffaloes, Festive Villagers Quynh Pham and Himadeep
Muppidi - The Sound of Conversation Sorayya Khan -
Epilogue: Cosmography Recapitulates Biography: An
Epilogue Peter Mandaville
December 2010: 234 x 156: 232pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78142-8: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78143-5: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83722-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781435
New
Realism and World Politics
Edited by Ken Booth, Aberystwyth University, UK
This book contributes to the
rethinking of realism through
multiple analyses of the keys
works of Kenneth Waltz,
arguing that a sophisticated
appreciation of realism is
needed to truly understand
world politics and International
Relations.
Selected Contents: Preface
1. Realism Redux: Contexts,
Concepts, Contests Ken Booth
Part 1: Political Ideas in
Waltzian Realism 2. Anarchy and Violence
Interdependence Daniel Deudney 3. Bringing Realism to
American Liberalism: Kenneth Waltz and the Process of Cold
War Adjustment Michael Foley 4. Waltz, Realism and
Democracy Michael C. Williams Part 2: Challenges to
Structural Realist Theory 5. Waltz’s Theory of Theory Ole
Wæver 6. Structure? What Structure? Nicholas Onuf 7. ‘Big
and important things in IR’: Structural Realism and the
Neglect of Changes in Statehood Georg Sørensen
8. Reckless States and Realism John Mearsheimer
Part 3: Realist Theories and Human Nature 9. Structural
Realism, Classical Realism and Human Nature Chris Brown
10. Human Nature and World Politics: Rethinking ‘Man’ Neta
Crawford 11. Women, the State, and War Jean Bethke
Elshtain Part 4: War and Security, Causes and
Consequences 12. Understanding Man, the State and War
Hidemi Suganami 13. Lost in Transition: a Critical Analysis of
Power Transition Theory Richard Ned Lebow and Benjamin
Valentino 14. Hegemony, Equilibrium and Counterpower: A
Synthetic Approach Cornelia Beyer 15. Nuclear Weapons in
Waltz’s World: More Trust may be Better Nicholas J. Wheeler
Part 5: Continuity and Change in the International and
in the World 16. How Hierarchical can International Society
be? Ian Clark 17. Waltz and World History: the Paradox of
Parsimony Barry Buzan and Richard Little 18. Human
Interconnectedness Andrew Linklater Part 6: Conclusion
19. International Politics: the Inconvenient Truth Ken Booth
December 2010: 234 x 156: 368pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57057-2: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57058-9: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83396-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415570589
ForthcomiNg
Sovereignty
Jens Bartelson, University of Copenhagen,
Denmark
Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics
This book summarizes recent academic debates on
sovereignty within academic international relations and
political theory. Recent scholarship has focused on the
changing meaning of the concept of sovereignty in a
variety of historical and political contexts, and under
what conditions these changes in turn spill over into
institutional change on a global scale. This book
furnishes new insights about the current meaning and
function of the concept of sovereignty within
international relations and political theory.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Problem of
Sovereignty 2. Sovereignty: A Brief Conceptual History
3. The Obsolescence of Sovereignty 4. The Permanence of
Sovereignty 5. Is Sovereignty What We Make of It?
October 2011: 216 x 138: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-44682-2: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-44683-9: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415446839
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl relAtioNs
Social Power in
International Politics
Peter van Ham, Clingendael Institute, the
Netherlands
Series: New International Relations
’The international system is
fast changing and so we are
compelled - as we always are
when old certainties are
being undermined - to
radically rethink our ways of
seeing the world. This is
precisely what Peter van
Ham does in this challenging
new study. Not only does his
highly original use of the
idea of ’social power’ -
defined here as the ability to
set standards and create legitimate norms and
values - lay the foundation for a more creative way
of conceptualizing our emerging order. It also
throws down the gauntlet to those who continue
to hold on to the illusion that we can still get by
with old ways of thinking. A tour de force that is
bound to redefine the field of International
Relations.’ - Michael Cox, London School of Economics
and Political Science, UK
Selected Contents: 1. Social Power Defined 2. Geopolitics
and Hegemony 3. Culture and Constructivism 4. Institutions
and Law 5. Media and Globalization 6. Public Diplomacy
7. Place Branding 8. Conclusion. Endnotes. Bibliography.
Index
March 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56421-2: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56422-9: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85784-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415564229
ForthcomiNg
Territories
The Claiming of Space
david Storey, University of Worcester, UK
The extensively revised and updated second edition
provides an introduction to theories of territoriality and
the outcomes of territorial control and resistance. It
explores the construction of territories and the conflicts
which often result using a range of examples drawn
from various spatial scales and from many different
countries. It ranges in coverage from conflicts over
national territory (such as Israel/Palestine, Northern
Ireland, South Ossetia) to divisions of space based
around class, gender and race. This new edition covers
contemporary debates on nationalism, territorialisation,
globalization and borders. It updates the factual content
to explore the territorial consequences of 9/11, the war
on terror, and conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan. It also
examines migration, refugees, and the territorial
expansion of the European Union.
July 2011: 234 x 156: 276pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57549-2: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57550-8: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85457-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415575508
33

34
iNterNAtioNAl relAtioNs
ForthcomiNg
War, Feminism & International
Relations
Edited by Christine Sylvester, University of
Lancaster, UK
This book is a major new contribution to our
understanding of war and international relations (IR).
Divided into two sections, the first part surveys the state
of war and war studies in international relations, security
studies and in feminist international relations. The
second part addresses a missing area of IR studies of war
that feminism is well-placed to fill in: the emotional and
physical aspects of war.
The author examines a wide variety of conflict situations,
such as the Israel/Palestine dispute, the Cold War,
Vietnam, Nicaragua, wars of liberation in Africa,
genocidal war in Rwanda; humanitarian interventionist
war in the Balkans, the recent wars in Afghanistan and
Iraq and the ’war on terror’. Drawing on the latest
feminist thinking, the author demonstrates how war is
experienced as a body-based politics and in so doing
provides an innovative and challenging corrective to
traditional theories of war in international relations.
Selected Contents: Part 1: War as IR and Feminism See
It 1. War(s) in Our Time 2. IR Studies War 3. Feminism
Worries About War 4. Missing Elements/Mutual Possibilities
Part 2: Touching War 5. War as Physical Experience 6. War
as Emotional Experience 7. Towards a Feminist IR Theory of
War
Sepember 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77598-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77599-1: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415775991
2nd edition
Virtuous War
Mapping the Military-Industrial-Media-
Entertainment-Network
James der derian, Brown University, USA
’The expanded, brilliantly
realized 2nd edition of
Virtuous War makes
indispensable reading. The
world is catching up to der
derian’s vision of where
we are and what we must
do about these lethal
linkages of war, media,
entertainment.’ - Richard
Falk, University of California,
Santa Barbara, USA
Reviews of 1st edition:
’The virtual wars that are being fought and
planned are far from ’virtuous,’ and the author
is to be congratulated for bringing this simple
reality to our attention.’ - Political Affairs
’The first book to offer a ’virtual theory’ for the
military strategies, philosophical questions,
ethical issues, and political controversies
surrounding the future of war and peace.’
- TechDirections
2009: 198 x 129: 368pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77238-9: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77239-6: £21.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88153-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415772396
The Time of the City
Politics, Philosophy and Genre
Michael J. Shapiro, University of Hawaii, USA
Series: Interventions
‘As attuned to the spatial as
it is to the temporal, and as
theoretically sophisticated as
it is politically relevant, this
is a powerful and intriguing
meditation on cities of the
page, the screen and the
moment.’ - Stuart Elden,
Durham University, UK
The Time of the City is a
trans-disciplinary work with a
focus on genre-city relationships
as they articulate the
micropolitics of urban life in diverse cities. Shifting the
territorial emphasis of political studies from the mosaic
of states to the global network of cities, the book draws
on urban theory rather than traditional forms of official
city politics. Deriving their methodological approaches
from aspects of urban theory and philosophies of
aesthetics, the chapters deploy concepts from
philosophy, political theory, literary studies, cinema
studies, poetics and aesthetic theory on diverse cities,
among which are Berlin, Hong Kong, London, Los
Angeles, New York, Philadelphia and Washington, DC.
Investigating a wide variety of urban formations, and
developing a geophilosophy appropriate to urban space,
this multi genre approach to urban life provides stunning
insights into the micropolitics of ethnicity, identity,
security, subjectivity and sovereignty.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Geophilosophy,
Aesthetics, and the City 2. The Now Time(s) of the
GlobalCity: Displacing Hegel’s Geopolitical Narrative
3. Managing Urban Security: City Walls and Policing Metis
4. Neo-Noir and Urban Domesticity: The Wachowski
Brothers’ Bound 5. Gothic Philadelphia: Divided Subjects and
Fractionated Assemblages 6. Bodies and the City:
Washington DC 7. Walt Whitman and the Ethnopoetics of
New York 8. Inter-City Cinema: Hong Kong at the Berlinale
June 2010: 234 x 156: 232pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78052-0: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78053-7: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85261-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415780537
New
The diplomatic History of
Postwar Japan
Edited by Makoto Iokibe, National Defence
Academy of Japan & Kobe University, Japan and
Translated and Annotated by Robert d. Eldridge,
Osaka University, Japan
Winner of the prestigious
Yoshida Shigeru Prize 1999 for
the best book in public history
when it was published in it’s
original Japanese, this book
presents a comprehensive and
up-to-date overview of Japan’s
international relations from the
end of the Pacific War to the
present. Written by leading
Japanese authorities on the
subject, it makes extensive use
of the most recently declassified
Japanese documents, memoirs, and diaries. It introduces
the personalities and approaches that Japan’s postwar
leaders and statesmen took in dealing with a rapidly
changing world and the challenges they faced.
Importantly, the book also discusses the evolution of
Japan’s presence on the international stage and the
important – if underappreciated role – Japan has played.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Japanese Diplomacy from
Prewar to Postwar Iokibe Makoto 1. Diplomacy in Occupied
Japan: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1940s Iokibe Makoto
2. The Conditions of an Independent State: Japanese
Diplomacy in the 1950s Sakamoto Kazuya 3. The Model of
an Economic Power: Japanese Diplomacy in the 1960s
Tadokoro Masayuki 4. Overcoming the Crises: Japanese
Diplomacy in the 1970s Nakanishi Hiroshi 5. The Mission
and Trials of an Emerging International State: Japanese
Diplomacy in the 1980s Murata Koji 6. Japanese Diplomacy
After the Cold War Iokibe Makoto. Conclusion: What was
Postwar Japanese Diplomacy?
December 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49847-0: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49848-7: £25.95
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415498487
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

iNterNAtioNAl
relAtioNs
theory
ForthcomiNg
International Relations
Theory
A Brief Introduction
Jennifer Sterling-Folker, University of Connecticut,
USA and Rose Shinko, Bucknell University, USA
This textbook is a short, accessible, and impartial
introduction to the major theoretical perspectives within
international relations. Written for students who are new
to international relations theory, it does not assume any
previous knowledge and explains the theories in a
readable and understandable style.
Selected Contents: 1. Meta-Theoretical Issues 2. Realism
3. Liberalism 4. Constructivism 5. English School
6. Post-Modernism 7. Marxism and Other Radical
Alternatives 8. Feminism
December 2011: 198 x 129: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77480-2: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77481-9: £17.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415774819
3rd edition
International Relations
Theory
A Critical Introduction
Cynthia Weber, University of Lancaster, UK
Praise for the previous edition:
’I know of nothing that has
such an excellent
combination of lucidity and
both comprehensive and
critical coverage.’ - Michael
Shapiro, University of Hawaii,
USA
’Refreshingly original,
interesting and fun to read,
this book will surely
encourage students to think
critically about international
politics.’ - Roxanne Lynn Doty,
Arizona State University, USA
The third edition of this innovative and highly acclaimed
textbook introduces students to the main theories in
international relations. Weber unravels the complexities
of international relations by explaining and analyzing
each theory which illustrated using the example of a
popular film, allowing students to understand and
critically engage with the myths and assumptions behind
them.
2009: 246 x 174: 264pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77819-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77842-8: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87414-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415778428
ForthcomiNg
Governmentality
Global Politics and Minor History
William Walters, Carleton University, Canada
Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics
This text provides senior undergraduates and graduate
students with an accessible but challenging introduction
to the debate on ’governmentality’ and the continued
relevance of this body of work for the study of global
politics.
Governmentality is one of Michel Foucault’s most
influential ideas and this book provides a thorough
grounding in the conceptual history of governmentality,
the key debates and some key case studies which
illustrate the wider issues. The text also demonstrates
how a nuanced understanding of governmentality can
allow researchers to develop in productive new
directions.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: On
Governmentality 2. A Brief History of Governmentality
3. Governmentality and the International 4. On Minor
History Part 2: Global Politics in a Minor Key 5. The
Invention of World Regions: “New Regionalism” and the
Post-Imperial Governance of States 6. Identity Incorporated:
The Birth of the Global Biometric and the Transformation of
State Identification Practices 7. Notes for a History of
Humanitarian Government: The ICRC in the Making of an
International Pastoral
July 2011: 216 x 138: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77953-1: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77954-8: £20.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415779548
ForthcomiNg
Postcolonial Theory &
International Relations
A Comprehensive Introduction
Edited by Sanjay Seth
Series: Interventions
Postcolonial theory has had the most impact in
disciplines such as literature and, to some degree,
history, and perhaps the least impact in the discipline of
politics. However, there is growing interest in
postcolonial theory within politics, and interest is
especially high in the subfield of international relations.
This text provides a comprehensive survey of how
postoclonial theory shapes our understanding of
international relations.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Postcolonial and the
International 2. Geopolitics after Postcolonialism
3. International Relations, International Law and the
Decolonial Option 4. The Nation and Orientalism
5. Classical International Theory 6. War and Orientalism
7. Slavery, Finance and International Political Economy
8. Sovereignty and the Postcolonial 9. Islam, International
Relations and Postcolonialism 10. Nationalism and the
Postcolonial 11. Neo-Liberalism and Postcolonialism
12. Conclusion – Postcolonial Futures
June 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58287-2: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58288-9: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415582889
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl relAtioNs theory
ForthcomiNg
Realism Reader
Colin Elman, Maxwell School of Syracuse University,
USA
Despite some years in the doldrums, political realism is
recovering its previously dominant role as the leading
paradigm in the international relations sub-field.
Realism’s return to prominence has been accompanied
by a surge of new research, and by the development of
several distinct variants within the research tradition.
The Realism Reader will provide a ’one-stop-shop’ for
undergraduates and masters students taking a course in
contemporary international relations theory, with a
particular focus on realism.
The reader will collect centrally important realist works,
organized around different approaches (for example,
neoclassical realism); important critiques of realism (for
example, the institutionalist critique); and some debates
realists and their critics have engaged in concerning
recent events (for example, whether different realist
theories can account for the collapse of the Soviet Union
and the end of the Cold War).
The reader will be structured around a 16 week
semester. An alternative timetable and chapter
combination will be provided for classes following the
quarter system.
September 2011: 246 x 174: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77354-6: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77357-7: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415773577
ForthcomiNg
Recovering Realism
Colin Elman, Maxwell School of Syracuse University,
USA
This book provides a broad survey of contemporary
realist scholarship, and builds on Elman’s earlier work on
the relationship between realism and foreign policy;
balance of power theory; realism and typologies; and
the metatheoretic status of realism.
The volume is intended for use as a text in upper division
undergraduate courses in IR, and in IR field survey
classes for graduate students; as a resource for scholars
working within the IR sub-field; and as a readable
introduction to contemporary political realism for a
wider academic and policymaking audience. The book
will also serve as a companion volume to The Realism
Reader and the chapters have been matched accordingly.
Selected Contents: 1. Recovering Realism: The Return of
Pessimism 2. The Roots of the Realist Tradition 3. Classical
Realism: The Twentieth Century 4. Balance of Power Theory
5. Neorealism 6. Defensive Structural Realism 7. Offensive
Structural Realism 8. Rise and Fall Realism 9. Neoclassical
Realism 10. The Liberal Critique 11. The Institutionalist
Critique 12. The Constructivist Critique 13. Realism and
European Cooperation 14. Realism, American ’Hegemony,’
and ’Soft’ Balancing 15. Realism and the Rise of Nonstate
Actors 16. Conclusion
September 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77358-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77359-1: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415773591
35

36
iNterNAtioNAl relAtioNs theory
universality, Ethics and
International Relations
A Grammatical Reading
Véronique Pin-Fat, University of Manchester, UK
Series: Interventions
’Central to critical discourses
in International Relations are
questions related to what
constitutes the ‘universal’,
how it is used in political
thought, and the ways in
which it relates to
operations of power in
global politics. Veronique
Pin-Fat’s ‘grammatical’
reading is one of the most
original interventions on the
relationship between ethics,
universality, and international politics, bringing not
only Wittgenstein, but her own voice to our
deliberations. This is one of the most challenging
contributions to international relations theory in
general and to critical thought in particular.’
- Vivienne Jabri, Kings College London, UK
2009: 234 x 156: 168pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49205-8: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49206-5: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86779-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415492065
After the Globe,
Before the World
R.B.J. Walker, University of Victoria, Canada
’Rob Walker’s After the
Globe, Before the World is a
radical text in the best sense
of the word. It explores the
roots of the international
studies discipline, rethinks
those aspects of the political
theory canon on which the
discipline’s traditional
conceits have relied, and
proceeds to articulate a
reconceptualization of the
state-world relationship. The
work is the most important intervention in
international studies/international relations
thinking in decades. Any scholar who would
presume to treat global politics as it is developing
in this millennium must come to terms with
Walker’s challenge.’ - Michael J. Shapiro, University of
Hawai’i, USA
’Walker’s desire to depart from what he perceives
to be a trend of statist takes on the transition from
a politics of the international to a politics of the
world provides an intriguing alternative to other
literatures dealing with similar issues and those
who do engage with his arguments and opinions
will be richly rewarded.’ - In-Spire Journal of Law,
Politics and Societies, Vol. 5, No. 1 – 2010, 102
2009: 234 x 156: 368pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77902-9: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77903-6: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87124-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415779036
International Relations
Scholarship Around the
World
Edited by Arlene B. Tickner, University of the
Andes, Bogotá, Colombia and Ole Wæver,
Copenhagen Peace Research Institute, Denmark
Series: Worlding Beyond the West
’This is an excellent
collection of reviews of the
state of the subject of
International Relations in 16
areas of the world... this
book is the first detailed
attempt to look at how the
rest of the world thinks
about international
relations. This incredibly
important collection of
essays paints a sophisticated
picture of the construction of
the discipline... This is an invaluable book for
anyone interested in the discipline of International
Relations, how it is dominated by a uS literature,
and what alternatives exist in other parts of the
world for understanding contemporary world
politics.’ - Steve Smith, University of Exeter, UK
2009: 246 x 174: 368pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77235-8: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77236-5: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88545-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415772365
ForthcomiNg
Thinking the International
differently
Worlding Beyond the West
Arlene B. Tickner, University of the Andes, Bogotá,
Colombia, Ole Wæver, Copenhagen Peace
Research Institute, Denmark and david Blaney,
Macalester College, USA
The discipline of international relations (IR) is ironically
not at all international. The study of international
relations is conducted primarily from a specific
geopolitical site (the United States) that happens to be
the most powerful country in both international affairs
and the discipline itself. To a significant degree, this
influences the way the discipline sees the world and also
how it contributes to policy making and thereby the
shape of that world itself.
This book is the second volume in a trilogy of titles that
tries to put the international back into international
relations by showing how international relations
knowledge is actually produced around the world. The
book illustrates the diversity and variation in IR around
the world. It adopts a thematic structure in which four
of the central concerns in IR - the state, security,
globalization and secularism/religion - are examined in
three or four chapters written from different parts of the
world. The book makes significant progress in bringing
non-Western conceptualizations into the discipline and
expanding the definition of what international relations
actually means.
September 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78130-5: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78131-2: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781312
The Liberal Way of War
Killing to Make Life Live
Michael dillon, University of Lancaster, UK and
Julian Reid, King’s College London, UK
’Although it has long been
asserted that liberal
democracy, like any political
system, is based not simply
on consensus but also on the
exercise of violence, dillon
and Reid cast new light on
an old problem by bringing
it into the ’information age’
— which for them is also the
age of ’biopolitics’. They
argue that liberalism must
be understood neither
simply in terms of individual rights, nor as an
economic system, but as effort to organize the
reproduction of ’life’ through ’breeding’ and
’adaptation’ as ’being-in-formation’. The
militarization of politics thus emerges as a
necessary correlative of a politics that increasingly
identifies the protection of life — security — with
the administration of death. A provocative thesis
that will be a focus of discussion in the years to
come.’ - Samuel Weber, Northwestern University, USA
2009: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-95299-6: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-95300-9: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88254-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415953009
2nd edition
Migration Theory
Talking across Disciplines
Edited by Caroline B. Brettell and
James F. Hollifield
Continuing their
interdisciplinary approach,
editors Catherine Brettell and
James Hollifield have included
revised essays from the first
edition in such fields as
anthropology, political science,
and history, as well as new
essays by a demographer,
geopgrapher, and sociologist.
2007: 229 x 152: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-95426-6: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-95427-3: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-95044-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415954273
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

ForthcomiNg
Critical International
Relations - An Introduction
From the Barbarian to the Cyborg
James der derian, Brown University, USA
In Critical International Relations - An Introduction, the
radical IR theorist James Der Derian provides an
innovative text based on the critical encounters
throughout history that have transformed international
relations.
Unlike other books on world politics which focus on the
perspective of great leaders, empires, nation-states,
“great powers,“ etc., Der Derian’s text focuses on the
perspective of the under-represented, the demonized,
and the neglected ‘other’ who are also actors of world
politics. Ten historic struggles for recognition and power
in world politics are narrated from the point of view of
emblematic historical figures. The focus is not on who
wins or loses but rather on how International Relations is
changed by alien encounters. The goal is to represent
the alien, and in the process, to construct a critical
history and pluralist theory for understanding the
heteropolar conflicts of world politics today.
December 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77244-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77245-7: £21.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415772457
Critical Theorists and
International Relations
Edited by Jenny Edkins, University of Aberystwyth,
UK and Nick Vaughan-Williams, University of
Warwick, UK
Series: Interventions
Covering a broad range of
approaches within critical
theory including Marxism and
post-Marxism, the Frankfurt
School, hermeneutics,
phenomenology,
postcolonialism, feminism,
queer theory, poststructuralism,
pragmatism, scientific realism,
deconstruction and
psychoanalysis, this book
provides students with a
comprehensive and accessible
introduction to 32 key critical theorists whose work has
been influential in the field of international relations.
2009: 234 x 156: 424pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47465-8: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47466-5: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88184-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415474665
Critical Theory of
International Politics
Complementarity, Justice, and Governance
Steven C. Roach, University of South Florida, USA
Critical international theory
encompasses several distinct,
radical approaches that focus
on identity, difference,
hegemonic power, and order.
As an applied theory, critical
international theory draws on
critical social theories to shed
light on international processes
and global transformations.
While this approach has led to
increasing interest in
formulating an empirically
relevant critical international theory, it has also revealed
the difficulties of applying critical theory to international
politics. What are these difficulties and problems? And
how can we move beyond them? This book addresses
these questions by investigating the intellectual currents
and key debates of critical theory, from Kant and Hegel
to Habermas and Derrida, and the recent work of critical
international theory, including Robert Cox and Andrew
Linklater. By drawing on these debates, the book
formulates an original theory of complementarity that
brings together critical theory and critical international
theory. It argues that complementarity — a governing
principle in international law and politics — offers a
conceptual framework for working toward two goals:
engaging the changing contexts and forms of resistance
and redressing some of the difficulties of applying critical
theory to international relations.
Selected Contents: 1. Critical Theory, Immanent Critique,
and the Problem of the International Part 1: Critical Theory
Past and Present: Four Currents of Immanent Critique
2. Dialectics, Historical Materialism, and Repression 3. The
Frankfurt School: The Rise of Radical Immanence and
Communicative Action Theory Part 2: Critical
International Theory: Perspectives on Complementarity
4. Communicative Rationality, Recognition, and the Dual
Complementarity of the International Criminal Court
5. Social Ontology: From Critical Realism to the Quantum
Challenge 6. Justice, Negative Dialectics and Immanent
Complementarity 7. Complementarity Envisaged:
Self-Legitimization and the Global Social Imaginary
January 2010: 234 x 156: 184pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77484-0: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77485-7: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86129-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415774857
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl relAtioNs theory
ForthcomiNg
Critical Theory in
International Relations and
Security Studies
Interviews and Reflections
Edited by Shannon Brincat, University of
Queensland, Australia, and Laura Lima and
Joao Nunes, both at Aberystwyth University, UK
Critical Theory in International Relations and Security
Studies is the first book to present first hand interviews
with some of the pioneering scholars of the disciplines.
Through dialogical and reflective essays, it assesses the
state of critical thinking in IR and security studies, and
looks to the future of the discipline and theoretical
developments.
Selected Contents: Introduction Shannon Brincat, Laura
Limes and Joao Nunes Part 1: Interviews Robert Cox,
Andrew Linklater, Ken Booth, Richard Wyn Jones Part 2:
Commentaries Brooke Ackerly, Richard Ashley, Pinar Bilgin,
James Der Derian, Richard Devetak, John M. Hobson, Mark
Neufeld, Mustapha K. Pasha, Martin Weber, Michael C.
Williams, Marysia Zalewski. Conclusion Mark Hoffman
October 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-60157-3: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-60158-0: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415601580
International Relations
and States of Exception
Margins, Peripheries, and Excluded Bodies
Edited by Shampa Biswas, Whitman College, USA
and Sheila Nair, Northern Arizona University, USA
’By focusing on how
contemporary political
communities and discourses
of security are constituted by
the movements of some of
the world’s most vulnerable
people, this collection of
essays not only adds
significantly to theoretical
and empirical debates about
our post-9/11 world. It
serves as a critical
supplement to state-centric,
territorial understandings of international politics,
one that demands that we re-imagine what IR
theory tells us about the relationships between
sovereignty, subjectivity, and ethics.’ - Cynthia
Weber, Lancaster University, UK
2009: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77694-3: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77695-0: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86868-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415776950
37

38
iNterNAtioNAl orgANisAtioNs
iNterNAtioNAl orgANisAtioNs
Global Institutions
Series Edited by thomas G. Weiss, City University of New York, USA and rorden Wilkinson, University of Manchester, UK
Governing Climate
Change
Harriet Bulkeley, University of Durham, UK and
Peter Newell, University of East Anglia, UK
Governing Climate Change
provides a short and accessible
introduction to how climate
change is governed by an
increasingly diverse range of
actors, from civil society and
market actors to multilateral
development banks, donors and
cities.
Selected Contents:
1. Introduction 2. Governing
Climate Change: A Brief History
3. Governance for Whom? Equity,
Justice and the Politics of Sustainable Development
4. Between Global and Local: Governing Climate Change
Transnationally 5. Communities and the Governing of
Climate Change 6. The Private Governance of Climate
Change 7. Conclusion
February 2010: 216 x 138: 168pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46768-1: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46769-8: £16.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85829-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415467698
ForthcomiNg
International Migration
Khalid Koser, Geneva Centre for Security Policy,
Switzerland
This book covers the most topical issues, including the
impact on international migration of the global financial
crisis, smuggling and human trafficking, challenges of
migrant integration and the links between migration and
the demographic crisis.
June 2011: 216 x 138: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56155-6: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56156-3: £17.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415561563
ForthcomiNg
Millennium development
Goals (MdGs)
For a People Centered Development
Agenda?
Sakiko Fukuda-Parr, The New School, New York,
USA
This volume is a short and
accessible introduction to the
Millennium Development Goals
(MDGs) - the 8 goals set by the
United Nations with the aim of
reducing global poverty by
2015. The book explains the
origins of the MDGs and
assesses the effectiveness of
their implementation.
October 2011: 216 x 138: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77669-1: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77670-7: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415776707
Multilateral Counter-
Terrorism
The Global Politics of Cooperation and
Contestation
Peter Romaniuk, City University of New York, USA
Contemporary terrorism is a
global phenomenon requiring a
globalized response. In this
book Peter Romaniuk aims to
assess to what extent states
seek multilateral responses to
the threats they face from
terrorists.
Selected Contents: 1. Historical
Precedents for Multilateral
Counter-Terrorism: Anti-Anarchist
Cooperation and the League of
Nations 2. Multilateral
Counter-Terrorism and the United Nations, 1945-2001
3. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism and the United Nations
after 9/11 4. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism beyond the UN
5. Multilateral Counter-Terrorism: Today and Tomorrow
March 2010: 216 x 138: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77647-9: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77648-6: £17.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85741-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415776486
ForthcomiNg
Peacebuilding
From Concept to Commission
Robert Jenkins, Birkbeck, University of London, UK
This book is about the origins
and evolution of peacebuilding
as a concept, the creation and
functioning of the UN
Peacebuilding Commission as
an institution, and the
complicated relationship
between these two processes.
Selected Contents: 1. Overview
2. Birth of an Institution: The UN
Peacebuilding Commission
3. Peacebuilding: An Evolving
Concept 4. Peacebuilding in
Practice: Debating the Record 5. The Peacebuilding
Commission in Action 6. Assessing the Peacebuilding
Commission’s Performance 7. Theoretical Implications
8. Conclusion and the Road Ahead
June 2011: 216 x 138: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77643-1: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77644-8: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415776448
New
The Organization of
American States (OAS)
Global Governance Away From the Media
Mônica Herz, Catholic University of Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil
The Organization of American
States is the world’s oldest
regional multifunctional
organization. This work
provides a clear and
comprehensive discussion of
this important body, dealing
with security, technical
cooperation, and the
construction of democratic
institutions.
Selected Contents:
1. Introduction 2. The History of
the OAS 3. Security 4. The Democratic Paradigm
5. Working Within a Plural Architecture for Governance
March 2011: 216 x 138: 160pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49849-4: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49850-0: £17.99
eBook: 978-0-203-82924-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415498500
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Global Institutions (continued)
Global Governance,
Poverty and Inequality
Edited by Rorden Wilkinson, University of
Manchester, UK and Jennifer Clapp
This book offers answers to
questions raised about the role
of global governance in the
attenuation and amelioration of
world poverty and inequality.
The contributors interrogate the
role of systems of governance
at a time of global economic
crisis and continuing
environmental degradation
against a backdrop of
acceleration in inequalities
within and between
communities and across the globe.
Selected Contents: Foreword: Poverty, Inequality and the
United Nations System Louise Fréchette. Introduction.
Governing Global Poverty and Inequality Rorden Wilkinson
and Jennifer Clapp Part 1: development and the
Governance of Poverty and Inequality 1. Global
Governance Meets Development: A Brief History of an
Innovation in World Politics Eric Helleiner 2. What Type of
Global Governance Would Best Lower World Poverty and
Inequality? Albert Berry Part 2: Bretton Woods and the
Amelioration of Poverty and Inequality 3. IMF Rhetoric
on Reducing Poverty and Inequality Bessma Momani 4. The
Effect of IMF Programs on Public Wages and Salaries Irfan
Nooruddin and James Raymond Vreeland 5. Reforming the
World Bank Catherine Weaver Part 3: Promising Poverty
Reduction, Governing Indebtedness 6. Governing Global
Poverty? Global Ambivalence and the Millennium
Development Goals David Hulme 7. The Paris Club, Debt
and Poverty Reduction: Evolving Patterns of Governance
Thomas M. Callaghy Part 4: Complex Multilateralism,
Public/Private Partnerships and Global Business
8. Commonwealth(s) and Poverty/Inequality: Contributions to
Global Governance/Development Timothy M. Shaw 9. The
Global Elite, Public-Private Partnerships and Multilateral
Governance Benedicte Bull 10. Business, Development and
Inequality Ananya Mukherjee Reed Part 5: Horizontal
Inequalities and Faith Institutions 11. Global Aspects and
Implications of Horizontal Inequalities (HIs): Inequalities
Experienced by Muslims Worldwide Frances Stewart
12. Governance and Inequality: Reflections on Faith
Dimensions Katherine Marshall
May 2010: 216 x 138: 360pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78048-3: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78049-0: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85213-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415780490
Global Institutions and the
HIV/AIdS Epidemic
Responding to an International Crisis
Franklyn Lisk, University of Warwick, UK
Lisk examines the different
perspectives of the global
response to HIV/AIDS and the
role of the different global
institutions (multilateral, public
and private) involved, including
their impact on outcomes.
2009: 216 x 138: 160pp
Hb: 978-0-415-44496-5: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-44497-2: £15.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87038-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415444972
New
Global Think Tanks
Policy Networks and Governance
James McGann, with Richard Sabatini, both at
University of Pennslyvania, USA
This volume provides a clear
description of and context for
the global proliferation of think
tanks, highlighting that these
institutions are still relatively
new players in global and
national politics, and clearly
outlining the factors
contributing to the proliferation
of think tanks, the present
nature of this proliferation, and
the future of think tanks at the
global, regional, and national
level.
Examining the issues that face think tanks on a global
scale, this book will be of great interest to all students of
international relations and international organizations.
December 2010: 216 x 138: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77978-4: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77979-1: £17.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83827-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415779791
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl orgANisAtioNs
New
International Labour
Organization (ILO)
Coming in from the Cold
Steve Hughes, University of Newcastle Upon Tyne,
UK and Nigel Haworth, University of Auckland,
New Zealand
This fresh and accessible
account of the International
Labour Organization provides
the reader with an excellent
understanding of its general
purpose and structure.
Selected Contents: Introduction
1. A Brief History of the ILO
2. Structure and Organization of
the ILO 3. The ILO and
Globalization 4. The Declaration
on Fundamental Principles and
Rights at Work: A New Approach
to Labor Standards 5. The ILO and the WTO: The Tortuous
Case of the Social Clause 6. Decent Work, Fair Globalization
and Strategic Planning:Somavia’s ILO 7. The ILO at Work in
the 2007 Global Economic Crisis 8. Concluding Thoughts:
Whither the ILO
November 2010: 216 x 138: 144pp
Hb: 978-0-415-35382-3: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-35383-0: £16.99
eBook: 978-0-203-34764-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415353830
ForthcomiNg
Maritime Piracy
Robert Haywood
Beginning with an overview and historical development
of piracy and the relevant maritime governance
structures, Maritime Piracy examines how 20th century
shifts in global governance norms and structures
eventually left the high seas open for predatory attacks
on one of the world’s most fastest growing and essential
industries. Moving through contemporary debates about
how to best combat piracy, Haywood emphasises that a
solution to this chronic global problem requires a
long-term, holistic, and inclusive approach.
Selected Contents: 1. Overview of the General Subject and
Organizational Structure 2. The History and Development of
Key Moments of Change in Forms, Intensity, and Locality of
Piracy 3. The ’Nuts and Bolts’ of Today’s Maritime
Governance 4. The History and Development of the Trends
and Governance of Piracy 5. Current Debate in Historical
Perspective 6. Key Criticisms 7. Emerging Issues and Future
Directions
June 2011: 234 x 156: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78197-8: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78198-5: £17.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781985
39

40
New
iNterNAtioNAl orgANisAtioNs
Global Institutions (continued)
Non-Governmental
Organizations in World Politics
The Construction of Global Governance
Peter Willetts, City University, London, UK
Non-governmental
organizations (NGOs) from
Amnesty International and
Oxfam to Greenpeace and Save
the Children are now key
players in global politics. This
accessible and informative
textbook provides a
comprehensive overview of the
significant role and increasing
participation of NGOs in World
Politics, and includes an
evaluation of the enhanced
communication offered by the creation of the Internet.
Peter Willetts examines the variety of different NGOs,
their structure, membership and activities and their
complex relationship with social movements and civil
society. How NGOs influence global policymaking and
the status of NGOs within international law is discussed,
as well as the lack of discussion of NGOs within
mainstream international relations theory.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. NGOs, Social
Movements, and Civil Society 2. The Access of NGOs to
Global Policy-Making 3. The Status of NGOs in International
Law 4. NGOs, Networking and the Creation of the Internet
5. Understanding the Place of NGOs in Global Politics 6. The
Creation of Global Governance
December 2010: 216 x 138: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-38124-6: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-38125-3: £17.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83430-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415381253
Regional Security
The Capacity of International Organizations
Rodrigo Tavares, UNU-CRIS, Belgium
Presenting the most up-to-date
critical and comparative analysis
of the major regional security
institutions, assessing a wide
range of regional organizations
and providing an accessible and
comprehensive guide to 11 key
organizations, this book is the
first systematic study of the
capacities of the most
recognized intergovernmental
organizations with a security
mandate. Regional Security is
essential reading for all students of international
organizations, peace and security studies and global
governance.
2009: 216 x 138: 232pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48340-7: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48341-4: £17.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87405-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415483414
Preventive Human Rights
Strategies
Bertrand G. Ramcharan, City University of New
York, USA
’This book is a major
break-through in the human
rights literature. The human
rights call to action until
now has been for promotion
and protection. Henceforth it
will be for promotion,
prevention and protection.
The chapter on national
protection systems should be
implemented by every
country. It is of the greatest
importance.’ - Evance Kalula,
University of Cape Town, South Africa
’This book brings together in a superb and original
way the preventive human rights strategies in
existence today. The chapter on strategies for the
prevention of torture should be compulsory
reading for everyone interested in eliminating this
criminal practice from the world.’ - Theodoor van
Boven, University of Maastricht, the Netherlands
Selected Contents: 1. Threats, Challenges and the
Responsibility to Prevent 2. Obligations to Prevent Under
International Human Rights Treaties 3. The Preventive Role
of National Human Rights Institutions 4. Regional Preventive
Strategies 5. Global Preventive Strategies 6. Preventive
Human Rights Diplomacy 7. The Preventive Roles of
Peacekeepers, Observers, and Human Rights Monitors
8. Preventive Strategies of NGOs 9. The Preventive Role of
International Criminal Tribunals and the International
Criminal Court 10. Conclusion
February 2010: 216 x 138: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-54855-7: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-54856-4: £16.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85650-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415548564
ForthcomiNg
Religious Institutions and
Global Politics
Katherine Marshall, The World Bank, Washington
DC, USA
The new forms that religious institutions are taking, their
fit with human rights and democratic ideals, their
changing nature in plural societies, are a highly relevant
part of the global institutional picture, and this volume
aims to provide an accessible and rich introduction to
them.
Selected Contents: 1. Religion: An Institutional Portrait
2. Global Religious Bodies 3. ’Faith-Inspired Organizations at
Work 4. The World of Global Interfaith 5. Religious
’Movements’ 6. Emerging Issues and Future Directions
August 2011: 216 x 138: 144pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78044-5: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78045-2: £17.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415780452
ForthcomiNg
Responsibility to Protect
Perspectives from the Global South
Rama Mani, Oxford University, UK and
Thomas G. Weiss, City University of New York, USA
This volume explores in a novel and challenging way the
emerging norm of the Responsibility to Protect (R2P),
initially adopted by the United Nations World Summit in
2005 following significant debate throughout the
preceding decade. It seeks to uncover whether this norm
and its founding values have resonance and grounding
within diverse cultures and within the experiences of
societies that have directly been torn apart by mass
atrocity crimes. The contributors to this collection
analyze the responsibility to protect through multiple
disciplines — philosophy, religion and spirituality,
anthropology, and aesthetics in addition to international
relations and law — to explore what light alternative
perspectives outside of political science and international
relations shed upon this emerging norm.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Reframing Responsibility:
Revisiting Politics and Place Rama Mani and Thomas G. Weiss
Part 1: Reflections in Practices, Cultures and Traditions
1. Religion and Spirituality: ’It Takes a Village to Protect a
Child,’ Spirituality and R2P Mutombo Nkulu-NSengha
2. Philosophy and Ethics: Ethical Concepts, Values, and
Strategies Relevant to R2P Yolanda Angulo Parra
3. Aesthetics and Arts: Artistic and Literary Creation in the
Embers of Genocide Koulsy Lamko and Rama Mani
Part 2: Country Cases 4. Rwanda: A Cultural Struggle to
Bury the Demons of Genocide Paul Rutyasire and Jean-Marie
Kayishema 5. Kosovo: Un/welcomed Guests, NATO
Intervention in Kosova Nita Luci 6. Nepal: Atrocities
Prevented? R2P, Culture, and Civic Resilience Arjun Karki,
Jyoti Upadhyay, and Prerna Bomzan. Conclusion: Listening,
Learning, and Reshaping R2P from the Inside Out Rama Mani
and Thomas G. Weiss
November 2011: 216 x 138: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78184-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78185-5: £28.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781855
ForthcomiNg
International Law,
International Relations and
Global Governance
Charlotte Ku, University of Illinois College of Law,
USA
This book focuses on collaborative work within the
disciplines of international law and international
relations, to note sample efforts to collaborate, and to
assess the cultivation of an interdisciplinary outlook.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Scholarly Collaboration
Between International Law and International Relations
2. International Law and International Relations: Establishing
Separate Identities 3. A Move Towards Collaboration in the
Study of International Institutions 4. The Context and
Background of International Activity 5. Contemporary
Transnational Relations 6. Collaboration in the Study of
Global Governance
July 2011: 216 x 138: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77872-5: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77873-2: £17.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415778732
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

ForthcomiNg
The Group of Twenty (G20)
Andrew F. Cooper, University of Waterloo, Canada
and the Centre for International Governance
Innovation (CIGI), Waterloo, Canada and
Ramesh Thakur
The Group of Twenty book will provide a concise
examination of the purpose, function and practice of the
Group of Twenty (G20) summit with particular attention
to its designation as a new ’premier forum for
international economic cooperation.’
This book will provide insight and analysis on the G20
beyond its composition, offering a detailed examination
of the ongoing shift in economic power and the
momentum toward global institutional reform.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Rebalancing the World
Order 2. The G20 Finance as Prelude 3. Accumulating
Global Deadlocks 4. Incrementalism vs. Big Bang
5. Financial Crisis as Catalyst 6. Accelerated Momentum
7. Lessons and Challenges
October 2011: 234 x 156: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78088-9: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78089-6: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415780896
ForthcomiNg
The International Trade
Centre
Promoting Exports for Development
Stephen Browne, The Future of the UN
Development System (FUNDS) Project and
Sam Laird, University of Nottingham, UK
In the era of rapid globalization, ITC is an important
organization, and this work fills the gap in the existing
literature by discussing the history, ongoing projects and
future challenges of this dynamic organization. The
status of ITC – half-in and half-out of the UN – could
prove to be an interesting model for the future, and this
work provides a comprehensive survey of the
organization.
April 2011: 216 x 138: 144pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58401-2: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58402-9: £16.99
eBook: 978-0-203-81737-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415584029
The Organisation for
Economic Co-operation and
development (OECd)
Richard Woodward, University of Hull, UK
’Many have lamented the
absence of a comprehensive
study of the OECd. Richard
Woodward has acted to
correct that situation, and he
has done it very well. Here is
a synoptic single-authored
treatment of this
extraordinarily influential
organization based on
careful scholarship and a
determination to be fair.’
- Robert T. Kudrle, University of
Minnesota, USA
’This is a much needed text about the OECd, an
astonishingly under-researched organization that
represents an important piece in the mosaic of
current global governance... a highly accessible
book for students and scholars of international
organizations.’ - Anja P. Jakobi, University of Bremen,
Germany
2009: 216 x 138: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-37197-1: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-37198-8: £16.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87577-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415371988
ForthcomiNg
The uN Global Compact
Catia Gregoratti
This book opens up the black-box of the UN Global
Compact – the archetypical corporate social
responsibility (CSR) initiative anchored within the United
Nations. It appraises the ten-year history, governance,
and engagement mechanisms of this unique UN
initiative.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The UN Global
Compact History 3. How the UN Global Compact Works
4. Global Bureaucracies and Local Networks 5. The UN
Global Compact and the Global Governance of CSR 6. The
UN Global Comact and its Critics 7. Conclusion: What’s Next
for the Compact
October 2011: 234 x 156: 128pp
Hb: 978-0-415-60441-3: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-60442-0: £17.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415604420
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl orgANisAtioNs
2nd edition
The uN Secretary-General
and Secretariat
Leon Gordenker, Princeton University, USA
This new edition continues to
offer a keen insight into the
United Nations Secretariat and
its head, the Secretary-General,
summing up the history,
structure, strengths and
weaknesses, and continuing
operations of an ever-present
global institution.
Clear and concise, it examines
both the solid and substantive
work of the UN’s permanent
staff and the role of the
Secretary-General in policy development.
The 2nd edition has been thoroughly revised and
updated to reflect:
• the retirement of Kofi Annan and the appointment of
Ban Ki-moon as the new UN Secretary General
• the withdrawal of John Bolton as permanent
representative of the United States and the consequent
softening of the approach of his government to the
UN
• developments in the global economy and international
security dilemmas
• the change of administration in the United States.
Written by a recognized authority on the subject, this
book continues to be the ideal interpretative
introduction for students of the UN, international
organizations and global governance.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Blueprint and
Evolution of an International Office 3. The UN Secretariat
and Its Responsible Chief 4. The Secretary-General as World
Constable 5. Promoting Global General Welfare 6. Reaching
Out to Broader Publics 7. Conclusion
February 2010: 216 x 138: 152pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77840-4: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77841-1: £17.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85748-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415778411
ForthcomiNg
FIFA (Fédération
Internationale de Football
Association)
Alan Tomlinson, University of Brighton, UK
In this book, the history and underlying political
dynamics characterising the growth of FIFA and its
relationships with global-regional federations and
international associations provide a foundation and
focus for analysing this important organization
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Origins – History and
Development of FIFA 3. Leaders – FIFA and the Men Who
Led It 4. World Cups – FIFA’s Exclusive Product 5. How FIFA
Works 6. FIFA Crises and the Critical Response 7. FIFA’s
Future: Emerging Issues and Future Directions
July 2011: 216 x 138: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49830-2: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49831-9: £17.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415498319
41

42
iNterNAtioNAl orgANisAtioNs
Global Institutions (continued)
ForthcomiNg
uN Human Rights Council
Bertrand G. Ramcharan, City University of New
York, USA
The Human Rights Council is already the subject of
major public interest and controversy. The Council is
already being criticized for having dropped some of the
protection strategies of the former commission and this
book aims to present a balanced view of the council,
acknowledging where it has made positive contributions,
point out its deficiencies, and identify options for
improving the body’s future work.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Mandate and Roles
of the Council 2. The Institutional and Procedural
Architecture of the Council 3. The Universal Periodic Review
4. The Legislative role of the Council 5. The Promotional and
Educational Role of the Council 6. The Preventive Role of the
Council 7. Fact-Finding within the Framework of the Council
– Its Special Procedures 8. The Human Rights Council and the
Responsibility to Protect 9. The Advisory Committee
10. Human Rights NGOs in the Council. Conclusion
June 2011: 234 x 156: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58398-5: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58399-2: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415583992
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
uN Security Council
Practice and Promise
Edward C. Luck, Columbia University, USA
Written by a bestselling author, this book is suitable for a
wide audience interested in key institutions of
international public policy. It looks at the predecessors to
the UN Security Council and the current issues and
future challenges it faces.
Selected Contents: Section 1: Context 1. Grading the
Great Experiment 2. The Founding Vision 3. Defining the
Council through Charter and Practice Section 2: Tools
4. Peace Operations 5. Military Enforcement 6. Economic
Sanctions, Arms Embargoes, and Diplomatic Instruments
7. Enlisting and Empowering Partners Section 3:
Challenges 8. The Humanitarian Imperative 9. Terrorism
and Weapons of Mass Destruction 10. Reform, Adaptation,
and Evolution 11. Conclusion: Reflection and Projection
June 2011: 216 x 138: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78237-1: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78238-8: £17.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415782388
For other books in this series, please see:
ForthcomiNg
uNICEF (united Nations
Children’s Fund)
Richard Jolly
UNICEF is one of the best known organizations of the
United Nations system and the oldest of the UN’s
development funds. It is also the part of the UN which
consistently receives support from all countries round the
world, including the United States. This book brings out
the wider reasons for UNICEF’s success and popularity,
setting them in the context of UNICEF’s evolution since
1946 and drawing lessons for other international
organizations. This will be of great interest to all scholars
of international organisations, development, human
rights and the United Nations system.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. 1946-50 International
Vision for Children 2. 1950-70 Children and Economic and
Social Development 3. 1970-80 Basic needs and the Alma
Ata Meeting on Health For All 4. 1980-95 Goals and GOBI
to the World Summit for Children 5. 1995-2005 Child
Rights, the Girl Child & the Millennium Summit 6. Lessons
for the UN 7. Conclusions
July 2011: 216 x 138: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49116-7: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49117-4: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415491174
ForthcomiNg
Global Health Governance
Sophie Harman, City University London, UK
This book unravels the complexity and confusion
surrounding global health governance. It provides a
comprehensive look at conceptions of global health
governance, old and new actors, the public and private,
themes and approaches and emerging trends.
Selected Contents: 1. What is Global Health Governance?
2. Institutions of Global Health Governance 3. New
Institutions, Civil Society and the Private Sector
4. Approaches to Global Health Governance 5. The Big
Three 6. Neglected Health 7. Conclusion: Global Health
Governance for Whom?
July 2011: 216 x 138: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56157-0: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56158-7: £17.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415561587
Transnational Organized Crime (p51)
Human Security (p66)
The united Nations and Human Rights (p67)
Human development (p68)
Humanitarianism Contester (p50)
New
united Nations Educational,
Scientific, and Cultural
Organization (uNESCO)
Creating Norms for a Complex World
J.P. Singh
This book traces the history of
UNESCO from its foundational
idealism to its current stature as
the preeminent international
organization for science,
education, and culture, building
a well rounded understanding
of this important organization.
The book:
• provides an overview of the
organization and its institutional
architecture in the context of its
humanistic idealism
• details the subsequent challenges UNESCO faced
through cold war and power politics, global
dependence and interdependence, and the rise of
identity and culture in global politics
• analyses the functioning of UNESCO administration,
finance, and its various constituencies including the
secretariat, member-states, and civil society
• explores the major controversies and issues underlying
the initiatives in education, sciences, culture and
communication
• examines the current agenda and future challenges
through three major issues in UNESCO: Education or
All, digital divide issues, and norms on cultural diversity
• assesses the role of UNESCO in making norms in
complex world of multiple actors and intersecting
issue-areas.
Selected Contents: 1. UNESCO’s Organizational History and
Structure 2. Prioritizing Education 3. Making Science 4. The
Prominence of Culture 5. Debating Global Communication
Orders 6. Reflections and Possibilities
December 2010: 216 x 138: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49113-6: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49114-3: £17.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83858-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415491143
eInspection Copies
Titles marked with this icon are available as
electronic inspection copies only for lecturers or
faculty considering them for course adoption.
Visit www.routledge.com to obtain your copy.
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Global Poverty
How Global Governance is Failing the
Poor
david Hulme, University of Manchester, UK
Around 1.4 billion people
presently live in extreme
poverty, and yet despite this
vast scale, the issue of global
poverty had a relatively low
international profile until the
end of the 20th century. In this
important new work, Hulme
charts the rise of global poverty
as a priority global issue, and its
subsequent marginalisation as
old themes edged it aside (trade
policy and peace-making in
regions of geo-political importance) and new issues were
added (terrorism, global climate change and access to
natural resources).
Selected Contents: 1. The History and Geography of Global
Poverty 2. Understanding and Explaining Global Poverty
3. The Institutional Landscape for Attacking Global Poverty
4. Doing Global Poverty Eradication: All Change or No
Change 5. Strategic Choices for Global Poverty Eradication
6. The Future of Global Poverty: Emerging Issues in an
Uncertain World 7. Why Don’t We Care About Ending
Poverty 8. Moving Forward on Global Poverty: Can We
Care?
September 2010: 216 x 138: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49077-1: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49078-8: £21.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84476-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415490788
New
The Idea of World
Government
James Yunker, Western Illinois University, USA
The notion of a single political
organization encompassing the
whole of humanity — a world
state — has intrigued mankind
since earliest recorded history.
This book seeks to provide a
concise yet comprehensive
overview of the history of world
government, and evaluate
whether political globalization,
in the form of a federal world
government, can complement
the ongoing processes of
economic and cultural globalization?
Summarizing the lessons of history, this text suggests
that while the conventional world federalist concept of
an unlimited world government is still impractical in
today’s world, there may be a role for a limited federal
world government that would go well beyond the
existing United Nations, offering a strong institutional
basis for the evolutionary development of genuinely
effective global governance.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Overview
2. Historical Antecedents 3. From Perpetual Peace to The
Great War 4. From the Treaty of Versailles to the Nuclear
Age 5. The Postwar World Government Boom 6. The
Post-Cold War era 7. Is There a Future for World
Government?
March 2011: 216 x 138: 128pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78162-6: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78163-3: £19.99
eBook: 978-0-203-82647-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781633
ForthcomiNg
The Security Governance of Regional Organizations
Edited by Emil J. Kirchner and
Roberto dominguez, Suffolk University, USA
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl orgANisAtioNs
ForthcomiNg
united Nations
development Programme
(uNdP)
Stephen Browne, Director of The Future of the UN
Development System (FUNDS) Project
Introducing the organization that serves as the primary
coordinator of the work of the United Nations (UN)
system throughout the developing world, Stephen
Browne explains the institution’s history, institutional
structure and policies and assess its successes and
failures in the fight against global poverty.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The UN and
Development 2. The Origins and History of UNDP 3. The
Origins and History of the UN Development System
4. Development Research and Advocacy 5. The UN in
Technical Assistance 6. Development Standards, Norm-
Setting and UN Policy 7. Fostering Inter-Governmental (and
International) Cooperation 8. Why Reform has Failed 9.
Conclusion: The Future of UNDP and the UN Development
System
June 2011: 216 x 138: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77649-3: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77650-9: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415776509
There has been an increasing international presence and activism of non-state actors, working along nation states, such as regional organizations. However, different regional
organizations have different historical experiences or geopolitical implications, and have developed different goals, strategies and rationales to deal with regional and international
threats. This work seeks to examine and compare the contributions and limitations of the main regional organizations to the construction of international security governance.
This volume introduces the concept of security governance to analyze the performance of ten regional organizations. It asks what lessons can be derived from previous
experiences policies of these ten organizations, and what mechanisms or methods of governance might be usefully applied to other regional organizations, or for the broader
global order. It also asks what the measures and conditions of success will be, as well as what problems or challenges need to be overcome.
Selected Contents: 1. European Union Emil Kirchner
2. Organization of Cooperation and Security in Europe Nuray Ibryamova 3. North Atlantic Treaty Organization Roberto Dominguez 4. Africa and Asia Olefumi Babarinde
5. Association of Southeast Asian Nations Regional Forum Katja Weber 6. Shanghai Cooperation Agreement Imtiaz Hussain 7. Organization of American States Alejandro Chanona
8. Caribbean Community Jessica Byron 9. Andean Community of Nations Aimee Kanner 10. Common Market of the South Andrea Oelsner Conclusion Emil Kirchner and Roberto
Dominguez
August 2011: 234 x 156: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78236-4: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78235-7: £17.99
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415782357
43

44
iNterNAtioNAl
orgANisAtioNs
3rd edition
International Organisations
Clive Archer
2001: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-24689-7: £105.00
Pb: 978-0-415-24690-3: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415246903
This widely used textbook
continues to provide students
with an introduction to
International Organisations,
exploring their rise, their
development in the 20th
century and accounting for their
significance in the modern
international political and
economic system.
RoUTLEDGE
PoLITICS
oNLINE
www.routledgepoliticsonline.com
The new Routledge Politics Online
platform is a fully searchable online
subject library including reference
essentials that have won critical
accolades and places on the best
reference lists, with new works and
updates added every year.
Key features:
• Full text search functionality –
rediscover classic works and explore
new ones
• Cross reference linking between
titles – find the information you are
looking for quickly and easily
• Regular updates as new titles
become available
• Customisable content – subscribe
to as many titles as you wish
• COUNTER-compliant usage
statistics.
Recommend a 30 day FREE trial to
your librarian today!
online
goverNANce
goverNANce
ForthcomiNg
Thinking about Global
Governance
Why People and Ideas Matter
Thomas G. Weiss, The City University of New York,
USA
This collection presents Thomas G. Weiss’ most
important contributions to debates on UN Reform,
non-state actors and global governance and
humanitarian action in a turbulent world.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: united Nations,
Plus ca Change 1. Reinvigorating the International Civil
Service 2. How UN Ideas Change the World 3. What
Happened to the Idea of World Government? 4. Moving
Beyond North-South Theatre 5. World Politics: Continuity
and Change since 1945 with Sam Daws 6. An Unchanged
Security Council: The Sky Ain’t Falling Part 2: Non-State
Actors and Global Governance 7. The ‘Third’ United
Nations’ with Tatiana Carayannis, and Richard Jolly
8. Framing Global Governance, Five Gaps With Ramesh
Thakur 9. Governance, Good Governance, and Global
Governance: Conceptual and Actual Challenges
10. Pluralising Global Governance: Analytical Approaches
and Dimensions with Leon Gordenker Part 3:
Humanitarian Action in a Turbulent World 11. Political
Innovations and the Responsibility to Protect 12. The Fog of
Humanitarianism: Collective Action Problems and
Learning-Challenged Organizations with Peter J. Hoffman
13. The Humanitarian Impulse 14. The Sunset of
Humanitarian Intervention? The Responsibility to Protect in a
Unipolar Era 15. The Politics of Humanitarian Ideas
16. Principles, Politics, and Humanitarian Action 17. A
Research Note about Military-Civilian Humanitarianism: More
Questions than Answers
June 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78192-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78193-0: £28.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781930
New
Contesting Global Order
Development, Global Governance, and
Globalization
James H. Mittelman, American University, USA
Few authors have sought to
explain the links among
development, global
governance, and globalization,
Contesting Global Order traces
dominant values and patterns
on a world level over the last
half century. Including a
framing introduction written for
the volume, this book brings
together for the first time James
H. Mittelman’s most influential
works, offering cross-regional
analysis, and including fieldwork in nine countries in
Africa and Asia.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Framework
Part 1: development 2. The Internationalization of Political
Violence 3. Underdevelopment and Nationalisation
4. Marginalization and the International Division of Labor
Opening The Market Part 2: International Organization
and Global Governance 5. Collective Decolonisation and
the U.N. Committee of 24 6. Rethinking “The New
Regionalism” in the Context of Globalization 7. The
Globalization of Organized Crime, the Courtesan State, and
the Corruption of Civil Society Part 3: Globalization
8. What is Critical Globalization Studies? 9. Globalisation
and Environmental Resistance Politics 10. Globalization and
Development: Learning from Debates in China
Part 4: Knowledge and Power 11. Rethinking the
International Division of Labour in the Context of
Globalization 12. Conceptualizing Resistance to
Globalization 13. Globalization: An Ascendant Paradigm?
Conclusion 14. Making Globalization Work for the
Have-Nots
February 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-60095-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-60096-5: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83666-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415600965
Want more
information on a book?
Visit the direct URL found at the
bottom of the title description.
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

National Security
Cultures
Patterns of Global Governance
Edited by Emil J. Kirchner, University of Essex, UK
and James Sperling, University of Akron, USA
‘Emil Kirchner and James
Sperling have produced a
welcome addition to the
literature on national
security cultures by applying
the concept to the pressing
problem of global and
regional security
governance. Country
experts, area specialists, and
international relations
theorists with an interest in
these topics will all want to
consult this volume.‘ - John S. Duffield, Georgia State
University, USA
‘Interest in security governance has risen and fallen
in the past ten years; now again on the rise, the
concept is in great need of theoretical exposition
and empirical grounding; and that is what this
book achieves. In a welcome and highly ambitious
study, the focus on security governance - so often
constrained to Europe - is examined globally. In all
these contexts, it is an exceptionally important
book.‘ - Stuart Croft, Warwick University, UK
Selected Contents: 1. National Security Cultures,
Technologies of Public Goods Supply and Security
Governance James Sperling Part 1: Europe 2. France: A
Departure from Exceptionalism Bastien Irondelle and Sophie
Besancenot 3. Germany: The Continuity of Change
Sebastian Harnisch and Raimund Wolf 4. Italy: Hard Tests
and Soft Responses Paolo Foradori and Paolo Rosa 5. United
Kingdom: How Much Continuity? How Much Change?
Martin Smith 6. European Union: Moving Towards a
European Security Culture? Emil J. Kirchner Part 2: North
America 7. Canada: Facing up to Regional Security
Challenges Osvaldo Croci 8. Mexico: Current and Future
Security Challenges Roberto Dominguez 9. United States: A
Full Spectrum Contributor to Governance? James Sperling
Part 3: Euroasia 10. China: Power, Complementarity and
Reflexivity Anthony Coates 11. Japan: From Deterrence to
Prevention Haruhiro Fukui 12. Russia: A Global Power?
Derek Averre 13. Conclusion: Structure, Agency and the
Barriers to Global Security Han Dorussen, Emil J. Kirchner and
James Sperling
June 2010: 234 x 156: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77742-1: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77743-8: £28.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85061-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415777438
foreigN Policy
ForthcomiNg
Foreign Policy Analysis
Understanding the Diplomacy of War, Profit
and Justice
Chris Alden, London School of Economics and
Political Science, University of London, UK
The study of foreign policy has been undergoing a
renaissance in recent years due to increased interest in
the recent excesses of US and UK foreign policy. This
book explains:
• why the study of foreign policy matters
• the main theories of foreign policy
• the decision making behind foreign policy
• the key actors and structures
• how different states shape their foreign policy.
Illustrated throughout with case studies and helpful
learning aids, this is the ideal textbook for students of
foreign policy.
Selected Contents: 1. An Introduction to Foreign Policy
Analysis Part 1: decision Making 2. Power, Capability and
Instruments 3. Rational Decision Making 4. Perception,
Cognition and Personality 5. Bureaucratic Politics
Part 2: Actors and Structures 6. Identity and Foreign Policy
7. The Role of the External Environment 8. The Role of the
Domestic Environment 9. The ‘Inter-mestic’ and Foreign
Policy Part 3: Foreign Policy in the Era of Globalisation:
Changing Contexts, New Actors and Complex
Multilateralism 10. Transnational Actors and Foreign Policy
11. Structural Power and Foreign Policy 12. Foreign Policy
Decision Making in a Pluralist World 13. Conclusion
August 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-42798-2: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-42799-9: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415427999
Perceptions and Policy in
Transatlantic Relations
Prospective Visions from the US and Europe
Edited by Natividad Fernández Sola, University of
Zaragoza, Spain and Michael Smith, Loughborough
University, UK
Experts draw on Robert Jervis’
work to examine recent
tensions between Europe and
the US over such issues as
transatlantic security and
policies towards terrorism,
against the background of
perceptions and misperceptions
in transatlantic relations.
2009: 234 x 156: 168pp
Hb: 978-0-415-45487-2: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-45488-9: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-89169-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415454889
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
foreigN Policy
ForthcomiNg
Transatlantic Relations since
1945
An Introduction
Jussi Hanhimaki, Benedikt Schoenborn,
University of Tampere, Finland and Barbara
Zancheta, Finnish Institute of International Affairs,
Helsinki
The transatlantic relationship has been the bedrock of
international relations since the end of World War II. This
new textbook will focus on the period since the defeat
of Nazi Germany, when the multitude of links between
United States and Western Europe were created,
extended, and multiplied. Written by three Europeans, it
emphasizes transatlantic interactions, and avoids the
temptation to focus on either U.S. ‘domination’ or
European attempts to ‘resist’ an American effort to
subjugate the old continent. That influence has travelled
across the Atlantic in both directions is one of the
starting points of this text.
Structured chronologically, the book will be built around
three key themes:
• Security: From the Cold War to the War on Terror
• Economics: Integration and Competition
• ‘Soft power’ and Transatlantic Relations.
This book will be the first comprehensive account of
transatlantic relations in the second half of the 20th
century (extending to the present day). It will be of great
interest to students of transatlantic relations, NATO, US
Foreign Policy, Cold War History, European History and
IR/International history.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. American Commitment
to Europe, 1945–1949 2. Institutional Frameworks,
1949–1957 3. Tension and Coexistence, 1957–1961
4. Challenged America, 1961–1972 5. Transatlantic Discord,
1973–1984 6. The Wall Comes Down, 1985–1989
7. Transitions and Uncertainties, 1989–1995 8. Enlargement,
Integration, and Globalization, 1995–2001 9. A New Order,
2001–2009. Epilogue. Bibliography
November 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48697-2: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48698-9: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415486989
Routledge Handbook of Public
diplomacy
Edited by Nancy Snow, Syracuse University, New
York, USA and Philip M. Taylor, University of Leeds,
UK
This Handbook provides a
comprehensive overview of
public diplomacy and national
image and perception
management, from the efforts
to foster pro-West sentiment
during the Cold War to the
post-9/11 campaign to ’win the
hearts and minds’ of the
Muslim world.
2008: 254 x 178: 408pp
Hb: 978-0-415-95301-6: £125.00
Pb: 978-0-415-95302-3: £36.99
eBook: 978-0-203-89152-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415953023
45

46
foreigN Policy
ForthcomiNg
Iranian Foreign Policy
Past, Present and Future Scenarios
Abbas Maleki, Harvard University, USA
This book evaluates the vision,
mission, goals, strategies,
policies, trends and approaches
of Iranian foreign policy since
the revolution through to the
present day. It also provides a
range of possible scenarios for
the future.
Selected Contents: 1. Making
Sense of Foreign Policy 2. What is
Iran? 3. Substantial Resources in
Iran’s Foreign Policy 4. Analysis of
Theoretical Challenges of Iran’s
Foreign Policy 5. Decision Making in Foreign Policy
6. Political Factions in Iran and Foreign Policy 7. Major Levels
of Iran’s Relations with the Rest of the World 8. Future of
Iran’s Foreign Policy 9. Uncertainties on Global Trends to
2015 10. Scenarios on Iran’s Foreign Policy
August 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-43733-2: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-43734-9: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-94618-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415437349
ForthcomiNg
3rd edition
Turkish Foreign Policy since
1774
William Hale, School of Oriental and African
Studies, London, UK and Sabanci University, Istanbul,
Turkey
This revised and updated version of William Hale’s
Turkish Foreign Policy 1774-2000 offers a comprehensive
and analytical survey of Turkish foreign policy since the
last quarter of the eighteenth century, when the Turks’
relations with the rest of the world entered their most
critical phase.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Foreign Relations of
the Late Ottoman Empire, 1774-1918 2. Resistance,
Reconstruction and Diplomacy, 1918-1939 3. Turkey and the
Second World War, 1939-1945 4. Turkey and the Cold War:
The Engagement Phase, 1945-1963 5. Turkey and the Cold
War: Global Shifts and Regional Conflicts, 1964-1990
6. Turkish Foreign Policy After the Cold War: Strategic
Options and the Domestic Environment 7. Turkey and the
West after the Cold War 8 .Turkey and Regional Politics after
the Cold War (i) Russia, Transcaucasia, and the Balkans:
Greece and Cyprus 9. Turkey and Regional Politics after the
Cold War: (ii) Central Asia, the Middle East, and the Wider
World 10. Conclusions and Analysis
December 2011: 234 x 156: 352pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59986-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59987-0: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415599870
uS Foreign Policy in the
Middle East
The Roots of Anti-Americanism
Kylie Baxter, Australian Agency for Education and
Training, Melbourne, Australia and Shahram
Akbarzadeh, University of Melbourne, Australia
Over the last sixty years,
Washington has been a major
player in the politics of the
Middle East. From Iran in the
1950s, to the Gulf War of
1991, to the devastation of
contemporary Iraq, US policy
has had a profound impact on
the domestic affairs of the
region. Anti-Americanism is a
pervasive feature of modern
Middle East public opinion. But
far from being intrinsic to
‘Muslim political culture’, scepticism of the US agenda is
directly linked to the regional policies pursued by
Washington.
By exploring critical points of regional crisis, Kylie Baxter
and Shahram Akbarzadeh elaborate on the links
between US policy and popular distrust of the United
States. The book also examines the interconnected
nature of events in this geo-strategically vital region.
Accessible and easy to follow, it is designed to provide a
clear and concise overview of complex historical and
political material.
2008: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-41048-9: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-41049-6: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-92830-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415410496
American Foreign Policy
and The Politics of Fear
Threat Inflation since 9/11
Edited by A. Trevor Thrall, University of Michigan,
Dearborn, USA and Jane K. Cramer, University of
Oregon, USA
Series: Routledge Global Security Studies
This edited volume examines
threat inflation, and its role in
framing US foreign and security
policy since 9/11.
2009: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77768-1: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77769-8: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87909-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415777698
uS Foreign Policy and Iran
American-Iranian Relations since the
Islamic Revolution
donette Murray, Royal Military Academy,
Sandhurst, Camberley, UK
Series: Contemporary Security Studies
US Foreign Policy and Iran is a study of US foreign policy
decision-making in relation to Iran and its implications
for Middle Eastern relations.
Selected Contents: Introduction: The Iran Syndrome 1. The
Crucible of Revolution: Carter’s Bitter Legacy 2. Reagan:
After the Revolution, in Search of a Policy 3. George H.W.
Bush: War and Peace 4. Clinton: Volte-Face 5. George W.
Bush: The Enemy of my Enemy. Conclusion: The Carcass of
Dead Policies. Select Bibliography
July 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp
Pb: 978-0-415-58139-4: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415581394
u.S. Foreign Policy in
Perspective
Clients, Enemies and Empire
david Sylvan, Graduate Institute of International
Studies, Geneva, Switzerland and
Stephen Majeski, University of Washington, USA
’Empirical diplomatic history
and theory at its best. This
masterful, rigorous
scholarship takes a
long-term perspective,
informed by rich case
studies, to challenge in a
pathbreaking interpretation
many conventional wisdoms
about the wellsprings of
American foreign policy.
Clear yet sophisticated at the
same time - a rare
combination. Must reading for future research.’
- Charles W. Kegley, University of South Carolina, USA
’In this lucid, erudite, penetrating book, david
Sylvan and Stephen Majeski turn standard analyses
of u.S. foreign policy upside down. The tale they
tell is one of means shaping ends, of instruments
driving policies, of bureaucracies creating rather
than serving national interests. Sylvan and
Majeski’s cybernetic account of u.S. foreign policy
is shockingly compelling - conceptually sound and
empirically rich. This book is a must-read for any
serious student of u.S. foreign policy.’ - David A.
Welch, University of Toronto, Canada
2009: 246 x 174: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-70134-1: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-70135-8: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-79945-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415701358
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy
New directions in uS
Foreign Policy
Edited by Inderjeet Parmar, University of
Manchester, UK, Linda B. Miller, Wellesley College,
USA and Mark Ledwidge, University of Manchester,
UK
’This book provides a clear,
well-written and stimulating
guide to key debates and
issues in contemporary uS
foreign policy. It will both
inform and provoke debate
about this hugely important,
and equally controversial,
subject.’ - Mark Phythian,
University of Leicester, UK
’This book delivers on its
promise of being lively and
opinionated. In addition it is
thoughtful and well-informed. These esteemed
academics tackle the key issues of the day with
aplomb.’ - Brendon O’Connor, University of Sydney,
Australia
Selected Contents: Part 1: Theorising Contemporary U.S.
Foreign Policy Part 2: Non-State Actors in U.S. Foreign Policy
Part 3: New Policy Directions
2009: 246 x 174: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77748-3: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77749-0: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87881-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415777490
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
foreigN Policy
Series Edited by John dumbrell, University of Durham, UK and I. Parmar, University of Manchester, UK
This new series sets out to publish high quality works by leading and emerging scholars critically engaging with United States Foreign
Policy. The series welcomes a variety of approaches to the subject and draws on scholarship from international relations, security
studies, international political economy, foreign policy analysis and contemporary international history.
Subjects covered include the role of administrations and institutions, the media, think tanks, ideologues and intellectuals, elites,
transnational corporations, public opinion, and pressure groups in shaping foreign policy, US relations with individual nations, with
global regions and global institutions and America’s evolving strategic and military policies.
ForthcomiNg
Beyond Anti-Americanism
The Case for Criticism not Prejudice
Brendon O’Connor, Griffith University, Brisbane,
Australia
Beyond Anti-Americanism presents a case for seeing
anti-Americanism as principally a counterproductive
prejudice. Brendon O’Connor argues that while there are
many reasons to be frustrated with American policies,
politics and even American society, a crucial distinction
should be drawn between criticism and prejudice.
Selected Contents: Introduction: What is
Anti-Americanism? 1. The Anti-American Tradition
2. American Power and Complicating the Anti-American
Tradition 3. George W. Bush and the Resurgence of the
Anti-American Tradition 4. Violent Anti-Americanism: bin
Laden, al Qaeda and Terrorism Conclusion: Beyond the
Anti-American Tradition
July 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47428-3: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47429-0: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415474290
ForthcomiNg
Ideologies of uS Foreign
Policy
From Pearl Harbour to the Present
John Callaghan, University of Wolverhampton, UK
and Brendon O’Connor, Griffith University,
Brisbane, Australia
This is a comprehensive account of the historical and
political development of United States Foreign Policy
from Pearl Harbour to the present day.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. FDR and Liberal
Internationalism 3. Truman, Eisenhower and the Emergence
of Realism 4. JFK, LBJ and the Crisis of American Liberalism
5. Nixon, Kissinger and Realpolitik 6. Carter, Reagan and
American Values 7. Bush, Clinton and Post-Cold War
Reorientations 8. George W. Bush and US Unilateralism
December 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47430-6: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47431-3: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415474313
America’s ’Special
Relationships’
Foreign and Domestic Aspects of the Politics
of Alliance
Edited by John dumbrell, University of Durham, UK
and Axel Schäfer, Keele University, UK
This unique volume seeks to
offer an original collection of
essays on the theme of
America’s ‘special relationships’.
The essays vary in their focus;
some are primarily historical,
some are more contemporary.
All consider the quality of
‘specialness’ in the context of
America’s relationship with
particular countries, including
the United Kingdom, Canada,
Australia, New Zealand,
Holland, Russia, Iran and Israel.
2009: 234 x 156: 264pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48376-6: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48375-9: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87270-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415483759
Complimentary Exam Copies
Titles marked with this icon are available as
complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty
considering them for course adoption. Visit the
URL to obtain your print or electronic copy.
47

48
foreigN Policy
Routledge Studies in US Foreign
Policy
Soft Power and uS
Foreign Policy
Theoretical, Historical and Contemporary
Perspectives
Edited by Inderjeet Parmar, University of
Manchester, UK and Michael Cox
The rise of widespread negative
attitudes towards US foreign
policy, especially due to the war
of aggression against Iraq and
the subsequent military
occupation of the country – has
brought new attention to the
meaning and instruments of
soft power. In this edited
collection, an outstanding line
up of contributors provides the
most extensive discussion of
soft power to date.
Soft Power has become part of popular political
discourse since it was coined by Harvard’s Joseph Nye,
and this volume features a brand new chapter by Nye
outlining his views on soft, hard and smart power and
offers a critique of the Bush administration’s
inadequacies. The other contributions to the volume
respond to Nye’s views from a range of theoretical,
historical and policy perspectives giving new insights in
to both soft power and the concept of power itself.
This is the most comprehensive and up-to-date analysis
of this key concept in foreign affairs and is essential
reading for scholars of US foreign policy, public
diplomacy, international relations and foreign policy
analysis.
Selected Contents: Introduction Inderjeet Parmar and
Michael Cox 1. The Future of Soft Power in US Foreign Policy
Joseph Nye Jr. 2. From Hegemony to Soft Power Geraldo
Zahran and Leonardo Ramos 3. Soft Power and Strategy:
Developing a ’Strategic’ Concept of Power Edward Lock
4. The Unbearable Lightness of Soft Power Christopher Layne
5. The Power Game, Soft Power and the International
Historian Till Geiger 6. Challenging Elite Anti-Americanism in
the Cold War Inderjeet Parmar 7. Technological Leadership
and American Soft Power John Krige 8. The Military Use of
Soft Power - Information Campaigns: The Challenge of
Application, their Audiences and Effects Angus Taverner
9. Public Diplomacy and the Information War on Terror Philip
Taylor 10. Soft Power in an Era of US Decline Giles
Scott-Smith 11. Cheques and Balances: The EU’s Soft Power
Strategy Christopher Hill 12. The Myth and Reality of China’s
Soft Power Shogo Suzuki 13. Responding to my Critics and
Concluding Thoughts Joseph Nye
February 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49203-4: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49204-1: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85649-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415492041
New
The unilateralist Temptation
in American Foreign Policy
david Skidmore, Drake University, USA
Series: Foreign Policy Analysis
‘david Skidmore’s new book
offers a stimulating
challenge to theories that
posit sharp changes in
American foreign policy
during recent decades—
namely, from post-World
War II multilateralism to
post-September 11
unilateralism. He argues that
structural constraints
provide a better explanation
of foreign policy behavior
than presidential ideology and, thus, that there are
some important unilateralist continuities across the
three most recent administrations. Sixteen case
studies across several important issue areas vividly
illustrate his thesis.’ - Ole Holsti, Duke University, USA
Skidmore traces U.S. unilateralism to the structural
effects of the end of the Cold War, both domestically
and abroad, to argue that the United States was more
hegemonic than multilateralist—a rule-maker, not a
rule-taker. An “institutional bargain” existed under the
Cold War threat from the Soviets, but absent those
imperatives the United States has been less willing to
provide collective goods through strong international
institutions and other states are less willing to defer to
U.S. exemptions. On the home front, the post-Cold War
political environment has made it more difficult for
presidents to resist the appeals of powerful interests
who are threatened by multilateral commitments.
This book demonstrates that American unilateralism has
deeper roots and more resilience than many expect. The
unilateral temptation can only be overcome through
new political bargains domestically and internationally
that permit multilateral engagement, even the absence
of great power rivalry.
Selected Contents: 1. The Unilateralist Turn in U.S. Foreign
Policy 2. The International and Domestic Sources of
Unilateralism 3. Structure and Ideology in U.S. Foreign
Policy: Clinton and Bush Compared 4. The United States and
International Public Goods
5. Reconfiguring the Terms of U.S. Engagement with
International Institutions 6. Barack Obama and the
Unilateralist Temptation
December 2010: 229 x 152: 168pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88539-3: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88540-9: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83972-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415885409
New
Rethinking Foreign Policy
Analysis
States, Leaders, and the Microfoundations
of Behavioral International Relations
Edited by Stephen G. Walker, Arizona State
University, USA, Akan Malici, Furman University,
USA and Mark Schafer, Louisiana State University,
USA
‘Rethinking Foreign Policy
Analysis is a bold and
exciting undertaking. The
authors . . . solve many of
the problems that have
bedeviled international
relations researchers for
decades. [It] will stand as a
foundational book that helps
propel forward our
understanding of foreign
affairs.’ - Bruce Bueno de
Mesquita, New York University
and Stanford University, USA
Stephen G. Walker, Akan Malici, and Mark Schafer
present a definitive, social-psychological approach to
integrating theories of foreign policy analysis and
international relations — addressing the agent-centered,
micro-political study of decisions by leaders and the
structure-oriented, macro-political study of state
interactions as a complex adaptive system. The links
between the internal world of beliefs and the external
world of events provide the strategic setting in which
states collide and leaders decide.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Foreign Policy Analysis
1. Foreign Policy Analysis and Behavioral International
Relations Stephen G. Walker 2. Macropolitics and Foreign
Policy Decisions: The Billiard Ball Model of IR Stephen G.
Walker 3. Micropolitics and Foreign Policy Decisions: The
Behavioral Model of IR Stephen G. Walker 4. Quantum
Politics and Operational Code Analysis: Theories and
Methods Stephen G. Walker Part 2: Foreign Policy
decision Making 5. The United States and Rogue Leaders:
Understanding the Conflicts Akan Malici 6. Deceptive
Bargaining and Nuclear Ambitions: Prospect Theory and
North Korea’s Decision to Go Nuclear Kai He and Huiyun
Feng 7. Small Group Dynamics: The Psychological
Characteristics of Leaders and the Quality of Group Decision
Making Mark Schafer, Jonathon Nunley, and Scott Crichlow
8. Alliances and Their Microfoundations: France and Britain
in the 9/11 Era Akan Malici Part 3: Foreign Policy
Learning 9. Learning to Resist or Resisting to Learn? The
Operational Codes of Fidel Castro and Kim Il Sung Akan
Malici 10. Stability and Change in Belief Systems: The
Operational Code of George W. Bush from Governor to
Second Term President Jonathan Renshon 11. Experiential
Learning by U.S. Presidents: Domestic, International, and
Psychological Influences in the Post-Cold War World Samuel
Robison 12. Cognitive Responses by U.S. Presidents to
Foreign Policy Crises: Belief Changes in Response to Positive
and Negative Experiences B. Gregory Marfleet and Hannah
Simpson Part 4: Foreign Policy dynamics 13. Dueling
with Dictators: Explaining the Strategic Interaction Patterns
of U.S. Presidents and Rogue Leaders Stephen G. Walker and
Mark Schafer 14. Binary Role Theory: Reducing Uncertainty
and Managing Complexity in Foreign Policy Analysis Stephen
G. Walker 15. The Integration of Foreign Policy Analysis and
International Relations
December 2010: 229 x 152: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88697-0: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88698-7: £32.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83486-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415886987
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

National Security in the
Obama Administration
Reassessing the Bush Doctrine
Stanley A. Renshon, City University of New York
Graduate Center, USA
This book examines the Bush
Doctrine and its effect and
influence on the new national
security agenda of President
Obama.
Selected Contents: Part 1: The
Bush Doctrine Reconsidered
Part 2: The Strategic World After
9/11 Part 3: The Politics of Post
9/11 National Security
2009: 229 x 152: 312pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80406-6: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80405-9: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87451-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415804059
Buying National Security
How America Plans and Pays for Its
Global Role and Safety at Home
Gordon Adams, School of International Service,
American University, USA and Cindy Williams,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA
The tools of American statecraft
— defense, diplomacy, foreign
and security assistance,
homeland security and
intelligence — are rarely
examined together. Adams and
Williams fill this gap by
examining how these tools
work, how they are planned for,
and how they are budgeted.
Selected Contents: 1. Money is
Policy: Planning and Budgeting for
Security and Foreign Affairs
2. Resource Planning for International Affairs and State
Operations 3. Foreign Economic Assistance Budgeting and
Programs 4. Political and Security Assistance Budgeting and
Programs 5. Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and
Execution in the Department of Defense 6. Intelligence
Planning and Budgeting 7. Resource Allocation and
Budgeting for Homeland Security 8. The Role of the
Executive Office of the President in National Security
Budgeting 9. Resource Allocation and Budgeting in
Congress 10. The Politics of National Security Budgeting
11. The Road Ahead: How Might Budgeting Change?
2009: 229 x 152: 368pp
Hb: 978-0-415-95439-6: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-95440-2: £34.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86150-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415954402
iNterNAtioNAl
security
ForthcomiNg
The Routledge Handbook
of Security Studies
Edited by Victor Mauer and Myriam dunn
Cavelty, both at Swiss Federal Institute of
Technology (ETH), Zurich, Switzerland
Focusing on contemporary challenges, The Routledge
Handbook of Security Studies offers a wide-ranging
collection of cutting-edge essays from leading scholars in
the field of Security Studies, and is now available in
paperback.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Theoretical Approaches to
Security and Different ‘Securities’ Part 2: Contemporary
Security Challenges Part 3: Regional Security Challenges
Part 4: Confronting Security Challenges
July 2011: 246 x 174: 498pp
Pb: 978-0-415-66472-1: £28.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415664721
Security Studies
An Introduction
Edited by Paul d. Williams, George Washington
University, USA
Security Studies is the most
comprehensive textbook
available on security studies.
It gives students a detailed
overview of the major
theoretical approaches, key
themes and most significant
issues within security studies.
• Part 1 explores the main
theoretical approaches
currently used within the field
from realism to international
political sociology.
• Part 2 explains the central concepts underpinning
contemporary debates from the security dilemma to
terrorism.
• Part 3 presents an overview of the institutional security
architecture currently influencing world politics using
international, regional and global levels of analysis.
• Part 4 examines some of the key contemporary
challenges to global security from the arms trade to
energy security.
• Part 5 discusses the future of security.
Security Studies provides a valuable new teaching tool
for undergraduates and MA students by collecting these
related strands of the field together into a single
coherent textbook.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Theoretical Approaches
Part 2: Key Concepts Part 3: Institutions
Part 4: Contemporary Challenges
2008: 246 x 174: 568pp
Hb: 978-0-415-42561-2: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-42562-9: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415425629
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl security
New
Security Studies
A Reader
Edited by Christopher W. Hughes and
Lai Yew Meng, both at University of Warwick, UK
This reader brings together key
contributions from many of the
leading scholars in the field,
offering students an informed
overview of the most significant
work in security studies.
The editors chart the
development of the key debates
since 1945 introducing the
ideas of the most influential
‘past masters’ and
contemporary thinkers on
security in the UK, US and
elsewhere.
In order to guide students through the issues, the book
includes a critical introduction exploring the
development of security studies and introductory essays
for each section, highlighting clearly how the readings fit
together. Suggestions for further reading and key
questions for discussion are also included.
Selected Contents: Part 1: What is Security? Introduction
1.1 National Security as an Ambiguous Symbol Arnold
Wolfers 1.2 Redefining Security Richard Ullman 1.3 The
National Security Problem in International Relations Barry
Buzan 1.4 The Concept of Security David Baldwin
1.5 Security and Emancipation Ken Booth 1.6 Feminism and
Security J. Ann Tickner 1.7 The Third World and Security
Studies Amitav Acharya 1.8 Redefining Security (2) Jessica
Tuchman Matthews 1.9 Human Security Roland Paris
1.10 The Renaissance of Security Studies Stephen M. Walt
1.11 Securitisation Ole Waever Part 2: Security Paradigms
Introduction 2.1 The Nemesis of Utopianism E.H. Carr 2.2 A
Realist Theory of International Politics Hans J. Morgenthau
2.3 The Concept of Order in World Politics Hedley Bull
2.4 Anarchic Orders and Balances of Power Kenneth N.
Waltz 2.5 Cooperation Under the Security Dilemma Robert
Jervis 2.6 The False Promise of International Institutions John
J. Mearsheimer 2.7 Economics and the Moral Case for War
Norman Angell 2.8 Neoliberal Institutionalism Robert
Keohane 2.9 Democratic Peace Michael W. Doyle
2.10 Neo-Kantian Perspective Bruce Russett 2.11 The Social
Construction of Power Politics Alexander Wendt
2.12 Norms, Identity and National Security Thomas U. Berger
Part 3: Security dimensions and Issues Introduction
3.1 Nuclear Deterrence Ned Lebow and Janice Gross Stein
3.2 Arms Races Barry Buzan and Eric Herring 3.3 Nuclear
Proliferation Scott Sagan 3.4 New Military Conflict Lawrence
Freedman 3.5 Technology and War Michael O’Hanlon
3.6 Resources and Conflict Thomas Homer-Dixon
3.7 Migration and Security Myron Weiner 3.8 Transnational
Crime and Security Phil Williams 3.9 AIDS/HIV and Security
P.W. Singer 3.10 Economics and Security Jonathan Kirshner
Part 4: Security Frameworks and Actors Introduction
4.1 The Long Peace John Lewis Gaddis 4.2 The Unipolar
Illusion Christopher Layne 4.3 Alliance Politics Glenn Snyder
4.4. Alliance Futures Stephen M. Walt 4.5 Multilateralism
John Gerard Ruggie 4.6 Regimes Robert Jervis 4.7 Security
Communities Emanuel Adler 4.8 Interventionism Adam
Roberts 4.9 Economic Sanctions Robert A. Pape 4.10 Private
Military Companies David Shearer Part 5: The Future of
Security Introduction 5.1 Security in the Twenty First
Century Barry Buzan 5.2 Instability in Europe? John J.
Mearsheimer 5.3 Security Dilemmas in East Asia? Thomas J.
Christensen 5.4 Structural Realism redux Kenneth N. Waltz
5.5 Security and Global Transformation Ken Booth
5.6 Globalisation and Security Victor D. Cha 5.7 Terrorism
Walter Laqueur 5.8 The War on Terrorism Michael Howard
February 2011: 246 x 174: 464pp
Hb: 978-0-415-32600-1: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-32601-8: £27.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415326018
49

50
iNterNAtioNAl security
ForthcomiNg
Conflict, Security and
development
An Introduction
Paul Jackson and danielle Beswick, both at
University of Birmingham, UK
This new textbook addresses
the the impact of conflict and
security on development
initiatives. The authors marry
academic teaching and
approaches with practical policy
through three key features:
• using the best of recent
academic theory, field research
and policy to provide an
overview of the connections
between security and
development
• exploring the implications of these connections for the
theory and practice of development
• investigating the challenges that arise for post-conflict
reconstruction when we recognise that security and
development are mutually contingent.
The authors are experienced in both the theory and
practice of development and conflict, and illustrate the
theory about the links between conflict, security and
development with practical examples, drawing on
up-to-date literature and personal experience. Each
chapter is informed by student pedagogy.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Security and
Development - Mutually Reinforcing? 3. Accounting for
Conflict in the Developing World 4. The Changing Nature of
Conflict and its Impact on Development 5. Development
Actors in War 6. International and Humanitarian Intervention
7. The Privatisation of Security 8. Development and Security
in Post-Conflict Environments 9 . International Responses to
the Development-Security Dilemma 10. Conclusions:
Development and Security - Reconnecting the Threads.
Select Bibliography
June 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49984-2: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49983-5: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415499835
The International Humanitarian
Order
Michael Barnett, George Washington University,
USA
Series: Security and Governance
This book provides a critical
exploration of the politics and
practice of global ethical
interventions. Organized in four
parts Michael Barnett examines
the tensions in the relationship
between global governance,
ethics, and international order.
Selected Contents:
Section 1: UN and World Order
Section 2: The Ethics of
Intervention
2009: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77631-8: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77632-5: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86297-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415776325
ForthcomiNg
Contemporary European
Security
david J. Galbreath, University of Aberdeen, UK
European security is a complex network of insecurities,
institutions and initiatives. Europe is faced with the
traditional insecurities of inter- and intra-state conflict as
well as non-state threats to security such as
environmental, health and human security. The region’s
attempts to combat these insecurities have been to
develop and foster regional institutions, such as the EU,
NATO, OSCE and even the Council of Europe. In turn,
member-states and the institutions have set out various
ways to combat a range of insecurities from ethnic
conflict to human trafficking.
This text explores the complex European security
architecture with an eye on introducing students to the
empirical, theoretical and conceptual approaches to
European security.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Framing European Security
1. A Changing Security Architecture 2. From Cold War to
European Peace 3. Uncovering European Security Today
Part 2: Institutions of European Security 4. North
Atlantic Treaty Organization 5. Organization for Security and
Cooperation in Europe 6. European Union 7. Council of
Europe Part 3: Issues of European Security 8. National
Security 9. Societal Security 10. Human Security
11. Non-state actors and security 12. European Security:
Where Do We Go From Here?
October 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47356-9: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47357-6: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415473576
ForthcomiNg
democracy and Intervention
John Macmillan, Brunel University, UK
Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics
This book develops a systematic understanding of the
conceptual, ethical, political and theoretical dimensions
of intervention in an empirical/historical context. The
book will focus primarily on the theory and practice of
intervention as pertaining to the nexus between
democracy/democracies and international society.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction A. Concepts and
debates 2. The Conceptual Bases of Intervention &
Non-Intervention in International Society 3. The Ethics of
Intervention 4. Intervention as Governance B. Continuity
and Change in the History of democratic State
Intervention 5. Intervention between the Powers:
Revolution and Post-War Reconstruction 6. The Imperial
Age: Competition, Capital and Conscience in the Expansion
of the European system 7. The Cold War: The Defence of
Interests in the Age of Nationalism and Ideological Contest
8. The 1990s: The Humanitarianism Moment 9. The 2000s:
Terror and Regime Change C. Intervention and
Governance in the Global Political System
10. Humanitarianism and Human Rights: The Use of Force
Reviewed 11. Terror: The Use of Force Reviewed
12. Conclusions
August 2011: 216 x 138: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-44494-1: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-44495-8: £20.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415444958
New
Humanitarianism Contested
Where Angels Fear to Tread
Michael Barnett, George Washington University,
USA and Thomas G. Weiss, City University of New
York, USA
This book provides a succinct
but sophisticated understanding
of humanitarianism and insight
into the on-going dilemmas and
tensions that have accompanied
it since its origins in the early
nineteenth century. Combining
theoretical and historical
exposition with a broad range
of contemporary case studies,
the book:
• provides a brief survey of the
history of humanitarianism,
beginning with the anti-slavery movement in the early
nineteenth century and continuing to today’s challenge
of post-conflict reconstruction and saving failed states
• explains the evolution of humanitarianism
• presents an overview of the contemporary
humanitarian sector, including briefly who the key
actors are, how they are funded and what they do
with their money
• analyses the ethical dilemmas confronted by
humanitarian organization
• examines how humanitarianism poses fundamental
ethical questions regarding the kind of world we want
to live in, what kind of world is possible, and how we
might get there.
An accessible and engaging work by two of the leading
scholars in the field, Humanitarianism Contested is
essential reading for all those concerned with the future
of human rights and international relations.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Humanitarianism: The
Essentials 2. ’Birth’ and Maturation, 1864-1945 3. The
Traditional Enterprise, 1945 - 1989 4. The Turbulent
Post-Cold War Era: The New Humanitarianism? 5. Turbulent
Humanitarianism Since 1989: Rhetoric Meets Reality
6. Humanitarianism’s Past and Possible Futures: Ten Guiding
Questions
February 2011: 216 x 138: 160pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49663-6: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49664-3: £17.99
eBook: 978-0-203-82930-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415496643
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

ForthcomiNg
International Security
An Introduction
Adrian Hyde-Price, University of Bath, UK
This textbook introduces students to the study of
contemporary international security. It is aimed at second
and third year undergraduates as well as postgraduate
students undertaking a taught Masters degree
programme. Eschewing jargon, this textbook is clear and
accessible; with pedagogical features such as boxes, key
points, further reading and student questions.
Key theories and concepts are presented in the
introductory chapters, and applied to the case-studies
and empirical examples in subsequent chapters. Its
strong empirical dimension allows it to illustrate
contemporary international security problems and issues.
The book will be essential reading for upper-level
students of international or global security studies, and
recommended reading for students of strategic studies,
war and conflict studies, terrorism studies and IR in
general.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Theories and
Approaches 2. Theories about International Security
3. Globalisation and International Security
Part 2: Contemporary Security Issues 4. Humanitarian
Intervention 5. International Terrorism 6. Nuclear
Proliferation Part 3: Regional Security 7. The Middle East
8. Russia, Eurasia and Energy Security 9. China and East Asia
10. Human Security and ‘New Wars’ Part 4: Conclusion
11. Conflict and Cooperation in the Twenty-First Century
November 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55036-9: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55037-6: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415550376
Transnational Organized
Crime
Frank Madsen, University of Cambridge, UK
Series: Global Institutions
In this book former police
officer Frank Madsen provides a
much needed, short and
accessible introduction to
transnational organized crime,
explaining its history and the
key current issues and clearly
examining the economics and
practices of crime in the era of
globalization.
Key issues discussed include:
• the war on drugs
• anti-money laundering efforts
• the relationship between organized crime and
terrorism
• development of ‘Internet based’ criminal activity
• international response to transnational organized
crime.
2009: 216 x 138: 144pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46498-7: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46499-4: £15.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87582-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415464994
ForthcomiNg
uS Security Policy
Origins, Politics, and Contemporary
Challenges
Alexandra Homolar, Warwick University, UK
This book is an accessible and innovative introduction to
the key issues and emerging challenges of US national
security policy in the twenty-first century.
The text explores how the United States, as the
hegemonic player in the international arena, defines its
security interests and objectives, perceives and articulates
threats to these goals, and develops polices to protect
and enhance its security objectives to counter these
threats. Going beyond existing works, it merges insights
from the disciplines of US foreign policy analysis, US
defence studies, and international security studies, and
thereby provides a more holistic understanding of
America’s quest for security in an age of uncertainty.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Background:
Theories, Concepts and Actors 1. Understanding Security
2. Theoretical Perspectives on the Making of Security Policy
3. Key Actors and Institutions in the Making of US Security
Policy 4. The Origins of the Contemporary US Security Policy
Apparatus and Interests Part 2: Post-Cold War uS
Approaches to Security 5. US Security Policy after the
Cold War 6. US Security Policy in the War on Terror 7. US
Security Policy in the Age of Obama. Conclusion: The US
and the Governance of International Security. Select
Bibliography
December 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78190-9: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78191-6: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781916
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl security
ForthcomiNg
A Perpetual Menace
Nuclear Weapons and International Order
William Walker, University of St. Andrews, UK
Series: Routledge Global Security Studies
Written by a leading scholar in the field of nuclear
weapons and international relations, this book examines
‘the problem of order’ arising from the existence of
weapons of mass destruction.
This central problem of international order has its origins
in the nineteenth century, when industrialization and the
emergence of new sciences, technologies and
administrative capabilities greatly expanded states’
abilities to inflict injury, ushering in the era of total war.
It became acute in the mid-twentieth century, with the
invention of the atomic bomb and the pre-eminent role
ascribed to nuclear weapons during the Cold War. It
became more complex after the end of the Cold War, as
power structures shifted, new insecurities emerged, prior
ordering strategies were called into question, and as
technologies relevant to weapons of mass destruction
became more accessible to non-state actors as well as
states.
William Walker explores how this problem is conceived
by influential actors, how they have tried to fashion
solutions in the face of many predicaments, and why
those solutions have been deemed effective and
ineffective, legitimate and illegitimate, in various times
and contexts.
Selected Contents: Preface 1. Introduction: The Problems
of Nuclear Order and its Understanding 2. The Awakenings,
1938-46 3. Sculpting an Order out of Disorder: Nuclear
Weapons and the Cold War 4. Two Crises of Nuclear Order,
1973-1986 5. A Fortuitous Sequence of Events: The Nuclear
Order’s Consolidation, 1986-1997 6. The Shifting and
Expanding Problems of Nuclear Order, 1997-2008: The
Regular and Irregular Domains of Interaction 7. Back to the
Pursuit of Nuclear Disarmament: A Futile Endeavour?
8. Conclusion: Reflections on the Evolution of Nuclear Order.
Bibliography
September 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-42105-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-42106-5: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415421065
eInspection Copies
Titles marked with this icon are available as
electronic inspection copies only for lecturers or
faculty considering them for course adoption.
Visit www.routledge.com to obtain your copy.
51

52
iNterNAtioNAl security
Adelphi series
The adelphi series is The International Institute for Strategic Studies’ flagship contribution to policy-relevant, original academic
research.
Eight books are published each year. They provide rigorous analysis of contemporary strategic and defence topics that is useful to
politicians and diplomats, as well as academic researchers, foreign-affairs analysts, defence commentators and journalists.
Building Peace After War
Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK
The widespread practice of
external intervention aimed at
building ‘sustainable peace’
within societies ravaged by war
and violence has been a striking
feature of the post-Cold War
era. This book examines the
record of such interventions,
from Cambodia in the early
1990s to ongoing efforts in
Afghanistan and the
Democratic Republic of the
Congo. It examines the variety
of forms that these interventions have taken and
identifies the sources of success and failure in individual
cases.
2009: 234 x 156: 186pp
Pb: 978-0-415-47436-8: £10.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415474368
Climate Conflict
How Global Warming Threatens
Security and What to Do about It
Jeffrey Mazo
March 2010: 234 x 156: 168pp
Pb: 978-0-415-59118-8: £9.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415591188
This Adelphi explores how
cultures have met the climate
challenge and provides lessons
for how the modern world can
handle the new security threats
posed by unprecedented global
warming.
Ending War
Consolidating Peace
Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK and Achim
Wennmann, Graduate Institute of International and
Development Studies, Geneva, Switzerland
This Adelphi offers a series of
economic perspectives on
conflict resolution, to show how
the challenges of peacebuilding
can be more effectively tackled.
September 2010: 234 x 156
Pb: 978-0-415-61387-3: £9.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415613873
New
Europe and Global Security
Bastian Giegerich
In the twenty-first century, the European Union is
confronted by myriad security problems that demand
concerted action and cooperation.
These issues about the very nature and identity of the
Union are explored in this Adelphi.
November 2010: 234 x 156
Pb: 978-0-415-66934-4: £9.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415669344
ForthcomiNg
India as a Rising Great
Power: Challenges and
Opportunities
Rahul Roy-Chaudhury, IISS, London, UK
At a time when India’s economic growth is driving
greater engagement with and influence in the world,
this Adelphi Paper will provide a comprehensive strategic
assessment of India’s rise as a great power.
July 2011: 234 x 156: 120pp
Pb: 978-0-415-46632-5: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415466325
ForthcomiNg
The Future of Asia-Pacific Sea
Power
Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff
College / Defence Studies, Kings College London, UK
Navies are going through a period of radical change, in
large part due to new technologies and the effects of
globalization. In this changing strategic context, a
collaborative approach to maintaining good order at sea
needs to be sustained, by navies acting with, rather than
against each other, by the development of specialized
fleets, and by the acceptance of shared R&D and
production in naval equipment.
This Adelphi will explore the tensions between these
approaches, with particular reference to the naval
interactions of the United States, China, Japan and India,
especially in the waters around Southeast and Northeast
Asia.
July 2011: 234 x 156: 120pp
Pb: 978-0-415-46584-7: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415465847
ForthcomiNg
The Future of Conflict
H.R. McMaster, IISS, London, UK
A fundamentally flawed and ahistorical vision of future
conflict that de-emphasises the human, psychological,
political and cultural dimensions of war persists in
strategic thought in spite of recent experience. This
paper challenges the widely held belief that
‘revolutionary’ surveillance, information-gathering and
precision-strike technologies will permit modern military
forces to win future wars rapidly and efficiently.
July 2011: 234 x 156: 120pp
Pb: 978-0-415-46582-3: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415465823
ForthcomiNg
The uS Role in the World
Patrick M. Cronin, International Institute for
Strategic Studies, UK
The United States continues to be the dominant military
power on the international stage. But dominance is not
what it used to be; America has had a difficult time
translating its preponderance into influence.
This Adelphi explores how part of the solution to the
US’s difficulties may be found in adopting an approach
of strategic restraint; aiming to manage disorder rather
than striving to solve too many of the world’s ills.
July 2011: 234 x 156: 120pp
Pb: 978-0-415-46581-6: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415465816
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New
Global Politics and the
Responsibility to Protect
From Words to Deeds
Alex J. Bellamy, Griffith University, Australia
Series: Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect
This book provides an in-depth
introduction to, and analysis of,
the issues relating to the
implementation of the recent
Responsibility to Protect
principle in international
politics.
The Responsibility to Protect
(RtoP) has come a long way in a
short space of time. It was
endorsed by the General
Assembly of the UN in 2005,
and unanimously reaffirmed by
the Security Council in 2006 (Resolution 1674) and 2009
(Resolution 1894). UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon
has identified the challenge of implementing RtoP as
one of the cornerstones of his Secretary-Generalship.
The principle has also become part of the working
language of international engagement with
humanitarian crises and has been debated in relation to
almost every recent international crisis – including
Sudan, Sri Lanka, Myanmar, Georgia, the Democratic
Republic of Congo, Darfur and Somalia.
Concentrating mainly on implementation challenges
including the prevention of genocide and mass
atrocities, strengthening the UN’s capacity to respond,
and the role of regional organizations, this book
introducing readers to contemporary debates on R2P
and provides the first book-length analysis of the
implementation agenda.
The book will be of great interest to students of the
responsibility to protect, humanitarian intervention,
human rights, foreign policy, security studies and IR and
politics in general.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. From Idea to Norm
2. Implementing RtoP at the UN 3. Humanitarian Crises
since 2005 4. An Assessment after Five Years 5. Economic
Development and Democratisation 6. Early Warning
7. Regional Arrangements (with Sara E. Davies) 8. The UN
Security Council and the Use of Force Conclusion
December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56735-0: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56736-7: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83716-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415567367
New
The Responsibility to Protect
Norms, Laws and the Use of Force in
International Politics
Ramesh Thakur, University of Waterloo, Canada
Series: Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect
This volume is a collection of the key writings of
Professor Ramesh Thakur on norms and laws regulating
the international use of force.
The adoption of the Responsibility to Protect (R2P)
principle by world leaders assembled at the UN summit
in 2005 is widely acknowledged to represent one of the
great normative advances in international politics since
1945. The author has been involved in this shift from the
dominant norm of non-intervention to R2P as an actor,
public intellectual and academic and has been a key
thinker in this process. These essays represent the
author’s writings on R2P, including reference to test
cases as they arose, such as with Cyclone Nargis in
Myanmar in 2008.
Comprising essays by a key thinker and agent in the
Responsibility to Protect debates, this book will be of
much interest to students of international politics,
human rights, international law, war and conflict studies,
international security and IR in general.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Norms and Laws in
International Relations 2. Non-Intervention in International
Relations: A Case Study 3. Kosovo, Humanitarian
Intervention and the Challenge of World Order with Albrecht
Schnabel 4. Global Norms and International Humanitarian
Law: An Asian Perspective 5. Intervention, Sovereignty and
the Responsibility to Protect: Experiences from ICISS 6. In
Defence of The Responsibility to Protect 7. Collective
Security and the Use of Force: Reflections on the Report of
the High-Level Panel on Threats, Challenges and Change
8. The Responsibility to Protect and Prosecute: The Parallel
Erosion of Sovereignty and Impunity with Vesselin Popovski
9. R2P: From Idea to Norm – and Action? with Thomas G.
Weiss 10. The Responsibility to Protect and the North-South
Divide 11. R2P and the Protection of Civilians in Armed
Conflict 12. Conclusion: Normative Incoherence,
Inconsistency and Contestation
December 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78168-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78169-5: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781695
Risk and the War on Terror
Edited by Louise Amoore, University of Durham, UK
and Marieke de Goede, University of Amsterdam,
the Netherlands
’This anthology’s broad
coverage of the relationship
of risk to the war on terror’s
proliferation of surveillance
is extraordinary. The work of
this excellent group of
scholars is innovative and
compelling.’ - Michael Shapiro,
University of Hawaii, USA
2008: 234 x 156: 296pp
Hb: 978-0-415-44323-4: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-44324-1: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-92770-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415443241
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl security
ForthcomiNg
International Security & Peace
Science
Origins & Evolution
J. david Singer, University of Michigan, USA
Professor J. David Singer has
been arguably the most
important influence on
quantitative research into the
causes and attributes of war.
This collection is a carefully
selected overview of his work
which provides not only an
excellent introduction to his
considerable methodological,
theoretical and empirical
contributions but also an
intellectual history of
developments in the field of international relations
which are reflected in Professor Singer’s work.
This is essential reading for all those with an interest in
the use of quantitative methods in social science, the
changing nature of the study of international relations
and the analysis of war and peace.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Making of a Peace
Researcher 2. Earlier Evaluations of National Security Policy
3. Public Dove but Policy Wonk 4. Querulous and Suggestive
Interventions 5. Conceptual and Methodological Insights
6. From Conventional Concepts to Operational Indicators
7. Scientific Research Payoffs 8. Sermons for the Next
Generation
September 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77959-3: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77960-9: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415779609
Rethinking Insecurity, War and
Violence
Beyond Savage Globalization?
Edited by damian Grenfell and Paul James, both
at RMIT University, Melbourne, Australia
Series: Rethinking Globalizations
This collection of essays rethinks
the security paradigm in the
context of the War on Terror,
providing a broad and
systematic analysis of the
long-term sources of political,
military and cultural insecurity
from the local to the global.
2008: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-43226-9: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-43227-6: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-89419-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415432276
53

54
iNterNAtioNAl security
Territory, War, and Peace
John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan,
both at University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign,
USA
Series: Contemporary Security Studies
This book presents a collection
of new and updated essays on
what has come to be known as
the territorial explanation of
war.
The book argues that a key
both to peace and to war lies in
understanding the role territory
plays as a source of conflict and
inter-group violence. Of all the
issues that spark conflict,
territorial disputes have the
highest probability of escalating
to war. War, however, is hardly inevitable; much depends
on how territorial issues are handled. More importantly,
settling territorial disputes and establishing mutually
recognized boundaries can produce long periods of
peace between neighbors, even if other salient issues
arise. While territory is not the only cause of war and
wars arise from other issues, territory is one of the main
causes of war, and learning how to manage it, can, in
principle, eliminate an entire class of wars.
This book will be of great interest to all students of war
and conflict studies, causes of war and peace,
international security and strategic studies.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Theory 1. Why Do Neighbors
Fight? Proximity, Interactions, or Territoriality John A. Vasquez
2. Distinguishing Rivals That Go To War from Those That Do
Not: A Quantitative Comparative Case Study of the Two
Paths to War John A. Vasquez Part 2: Territory and War
3. Territorial Disputes and the Probability of War, 1816-1992
John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan 4. Mapping the
Probability of War: The Role of Territorial Disputes Compared
to the Role of Contiguity John A. Vasquez 5. The Effect of
Territory on Dispute Escalation among Initiators Marie T.
Henehan 6. The Probability of War, 1816-1992 John A.
Vasquez Part 3: Identifying Paths to War 7. Territorial
Paths to War: Their Probability of Escalation, 1816-2001 John
A. Vasquez 8. Paths to War: The Territorial Origins of War
John A. Vasquez Part 4: Territory and Peace 9. The
Changing Probability of Interstate War, 1816-1992 Marie T.
Henehan and John A. Vasquez 10. Peace, Globalization, and
Territoriality John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan
Part 5: Conclusion 11. The Significance of Territory John A.
Vasquez
July 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-42413-4: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-42414-1: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415424141
The International Politics
of Mass Atrocities
The Case of Darfur
Edited by david R. Black, Dalhousie University,
Canada and Paul d. Williams, George Washington
University, USA
Series: Security and Governance
’This collection of essays
provide an elegant reminder
of why international society
is a contested concept and
darfur is a contested conflict.
A first-rate piece of work
about the central dilemmas
facing governments,
international organizations,
NGOs, and citizens.’ - Thomas
G. Weiss, CUNY Graduate
Center, USA
’For me, this important book
teaches us, through the evidence provided by
regional specialists on darfur from a variety of
countries, that there is less to the notions of
’international society’, ’international community’,
’good international citizenship’, ’solidarism’, and
’responsibility to protect’ than their official and
academic proponents claim. Tragically, such a
verdict is always likely to be starkest when ’mass
atrocities’ occur in Africa.’ - Ken Booth FBA,
Aberystwyth University, UK
Selected Contents: Introduction: International Society and
the Crisis in Darfur Paul D. Williams and David R. Black
Part 1: Regional Politics 1. The Government of Sudan and
the Darfurian Armed Groups I.D.F. and Munzoul Assal
2. Regional Politics and the Darfur Crisis Lee J.M. Seymour
Part 2: Multilateral Politics 3. The United Nations Security
Council Michael MacKinnon 4. The African Union Cristina
Badescu and Linnea Bergholm 5. The European Union Rory
Keene and Asbjorn Wee 6. The International Criminal Court
William A. Schabas Part 3: Bilateral Politics 7. The United
States Scott Stedjan and Colin Thomas-Jensen 8. The
People’s Republic of China Ian Taylor 9. The United Kingdom
Paul D. Williams 10. France Bruno Charbonneau
11. Canada David R. Black. Conclusion David R. Black and
Paul D. Williams
January 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55902-7: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55903-4: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86217-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415559034
Full table of Contents
For full table of contents on all titles
featured in this catalog, visit:
www.routledge.com/politics
ForthcomiNg
Why did the uS Invade
Iraq?
Edited by Jane K. Cramer, University of Oregon,
USA and A. Trevor Thrall, University of Michigan,
Dearborn, USA
Series: Routledge Global Security Studies
This volume presents the best scholarly thinking about
why the U.S. invaded Iraq in 2003, a pivotal event in
modern US foreign policy and international politics.
The years since the announcement of the invasion of
Iraq by George W. Bush in 2003 have revealed that the
WMD threat was not the urgent threat the
administration declared and that Saddam Hussein was
not involved with Al Qaeda or 9/11. At least in part
because of these revelations a majority of Americans
(not to mention a majority of people globally) now
believe that invading Iraq was a mistake and that the
Bush administration misled the public to build support
for war. Lending credibility to public doubts is a growing
number of critical scholarly analyses and in-depth
journalistic investigations about the invasion, which
mostly suggests that the administration was not fully
candid about its reasons for wanting to move against
Iraq when it did.
Thus the question remains: Why did the United States
invade Iraq? The central purpose of this volume is to
spur and inform the debate by organizing the best
recent thinking by foreign policy and international
relations experts about why the U.S. invaded Iraq. Taking
a broad range of arguments and organizing them
around a coherent structure, the book highlights current
areas of agreement and disagreement, and allows
scholars directly to talk to each other.
Selected Contents: Preface: The Causes of War Stephen
Van Evera 1. Introduction: Hypotheses on Iraq War:
Reflections from a Survey of Experts Jane K. Cramer and A.
Trevor Thrall 2. WMD, the Stated Motive: Pretext or Sincere
Belief? Robert Jervis Part 1: The Role of Ideas in the Iraq
decision 3. Ideas and Alternatives in American Grand
Strategy, 2000-04 Colin Dueck 4. The Road to Baghdad:
Ideas and Intellectuals in Explanations of the Iraq War
Andrew Flibbert Part 2: The Israel Lobby and the
Neoconservatives 5. The Iraq War and the Israel Lobby
Jerome Slater 6. Neoconservative Motives and Influence
Michael Lind Part 3: Oil and Profits 7. A Motive Hiding in
Plain Sight: War for Oil Michael Klare 8. Oil and the Iraq War
John S. Duffield 9. The Myth of Neoconservative Power and
Invading Iraq for Primacy and Profits Jane K. Cramer and
Edward Duggan Part 4: Other Views of the Iraq War
10. Why Iraq? The View from Britain Jane M.O. Sharp
August 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78212-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78213-5: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415782135
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

International
Statebuilding
The Rise of Post-Liberal Governance
david Chandler, University of Westminster, UK
Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics
This concise and accessible new
text offers original and
insightful analysis of the policy
paradigm informing
international statebuilding
interventions. The book covers
the theoretical frameworks and
practices of international
statebuilding, the debates they
have triggered, and the way
that international statebuilding
has developed in the post-Cold
War era.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Statebuilding
Paradigm 2. The ‘Liberal Peace’ Critique of International
Intervention 3. Rethinking the State 4. Post-Liberal
Governance 5. The EU’s Export of ‘The Rule of Law’ and
‘Good Governance’ 6. Security and Statebuilding: From
Intervention to Prevention 7. Development as Freedom:
From Colonialism to Climate Change 8. Race, Culture and
Civil Society: Statebuilding and the Privileging of Difference
9. Conclusion
August 2010: 216 x 138: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-42117-1: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-42118-8: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84732-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415421188
ForthcomiNg
Security
International Society, Democracy &
Insecurity
Jef Huysmans, Open University, Milton Keynes, UK
Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics
This book introduces students to the central concepts in
security studies and one of the most important issues in
international relations. Jef Huysmans:
• explains recent conceptual and theoretical
developments in security studies
• introduces contemporary security questions and
changes in dominant security issues since the end of
the Cold War
• draws on insights from security studies, criminology,
and sociology and cultural studies of fear
• introduces a political rather than strategic analysis of
security practice
• focuses on the tensions between international
democratic political practice and security policies
• uses a story-led approach to introduce concepts and
theories.
Selected Contents: 1. Democracy and Security in
International Relations 2. Insecurity as Exception: Law and
Sovereignty 3. Insecurity as Exception: Popular Will and
Sovereignty 4. Insecurity as Unease: Technology as Politics
5. Insecurity as Fear: Emotions as International Currency and
Organizing Principle 6. Insecurity as Terror: Managing
Contingency 7. Insecurity as Violence 8. Democratic
Insecurity 9. Appendix: Summary Table of Analytical
Concepts of Insecurity, Concepts of Democracy, Concepts of
International Society
December 2011: 216 x 138: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-44020-2: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-44021-9: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415440219
criticAl
security
studies
Critical Security Studies
An Introduction
Columba Peoples, Swansea University, UK and
Nick Vaughan-Williams, University of Warwick, UK
Critical Security Studies
introduces students of Politics
and International Relations to
the sub-field through a detailed
yet accessible survey of
emerging theories and
practices.
Written in an accessible and
clear manner, this textbook:
• offers a comprehensive and
up-to-date introduction to
critical security studies
• locates critical security studies within the broader
context of social and political theory
• evaluates fundamental theoretical positions in critical
security studies against backdrop of new security
challenges.
The book is divided into two main parts. The first part,
‘Approaches’, surveys the newly extended and contested
theoretical terrain of Critical Security Studies, and the
different schools within the subdiscipline, including
Feminist, Postcolonial and Poststructuralist viewpoints.
The second part, ‘Issues’, will then offer examples of
how these various theoretical approaches have been put
to work against the backdrop of a diverse range of
issues in contemporary security practices, from
environmental, human and homeland security to border
security and the War on Terror.
The historical and geographical scope of the book is
deliberately broad and readers will be introduced to a
number of key illustrative case studies. Each of the
chapters in Part two will act to concretely illustrate one
or more of the approaches discussed in Part one, with
clear internal referencing allowing the text to act as a
holistic learning tool for students.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Approaches 1. Critical Theory
and Security 2. Feminist and Gender Approaches
3. Postcolonial Perspectives 4. Poststructuralism and
International Political Sociology 5. Securitization Theory
Part 2: Issues 6. Environmental Security 7. Homeland
Security and the ‘War against Terrorism’ 8. Human Security
and Development 9. Migration and Border Security
10. Technology and Warfare in the Information Age
June 2010: 246 x 174: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48443-5: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48444-2: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84747-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415484442
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
criticAl security studies
PRIO New Security Studies
series edited by J. Peter burgess, PRIo,
oslo, Norway
The aim of this new book series is to
gather state-of-the-art theoretical reflection
and empirical research into a core set of
volumes that respond vigorously and
dynamically to new challenges to security
studies scholarship.
ForthcomiNg
Biopolitics of Security in
the 21st Century
A Political Analytic of Finitude
Michael dillon, University of Lancaster, UK
This book is a volume of essays on the Biopolitics of
Security in the 21st Century, by Professor Mick Dillon. It
is a first of its kind in that no other study currently
available covers the same field of research with the same
degree of innovation. This volume will provide a
genealogy of the biopolitics of security beginning with
Michel Foucault’s original account of the rise of
biopolitics at the beginning of the 18th century, and will
clarify and further develop Foucault’s original analytic of
the biopolitics of security.
This work is an original introduction to the emerging
field of the biopolitics of security, tracking its
development into the 21st century, which will serve as
an intellectual provocation to researchers as much as it
will a pedagogical guide to graduate and undergraduate
teachers.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Problematising Security
1. The Life and Times of Species Being: Radical Contingency
and the Unconscious Metaphysics of the Biopolitical
Philosophy of Life 2. Governing Through Security: Biopolitics
of Security as the Extension of War by Other Means
3. Securing Species Life: The Biopolitical Economy of
Circulation, Connectivity and Complexity 4. Compressing
Morbidity: Securing Population in the 20th and 21st
Centuries 5. Underwriting Security: Risk, Finance and
Futures 6. Preferred Lives: Race and Sorting Mechanisms
7. Extra and Post Human Biopolitics: Digitalisation, Disease,
and Virtuality 8. Necropolitics: The Biopolitics of the Living
Dead 9. Conclusion: In Excess of Biopolitics
August 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48432-9: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48433-6: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415484336
55

56
New
criticAl security studies
PRIO New Security Studies (continued)
Feminist Security Studies
A Narrative Approach
Annick T.R. Wibben, University of San Francisco,
USA
This book rethinks security theory from a feminist
perspective. Uniquely, it engages feminism, security, and
strategic studies to provide a distinct feminist approach
to security studies.
The volume explicitly works toward an opening up of
security studies that would allow for feminist (and other)
narratives to be recognized and taken seriously as
security narratives. To make this possible, it presents a
feminist reading of security studies that aims to
invigorate the debate and radicalize critical security
studies. The book works through and beyond security
studies to explore possible spaces where an opening of
security, necessary to make way for feminist insights, can
take place. While it develops and illustrates a feminist
narrative approach to security, it is also intended as an
intervention that challenges the politics of security and
the meanings for security legitimized in existing
practices.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Feminist Interventions:
The Politics of Identity 2. Challenging Meanings 3. Toward a
Narrative Approach 4. Security as Narrative 5. Feminist
Security Narratives. Conclusion: The Future of Feminist
Security Studies
December 2010: 234 x 156: 168pp
Hb: 978-0-415-45727-9: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-45728-6: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83488-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415457286
New
The Ethical Subject of
Security
Geopolitical Reason and the Threat Against Europe
J. Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo, Norway
Securitization Theory
How Security Problems Emerge and
Dissolve
Edited by Thierry Balzacq, University of Namur and
Louvain, Belgium
This volume aims to provide a
new framework for the analysis
of securitization processes,
increasing our understanding of
how security issues emerge,
evolve and dissolve.
Selected Contents: 1. A Theory
of Securitization: Origins, Core
Assumptions, and Variants Thierry
Balzacq 2. Enquiries Into
Methods: A New Framework for
Securitization Analysis Thierry
Balzacq Part 1: The Rules of
Securitization 3. Reconceptualizing the Audience in
Securitization Theory Sarah Léonard and Christian Kaunert
4. Securitization as a Media Frame Fred Vultee 5. The Limits
of Spoken Words: From Meta-narratives to Experiences of
Security Claire Wilkinson 6. When Securitization Fails: The
Hard Case of Counter-terrorism Programmes Mark B. Salter
Part 2: Securitization and de-securitization in Practice
7. Rethinking the Securitization of Environment: Old Beliefs,
New Insights Julia Trombetta 8. Health Issues and
Securitization: HIV/AIDS as a US National Security Threat
Roxanna Sjostedt 9. Securitization, Culture and Power:
Rogue States in US and German Discourse Holger Stritzel and
Dirk Schmittchen 10. Religion Bites: The Securitization of
– and Desecuritization Moves by – Falungong Practitioners in
the People’s Republic of China Juha A. Vuori 11. The
Continuing Evolution of Securitization Theory Michael C.
Williams
August 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55627-9: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55628-6: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86850-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415556286
This book studies the subject of security in terms of underlying values, and uncovers a level of security practice that
has not been covered by other theorizations of security.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Security as Ethos and Episteme Part 1: Theory of the Ethical Subject
1. Nietzsche, or Value and the Subject of Security
2. Foucault, or Genealogy of the Ethical Subject 3. Lacan, or the Ethical Subject of the Real 4. Butler, or the Precarious Subject
Part 2: Holding Together 5. Identity, Community and Security 6. Insecurity of the European Community of Values
7. Psychoanalysis of the National Thing 8. Security Clture and the New Ethos of Risk 9. Intolerable Insecurity
Part 3: Geopolitical Rationalities of Europe 10. The Modernity of a Cosmopolitan Europe 11. The New Nomos of Europe
12. A Federalist Europe between Economic and Cultural Value 13. Justice in Political, Legal and Moral Community 14. War in
the Name of Europe and the Legitimacy of Collective Violence. Conclusion: The Many Faces of European Security
February 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49982-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49981-1: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-82894-6
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415499811
PeAce ANd
coNflict
studies
ForthcomiNg
Peace and Conflict Studies
A Reader
Edited by Charles Webel, University of New York in
Prague and Jorgen Johansen
This Reader is a comprehensive
and intensive introduction to
the key works in the growing
field of peace and conflict
studies.
The volume editors frame the
discussion in an extensive
introduction and provide short
introductions to each section as
well as suggestions for further
reading and student questions.
This book will be essential
reading for students of peace
and conflict studies and conflict resolution, and highly
recommended for students of peace operations,
peacebuilding, sociology, international security and IR in
general
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Meanings and History of
Peace; The Advent of Peace and Conflict Studies Part 2: The
Meanings and Nature of Conflict Part 3: The History of
Peace and Conflict Part 4: Conflict Management, Resolution,
and Transformation Part 5: Nonviolent Action and Social
Change Part 6: Building Cultures and Paradigms of Peace
August 2011: 246 x 174: 432pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59128-7: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59129-4: £27.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415591294
ForthcomiNg
Ethnic Conflict
An Introduction
Rajat Ganguly, Murdoch University, Australia
This new upper-level textbook offers a comprehensive
overview of four key dimensions of ethnic conflict, and
provides six case studies from around the globe.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Key
dimensions of Ethnic Conflict 2. Ethnic Identity 3. Causes
of Ethnic Conflict 4. Dynamics and Consequences of Ethnic
Conflict 5. Settling Ethnic Conflicts Part 2: Case Studies
6. Ethnic Conflict in Pakistan 7. Ethnic Conflict in the
Philippines 8. Ethnic Conflict in Israel/Palestine 9. Ethnic
Conflict in Turkey 10. Ethnic Conflict in Sudan 11. Ethnic
Conflict in Nigeria Conclusion Select Bibliography
September 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57396-2: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57397-9: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415573979
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

ForthcomiNg
Theories of Violent Conflict
An Introduction
Jolle demmers, Utrecht University, the Netherlands
This textbook introduces
students of violent conflict to a
variety of prominent theoretical
approaches, and to examine the
ontological stances and
epistemological traditions
underlying these approaches.
In reviewing theories of conflict,
this book takes the centrality of
the group as actor in
contemporary conflict as a point
of departure. In the post-Cold
War shift from inter-state to
intra-state conflict, the key role of the group - ethnic,
religious, cultural and other - in most conflicts is widely
acknowledged. In relation, this book examines:
• What makes a group?
• Why and how does a group resort to violence?
• Why and how do or don’t they stop?
This book aims to examine and compare the ways by
which these questions are addressed from a number of
prominent research perspectives: constructivism, social
identity theory, structuralism, political economy, human
needs theory, relative deprivation theory, collective action
theory, and rational choice theory.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Conflict Analysis in
Context 1. Identity, Violence and Boundaries 2. Social
Identity Theory 3. Structuralism 4. Why (Wo)men Rebel, and
How 5. War as Choice: The Costs and Benefits of War
6. Structurationism and Critical Discourse Analysis.
Conclusions. Select Bibliography
August 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55533-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55534-0: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86951-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415555340
understanding Conflict
and Violence
Theoretical and Interdisciplinary Approaches
Tim Jacoby
2007: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-36911-4: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-36910-7: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-02882-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415369107
’Hugely informative and
stimulating, Tim Jacoby’s
writing combines an
impressive coverage of
diverse theoretical
perspectives with a real
sense of relevance to current
predicaments - a
considerable achievement.’
- Paul Rogers, Bradford
University, UK
ForthcomiNg
Thinking about War and
Peace
denise deGarmo and E. duff Wrobbel, both at
Southern Illinois University Edwardsville, USA
Rich in pedagogy and clearly
structured throughout, this
textbook combines theoretical
analysis with both historical and
contemporary examples to
explain, compare, and evaluate
the various causal theories and
moral frameworks that have
been most influential in
discussions of war. The book:
• clearly distinguishes the major
descriptive and normative
theories of war
• explains their historical/philosophical roots
• illustrates the theories using historical examples
• shows how theories relate to controversial
contemporary cases.
While there are several books related to the study of war
and peace, none approach the topic from such a
comprehensive viewpoint.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Pluralism 1. The
Clash of Civilizations 2. Ethical Relativism 3. Religion and
War Part 2: Realism 4. Political Realism 5. Ethical Realism
6. Economics and War Part 3: Idealism 7. Political
Liberalism/Idealism 8. Just War Theory 9. International Law
and War Part 4: Cosmopolitanism 10. Biology,
Psychology, and Economics 11. Virtues, Duties, and
Consequences 12. Globalization and War. Conclusion
November 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77372-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77445-1: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415774451
New iN paperbacK
Handbook of Peace and
Conflict Studies
Edited by Charles Webel, University of Tromsø,
Norway and Johan Galtung, European University,
Austria
2009: 246 x 174: 424pp
Pb: 978-0-415-48319-3: £28.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415483193
This Handbook provides a
cutting-edge and
transdisciplinary overview of the
main issues, debates,
state-of-the-art methods, and
key concepts in peace and
conflict studies today.
Selected Contents:
Part 1: Understanding and
Transforming Conflict
Part 2: Creating Peace
Part 3: Supporting Peace
Part 4: Peace Across the
Disciplines
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
PeAce ANd coNflict studies
New
understanding Peace
Research
Methods and Challenges
Edited by Kristine Hoglund and Magnus Oberg,
both at Uppsala University, Sweden
This textbook provides a comprehensive overview of
different methods and sources of information-gathering
for peace and conflict students and researchers, as well
as the challenges presented by such work.
Selected Contents: Part 1 1. Doing Empirical Peace
Research Kristine Höglund and Magnus Öberg 2. The
Origins of Contemporary Peace Research Peter Wallensteen
Part 2 3. Peace Research and Source Criticism: Using
Historical Methodology to Improve Information Gathering
and Analysis Tomislav Duli? 4. Gathering Conflict
Information Using News Resources Magnus Öberg and
Margareta Sollenberg 5. News Reports versus Written
Narratives: Collecting Information Using Different Types of
Empirical Sources Frida Möller Part 3 6. Systematic Data
Collection: Experiences from the Uppsala Conflict Data
Program Ralph Sundberg and Lotta Harbom 7. Comparative
Field Research in War-Torn Societies Kristine Höglund
8. In-depth Interviewing: The Process, Skill and Ethics of
Interviews in Peace Research Karen Brounéus 9. Focus
Groups: Safety in Numbers? Johanna Söderström 10. Survey
Research in Conflict and Post-Conflict Societies Kristine Eck
Part 4 11. Improving Information Gathering and Evaluation
Kristine Höglund and Magnus Öberg. Bibliography
March 2011: 246 x 174: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57197-5: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57198-2: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-82855-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415571982
ForthcomiNg
A Post-Liberal Peace
Oliver P. Richmond, University of St. Andrews, UK
Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict
Resolution
This book examines how
localised responses to liberal
peacebuilding have led to the
emergence of a form of
post-liberal peace, in which
international norms are being
modified by unexpected local
capacities.
Selected Contents: Introduction:
Eirenism and a Post-Liberal Peace
Part 1: The Romanticisation of
the Local 1. Liberal
Peacebuilding, Needs, and Welfare
2. The Culture of Liberal Peacebuilding 3. Romanticising the
Local: Liberal Peacebuilding in Cambodia, Timor Leste, Bosnia
and Kosovo 4. De-Romanticising the Local: How the Local
Becomes Visible Part 2: Hybridity and The Infrapolitics of
Peace 5. The Politics of Peace: Resistance in the Everyday
6. De-romanticising the Local, De-mystifying the
International: Aspects of the Local-Liberal Hybrid in Timor
Leste and the Solomon Islands. Conclusion: A Post-Liberal
Peace: Infrapolitics, Hybridity, and a Pedagogy of
Peacebuilding. Bibliography
May 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-66782-1: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-66784-5: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415667845
57

58
New
PeAce ANd coNflict
studies
Experiencing War
Edited by Christine Sylvester
Series: War, Politics and Experience
This edited collection explores
aspects of contemporary war
that affect average people –
physically, emotionally, and
ethically through activities
ranging from combat to
television viewing.
Selected Contents:
1. Experiencing War: An
Introduction 2. The Passions of
Protection: Sovereign Authority
and Humanitarian War
3. Gendered Humanitarianism:
Reconsidering the Ethics of War 4. Wars, Bodies, and
Development 5. Ruling Exceptions: Female Soldiers and
Everyday Experiences of Civil Conflict 6. Experiencing the
Cold War 7. On The Uselessness of New Wars Theory:
Lessons From African Conflicts 8. Dilemmas of Drawing War
9. Pathways to Experiencing War
October 2010: 234 x 156: 152pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56630-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56631-5: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83999-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415566315
ForthcomiNg
Peace and Conflict Research
Theory and Practice
Peter Wallensteen, Uppsala University, Sweden
Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict
Resolution
This volume comprises essays
on peace research by Prof. Peter
Wallensteen, one of the leading
scholars in the field over the
past 30 years.
Selected Contents: Introduction
Part 1: From Causes of War to
Conflict Prevention Introduction
1. Incompatibility, Confrontation
and War: Four Models and Three
Historical Systems, 1816-1976
2. Universalism vs. Particularism:
On the Limits of Major Power
Order 3. The Uppsala Conflict Data Program 1978-2002
4. Reassessing Recent Conflicts: Direct and Structural Conflict
Prevention Part 2: From Conflict Analysis to Academic
diplomacy Introduction 5. Dag Hammarskjöld and the
Psychology of Conflict Diplomacy 6. Security Council
Decisions in Perspective 7. The Strengths and Limits of
Academic Diplomacy: The Case of Bougainville 8. Seminariet
som akademisk diplomati, [The Seminar as Academic
Diplomacy] Part 3: From Liberation to Peacebuilding:
The Evolution of Sanctions Introduction 9. Characteristics
of Economic Sanctions 10. A Century of Economic
Sanctions: A Field Revisited 11. Positive Sanctions: On the
Potential of Rewards and Target Differentiation
12. Sanctions for Conflict Prevention and Peacebuilding.
Lessons Learned from Côte d’Ivoire and Liberia Part 4: From
Machiavelli to Peace Research Introduction 13. The
Origins of Peace Research 14. The Uppsala Code of Ethics
for Scientists 15. Peace Research and Conflict Resolution
June 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58088-5: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58089-2: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415580892
coNflict
mANAgemeNt
ANd resolutioN
Conflict Management and
Resolution
An Introduction
Ho-Won Jeong, George Mason University, USA
Conflict Management and
Resolution provides students
with an overview of the main
theories of conflict
management and conflict
resolution, and will equip them
to respond to the complex
phenomena of international
conflict.
The book covers these four key
concepts in detail:
• negotiation
• mediation
• facilitation
• reconciliation.
It examines how to prevent, manage and eventually
resolve various types of conflict that originate from
inter-state and inter-group competition, and expands the
existing scope of conflict management and resolution
theories by examining emerging theories on the identity,
power and structural dimensions of adversarial
relationships. The volume is designed to enhance our
understanding of effective response strategies to conflict
in multiple social settings as well as violent struggles,
and utilizes numerous case studies, both past and
current. These include the Iranian and North Korean
nuclear weapons programmes, the war in Lebanon, the
Arab-Israeli conflict, civil wars in Africa, and ethnic
conflicts in Europe and Asia.
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Anatomy of Conflict and
Conflict Resolution Part 2: Dimensions of Conflict Part 3:
Settlement and Resolution Procedures
2009: 246 x 174: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-45040-9: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-45041-6: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86497-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415450416
ForthcomiNg
Conflict Management in
divided Societies
Theories and Practice
Edited by Stefan Wolff, University of Birmingham,
UK and Christalla Yakinthou, University of Western
Australia, Australia
Conflict Resolution: Theory & Practice is an ambitious
and original textbook, which takes a multi-perspective
approach to the study of conflict resolution in divided
societies.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Stefan Wolff and
Christalla Yakinthou Section 1: Theoretical Perspectives
2. Power-Sharing/Liberal Consociationalism Brendan O’Leary
3. Centripetalism Benjamin Reilly 4. Power Dividing Philip
Roeder 5. Territorial Solutions Stefan Wolff 6. A
Practitioner’s View Alvaro de Soto Section 2: Actors and
Processes 7. The Evolution of Diplomacy in Peace-Making
William Zartman 8. Crafting Solutions for Divided Societies
– The UN John McGarry 9. Crafting Solutions for Divided
Societies – The EU Kalman Mizsei 10. Crafting Solutions for
Divided Societies – The AU 11. The Role of Activists - The
Mano River Women’s Peace Network 12. The Role of NGOs
Oleh Protsyk 13. The Role of Quiet Diplomacy John Packer
Section 3: Case Studies 14. Northern Ireland Rick Wilford
15. Lebanon Michael Kerr 16. Cyprus Christalla Yakinthou
17. Kosovo Marc Weller 18. Indonesia Donald Horowitz
19. Afghanistan Wolfgang Danspeckgruber 20. Iraq Gareth
Stansfield 21. Sudan 22. Rwanda 23. Conclusion Stefan
Wolff and Christalla Yakinthou
August 2011: 246 x 174: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56373-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56374-1: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415563741
Conflict Transformation
and Peacebuilding
Moving From Violence to Sustainable Peace
Edited by Bruce W. dayton and Louis Kriesberg,
both at Syracuse University, USA
Series: Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict
Management
This book fills a gap in our
understanding of the forces
that lead to moderation and
constructive engagement in the
context of violent, intrastate
conflicts.
2009: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48084-0: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48085-7: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88104-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415480857
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New
Handbook of Conflict
Analysis and Resolution
Edited by dennis J.d. Sandole, George Mason
University, Washington DC, USA, Sean Byrne,
University of Manitoba, Canada University of
Manitoba, Canada, Ingrid Sandole-Staroste,
George Mason University, Washington DC, USA and
Jessica Senehi, University of Manitoba, Canada
This major Handbook is a collection of work from
leading scholars in the Conflict Analysis and Resolution
(CAR) field. The central theme is the value of
interdisciplinary approaches to the analysis and
resolution of conflicts.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Core Concepts and Theories
1. The Role of Identity in Conflict 2. Encountering
Nationalism: The Contribution of Peace Studies and Conflict
Resolution 3. Gender Relations and Conflict Transformation
Among Refugee Women 4. Causation as a Core Concept in
Conflict Analysis 5. The Challenge of Operationalizing Key
Concepts in Conflict Resolution Theory in International and
Subnational Conflicts 6. The Enemy and the Innocent of
Violent Conflicts 7. Identity Conflicts: Models of Dynamics
and Early Warning 8. Generativity-Based Conflict: Maturing
Micro Foundations for Conflict Theory Part 2: Core
Approaches: Conceptual and Methodological 9. Human
Agonistes: Interdisciplinary Inquiry into Ontological Agency
and Human Conflict 10. The Ethnography of Peace
Education: Some Lessons Learned from Palestinian-Jewish
Integrated Education in Israel 11. Waging Conflicts
Constructively 12. A Social-Psychological Approach to
Conflict Analysis and Resolution 13. Building Relational
Empathy Through An Interactive Design Process 14. Building
Peace: Storytelling to Transform Conflicts Constructively
15. A Capacity Building Approach to Conflict Resolution
16. Gender Mainstreaming: A Valuable Tool in Building
Sustainable Peace 17. Culture Theory, Culture Clash, and the
Practice of Conflict Resolution 18. Conflict Resolution: The
Missing Link between Liberal IR Theory and Realistic Practice
19. Understanding the Development-Conflict Nexus and the
Contribution of Development Cooperation to Peacebuilding
20. Evaluation in Conflict Resolution and Peacebuilding
21. Toward A Conflictology: The Quest for Trans-Disciplinarity
Part 3: Core Practices: Processes 22. Conflict
Transformation: Reasons to be Modest 23. Mediation
Frames/Justice Games 24. Interactive Conflict Resolution:
Dialogue, Conflict Analysis and Problem Solving
25. Mediation and International Conflict Resolution:
Analyzing Structure and Behavior 26. Ethical and Gendered
Dilemmas of Moving from Emergency Response to
Development in ’Failed’ States 27. Memory-Retrieval and
Truth-Recovery 28. Shifting from Coherent Towards Holistic
Peace Processes 29. Law and Legal Processes in Resolving
International Conflicts Part 4: Alternative Voices and
Complex Intervention designs 30. Restorative Processes
of Peace and Healing within the Governing Structures of the
Rotinonshonni ’Longhouse People’ 31. Critical Systematic
Inquiry in Conflict Analysis and Resolution: An Essential
Bridge between Theory and Practice 32. From Diagnosis to
Treatment: Towards New Shared Principles for Israeli/
Palestinian Peacebuilding 33. Strategies for the Prevention,
Management and/or Resolution of (Ethnic) Crisis and
Conflict: The Case of the Balkans 34. The Perception of
Economic Assistance in Northern Ireland and Its Role in the
Peace Process 35. Conflict Resolution in An Age of Empire:
New Challenges to an Emerging Field Conclusions
Conclusion: Revisiting the CAR Field. Epilogue: Implications
for Theory, Research, Practice and Teaching
October 2010: 246 x 174: 576pp
Pb: 978-0-415-57735-9: £29.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415577359
International Conflict
Management
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
coNflict mANAgemeNt ANd resolutioN
Michael J. Butler, Clark University, Worcester, USA
This new textbook provides
students with an accessible
overview of the logic, evolution,
application and outcomes of
the five major approaches of
the growing field of
international conflict
management:
• traditional peacekeeping
• peace enforcement and
support operations
• negotiation and bargaining
• mediation
• adjudication.
The book aims to provide the student with a fuller
understanding of the strengths and weaknesses of these
five techniques within the dynamic context of the
contemporary security environment, especially in relation
to recent and ongoing case studies of inter-state and
intra-state conflict. To demonstrate the changing nature
of security in the post-Cold War world, the text contrasts
this with competing visions of security during the Cold
War and earlier periods, and provides numerous points
of comparison with the dominant causes, types, strategy,
and prosecution of warfare in other eras.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Continuity and Change
Part 2: Concepts and Application
2009: 246 x 174: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77229-7: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77230-3: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87915-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415772303
Transforming Violent
Conflict
Radical Disagreement, Dialogue and Survival
Oliver Ramsbotham, University of Bradford, UK
Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict
Resolution
This book investigates
intractable conflicts and their
main verbal manifestation -
radical disagreement – and
explores what can be done
when conflict resolution fails.
Selected Contents: Prologue:
Having the First Word
Part 1: Radical disagreement
and Conflict Intractability
1. Radical Disagreement and
Discourse Analysis 2. Radical
Disagreement and Conflict
Analysis 3. Radical Disagreement and Conflict Resolution
Part 2: Taking Radical disagreement Seriously
4. Methodology: Studying Agonistic Dialogue
5. Phenomenology: Exploring Agonistic Dialogue
6. Epistemology: Understanding Agonistic Dialogue
7. Praxis: Managing Agonistic Dialogue 8. Re-entry: Feeding
back into Conflict Settlement and Conflict Transformation
Part 3: Radical disagreement and the Future 9. Radical
Disagreement and Human Difference 10. Radical
Disagreement and Human Survival. Epilogue: Having the
Last Word
January 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55207-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55208-0: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85967-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415552080
59

60
terrorism
terrorism
ForthcomiNg
Terrorism Studies
A Reader
Edited by John Horgan and Kurt Braddock, both
at Pennsylvania State University, PA, USA
This book is a comprehensive
terrorism studies reader that
aims to introduce and guide
students through the most
important articles on the subject
of terrorism and political
violence.
Selected Contents: Studying
Terrorism: An Introduction John
Horgan Section 1: Terrorism in
Historical Context
Section 2: Definitions
Section 3: Understanding and
Explaining Terrorism Section 4: Terrorist Movements
Section 5: Terrorist Behaviour Section 6: Counterterrorism
Section 7: Current Trends in Terrorism Section 8: The Future
of Terrorism. Conclusions
July 2011: 246 x 174: 480pp
Hb: 978-0-415-45504-6: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-45505-3: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415455053
ForthcomiNg
Critical Terrorism Studies
An Introduction to Research Methods
Jacob L. Stump, Shepherd University, USA and
Priya dixit, American University, Washington, DC,
USA
This book is an introduction to critical approaches to
terrorism studies.
Introducing students to important developments in the
critical study of terrorism, the book has three key
themes: (1) the position of critical terrorism studies
within the discipline of International Relations (IR); (2)
theoretical and methodological elaborations of critical
approaches to the study of terrorism; (3) empirical
illustrations of those approaches. The book’s objective is
to present a diverse and useful set of readings for
students interested in studying terrorism through a
critical lens.
December 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-62046-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-62047-5: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415620475
ForthcomiNg
Contemporary debates on
Terrorism
Edited by Richard Jackson, Aberystwyth University,
UK and Samuel J. Sinclair, Harvard Medical School,
USA
Debating Terrorism is an innovative new textbook,
addressing a number of key issues in contemporary
terrorism studies from both ’traditional’ and ’critical’
perspectives.
In recent years, the terrorism studies field has grown in
quantity and quality, with a growing number of scholars
rooted in various professional disciplines beginning to
debate the complex dynamics underlying this category
of violence. Within the broader field, there are a number
of identifiable controversies and questions which divide
scholarly opinion and generate opposing arguments.
This volume aims to bring together in one place many of
the field’s leading scholars to debate the key issues
relating to a set of 12 important controversies and
questions. The volume involves a leading scholar taking
a particular position on the controversy, followed by an
opposing or alternative viewpoint written by another
scholar. In addition to the pedagogic value of allowing
students to read opposing arguments in one place, the
volume will also be important for providing an overview
of the state of the field and its key lines of debate.
Selected Contents: Introduction Richard Jackson and Justin
Sinclair definition of Terrorism 1. Is Terrorism Still a Useful
Analytical Term or Should It Be Abandoned? YES Paul
Wilkinson NO Dominic Bryan Categories of Terrorism
2. Is There a ‘New Terrorism’ in Existence Today? YES
Alejandro Bolanos NO Isabelle Duyvesteyn 3. Can States be
Terrorists? YES Michael Stohl NO Colin Wight The
Terrorism Threat 4. Is Terrorism a Serious Threat to
International and National Security? YES James Lutz and
Brenda Lutz NO Ian Lustick 5. Is WMD Terrorism a Likely
Prospect in the Future? YES Natvidad Carpintero-Santamaria
NO John Mueller 6. Does al Qaeda Continue to Pose a
Serious International Threat? YES Jeffrey Cozzens and
Magnus Ranstorp NO Lee Jarvis The Causes of Terrorism
7. Is Terrorism the Result of Root Causes Such as Poverty and
Exclusion? YES Dipak Gupta NO L. Rowell Huesmann and
Graham R. Huesman 8. Is Religious Extremism a Major
Cause of Terrorism? YES Fathali Moghaddam NO Jeffrey
Goodwin dealing with Terrorism 9. Are Counter-
Terrorism Frameworks Based on Suppression and Military
Force Effective in Responding to Terrorism? YES Boaz Ganor
NO Paul Rogers 10. Is the Use of Coercive Interrogation or
Torture Permissible and Effective as a Counter-Terrorism
Method? YES Jeffrey Addicott NO Robert Brecher 11. Is the
Targeted Assassination of Terrorist Suspects an Effective
Response to Terrorism? YES Michael Scheuer NO Andrew
Silke 12. Have Global Efforts to Reduce Terrorism and
Political Violence Been Effective in the Past Decade? YES
Mark Cochrane NO Rachel Monaghan
June 2011: 246 x 174: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59115-7: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59116-4: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415591164
New
3rd edition
Terrorism Versus democracy
The Liberal State Response
Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK
Series: Political Violence
’Paul Wilkinson has been
saying challenging things
about terrorism and the
liberal state for over thirty
years. In the era of the
so-called ’war on terror’ his
perspective on the subject is
more important than ever.
This book deserves to be
widely read: its message on
the need for respect for
human rights is a vital one in
these security-oriented
days.’ - Conor Gearty, London School of Economics, UK
This book examines the terrorist networks that operate
globally and analyses the long-term future of terrorism
and terrorist-backed insurgencies.
This new edition gives more attention to the political
and strategic impact of modern transnational terrorism,
the need for maximum international cooperation by
law-abiding states to counter not only direct threats to
the safety and security of their own citizens but also to
preserve international peace and security through
strengthening counter-proliferation and cooperative
threat reduction (CTR).
This book is essential reading for undergraduate and
postgraduate students of terrorism studies, political
science and international relations, as well as for policy
makers and journalists.
Selected Contents: Preface. Glossary of Terrorist Groups.
Introduction to Revised Edition 1. Terrorism, Insurgency and
Asymmetrical Conflict 2. The Emergence of Modern
Terrorism 3. Origins and Key Characteristics of Al Qaeda
4. Terrorist Backed Insurgencies 5. Politics, Diplomacy and
Peace Processes: Pathways out of Terrorism? 6. Law-
Enforcement, Criminal Justice and the Liberal State 7. The
Role of the Military in Combating Terrorism 8. Hostage-
Taking, Sieges and Problems of Response 9. Aviation Security
10. The Media and Terrorism 11. International Cooperation
Against Terrorism 12. The Future of Terrorism
13. Conclusion. Further Reading and Bibliography
January 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58800-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58799-0: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83231-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415587990
ForthcomiNg
Suicide Bombings
Riaz Hassan
Series: Short Cuts
Suicide bombing has become a weapon of choice
among terrorist groups because of its lethality and
unrivalled ability to cause mayhem and fear, but what is
the real driving force behind these attacks? For the first
time, Suicide Bombings analyses concrete data from The
Suicide Terrorism Database at Flinders University,
Australia, to explain what motivates the perpetrators.
April 2011: 198 x 129: 168pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58886-7: £65.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58887-4: £17.99
eBook: 978-0-203-82788-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415588874
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

ForthcomiNg
Conducting Terrorism Field
Research
A Guide
Edited by Adam dolnik, University of Wollongong,
Australia
Series: Contemporary Terrorism Studies
This ’how to’ guide to field research on terrorism
provides detailed insights into the challenges and
obstacles in doing field research on terrorism, as well as
advice on how these can be overcome.
This edited volume offers a collection of articles from
experienced authors representing different risk groups,
disciplines, methodological approaches, regional
specializations, and other context-specific aspects. Each
contributor provides a road-map to their own research,
describing planning and preparation phases, the
formalities involved in getting into conflict zones,
gaining access to sources, managing contacts,
interviewing militants in the field, detailed discussion on
the risks involved, ethical dilemmas, translation issues,
effective interviewing and rapport-building steps, and
other practical aspects of conducting field research. The
text will also help researchers set realistic expectations of
how the process of interviewing militants and secretive
government sources in conflict zones is organized, what
the likely outcomes are, and assist with many other
practical issues such as how to navigate through
challenges posed by government forces unsympathetic
to researchers, how to reduce risk of physical harm
when travelling in conflict zones, how to behave at
hostile checkpoints, how to answer specific questions
militants tend to ask prior and during interviews.
Selected Contents: Introduction Adam Dolnik 1. The Need
for Field Research on Terrorism Adam Dolnik 2. A More
Accessible Population?: Interviewing Former Terrorists John
Horgan 3. Field Research on Counterterrorism: Interviewing
Government Sources Brian Jackson and Lindsey Clutterbuck
4. Interviewing al Qaida, Jason Burke and Peter Bergen
5. The Participant Observer Method Keith Akins and Gerard
Chaliand 6. The Use of Surveys in Field Research on
Terrorism Christine Fair 7. Field Research on Terrorism in
Colombia Michael Kenney 8. Field Research on Terrorism in
Africa Anneli Botha 9. Field Research on Terrorism in
Southeast Asia 10. Researching Terrorism in Pakistan: An
Insider’s Perspective Amir Rana 11. Interviewing Islamist
Militants as a Woman 12. How to Research ’Us’?: A
Terrorists’ Perspective. Conclusions: Researching Terrorism in
the Field: A ’How To’ Guide Adam Dolnik
December 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-60930-2: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-60931-9: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415609319
New
Explaining Terrorism
Causes, Processes and Consequences
Martha Crenshaw, Stanford University, USA
Series: Political Violence
This volume comprises some of the key essays by
Professor Crenshaw, from 1972 to the present-day, on
the causes, processes and consequences of terrorism .
This selection of her work represents the development of
her thought over time in four areas:
• defining terrorism and identifying its causes
• the different methods used to explain terrorism,
including strategic, organisational and psychological
approaches
• how campaigns of terrorism end
• how governments can effectively contribute to the
ending of terrorism.
This collection of essays by one of the pioneering
thinkers in the field of terrorism studies will be essential
reading for all students of political violence and
terrorism, security studies and IR/politics in general.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Definitions, Approaches,
Trajectories, and Responses Part 1: What and Why?
1. The Concept of Terrorism 2. The Causes of Terrorism
3. ’Old’ vs. ’New’ Terrorism Part 2: Explaining Terrorism:
Organizations, Strategies, and Psychology 4. The
Organizational Approach 5. Subjective Realities 6. The Logic
of Terrorism 7. Psychological Constraints on Instrumental
Reasoning Part 3: Responding to Terrorism 8. Coercive
Diplomacy 9. Strategies and Grand Strategies
10. Counterterrorism Policy and the Political Process
Part 4: How Terrorism Ends 11. How Terrorism Declines
12. Why Terrorism is Rejected or Renounced
October 2010: 234 x 156: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78050-6: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78051-3: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415780513
ForthcomiNg
Terror in our Time
911 plus 10
Ken Booth, Aberystwyth University, UK and
Tim dunne, University of Queensland, Australia
The 9/11 terror attacks profoundly altered the way in
which intellectuals, practitioners, and the public thought
about the meaning of security and terrorism. This book
evaluates the impact of ‘international terrorism’ on
global order ten years after 911, addressing a series of
key issues in short accessible essays.
Selected Contents: Preface Part 1: International
Terrorism 1. Terror 2. Risk 3. Islam 4. Afghanistan
5. Pakistan 6. Imperialism 7. Evil Part 2: World Order
8. War 9. America 10. Security 11. Law 12. Public Opinion
13. Responsibility 14. Endings. References
September 2011: 198 x 129: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-67830-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-67831-5: £14.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415678315
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
terrorism
Global Terrorism and
New Media
The Post-Al Qaeda Generation
Philip Seib, University of Southern California, USA
and dana M. Janbek, Lasell College, MA, USA
Series: Media, War and Security
Global Terrorism and New
Media carefully examines the
content of terrorist websites
and extremist television
programming to provide a
comprehensive look at how
terrorist groups use new media
today.
Based partly on a content
analysis of discussion boards
and forums, the authors share
their findings on how terrorism
1.0 is migrating to 2.0 where
the interactive nature of new media is used to build
virtual organization and community. The book pays
particular attention to terrorist media efforts directed at
women and children, which are evidence of the
long-term strategy that some terrorist organizations have
adopted, and the relationship between terrorists’ media
presence and actual terrorist activity. This volume also
looks at the future of terrorism online and analyzes
lessons learned from counterterrorism strategies.
Selected Contents: 1. Communicating Terror 2. High Tech
Terror: Al Qaeda and Beyond 3. Terrorists’ Online Strategies
4. Targeting the Young 5. Women and Terrorism
6. Terrorism’s Online Future 7. Responding to Terrorism
August 2010: 234 x 156: 160pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77961-6: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77962-3: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84537-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415779623
ForthcomiNg
The End of Terrorism
Leonard Weinberg, University of Nevada, Reno,
USA
Series: Extremism and Democracy
This book argues that al-Qaida and the various violent
Islamist groups it has inspired are, like their predecessors,
bound to bring their operations to an end. Rather than
discussing the defection or de-radicalization of
individuals the book aims to analyze how terrorist
groups end. It examines the historical record and
analyzes in some detail the various ends of these violent
organizations. Much of the analysis is based on a
massive data collection on terrorism compiled by
researchers at the national security studies center at the
University of Haifa.
As a result, the book provides a unique empirically
informed perspective on the end of terrorism that is a
valuable addition to the currently available in the
literature on the subject.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Methods 3. Defeat
4. Success 5. Transformation 6. Conclusions
July 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78117-6: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78118-3: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781183
61

62
New
terrorism
Political Violence
Series Edited by Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK and david rapoport, UCLA, USA
This book series contains sober, thoughtful and authoritative academic accounts of terrorism and political violence. Its aim is to produce a useful taxonomy of terror and violence
through comparative and historical analysis in both national and international spheres. Each book discusses origins, organisational dynamics and outcomes of particular forms and
expressions of political violence.
The Psychology of Counter-
Terrorism
Edited by Andrew Silke, University of East London,
UK
This edited book explores how
psychology can be used to
improve our understanding of
terrorism and counterterrorism.
This work firstly aims to provide
balanced and objective insight
into the psychology of terrorists;
what their motivations are,
what keeps them involved in
terrorist groups, and what
eventually forces most to end
their active involvement in
terrorism. Secondly, the
contributors focus on the challenging issue of how to
respond to terrorism.
This innovative book will be of great interest to students
of terrorism and counter-terrorism, security studies,
psychology and politics, as well as security professionals
and military colleges.
Selected Contents: 1. The Psychology of Counterterrorism:
Critical Issues and Challenges Andrew Silke
2. Understanding Terrorist Psychology Randy Borum 3. The
Psychology of Violent Radicalisation Brooke Rogers 4. Why
People Support Terrorism Reena Kumari 5. The Evolutionary
Logic of Terrorism Rick O’Gorman 6. The Internet and
Terrorism Lorraine Bowman-Grieve 7. The Impact of the
Media on Terrorism and Counterterrorism Deborah Browne
and Andrew Silke 8. Disengaging from Terrorism Neil
Ferguson 9. Terrorists and Extremists in Prison: Psychological
Issues in Management and Reform Andrew Silke
10. Interrogation Tactics and Terrorist Suspects John Pearse
11. Terrorist Tactics and Counter-Terrorism Graeme Steven
12. Deterring Terrorism: Target-Hardening, Surveillance and
the Prevention of Terrorism Pete Fussey 13. Countering the
Psychological Impact of Terrorism: Challenges for Homeland
Security Anthony Richards
October 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55839-6: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55840-2: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84026-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415558402
understanding Violent Radicalisation
Terrorist and Jihadist Movements in Europe
ForthcomiNg
State Terrorism and Human
Rights
International Responses since the Cold War
Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK
This book aims to improve our
understanding of the broad
trends in the use of political
violence by examining the use
of state terror in world politics.
This book analyses the major
types of international response
to state terror since the Cold
War and their outcomes and
wider implications for the future
of international relations. The
conclusion will attempt to
develop proposals for more
effective international responses to state terror in full
capability with international law and the protection of
human rights.
Selected Contents: 1. Concept and Typology of Regime
Terror 2. Regime Terror as a Political Weapon in Modern
History 3. Trends in the Use of Terror by States since the End
of the Cold War 4. Obstacles to International Action against
State Terror in the Post-Cold War International System
5. The Case of Saddam Hussein’s Terror against the Kurds
and the International Response 6. Indonesian Terror against
East Timor Separatists and the International Response 7. The
Use of State Terror in Former Yugoslavia and the International
Response 8. Terror in Rwanda in 1994 and the Failure of
International Response 9. Conclusions: Towards a More
Effective International Response to State Terror, based on
Democratic Principles and the Protection of Human Rights.
Bibliography. Index
October 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47423-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47424-5: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415474245
Edited by Magnus Ranstorp, Swedish National Defence College, Stockholm
This is the first book to address in depth the interplay between radicalisation and political
violence in Europe, as well as the effectiveness of counter-measures.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Understanding Radicalization as a Process Part 2: Understanding
Radicalization in Context
2009: 234 x 156: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55629-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55630-9: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86574-3
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556309
Walking Away from
Terrorism
Accounts of Disengagement from Radical
and Extremist Movements
John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA
‘John Horgan’s meticulous
research breaks new ground.
His acute understanding of
the complex factors that can
lead to disillusion and
withdrawal from terrorism
makes this book an
indispensable source for
academics and the security
professionals.’ - Paul
Wilkinson, University of St
Andrews, UK
This accessible new book looks
at how and why individuals leave terrorist movements,
and considers the lessons and implications that emerge
from this process.
The book examines three major issues:
• what we currently know about de-radicalisation and
disengagement
• how discussions with terrorists about their experiences
of disengagement can show how exit routes come
about, and how they then fare as ‘ex-terrorists’ away
from the structures that protected them
• what the implications of these findings are for
law-enforcement officers, policy-makers and civil
society on a global scale.
Concluding with a series of thought-provoking yet
controversial suggestions for future efforts at controlling
terrorist behaviour, Walking Away From Terrorism
provides an comprehensive introduction to
disengagement and de-radicalisation and offers
policymakers a series of considerations for the
development of counter-radicalization and deradicalisation
processes.
2009: 234 x 156: 216pp
Hb: 978-0-415-43943-5: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-43944-2: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87473-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415439442
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

strAtegic
studies
ForthcomiNg
Intelligence and Politics
An Introduction
Philip davies, Brunel University, UK
This book is the first introduction to the key concepts
and issues in intelligence for students. It covers general
ideas, methods, problems and debates in the field, and
takes a global perspective, using examples from a range
of national intelligence systems. The book is divided into
three key areas: intelligence itself, the role of intelligence
in government, and political issues and debates
surrounding intelligence.
Selected Contents: Introduction. Introduction for Course
Convenors 1. What is Intelligence? The Elements of
Intelligence 2. Collection: Sources and Methods
3. Counter-Intelligence: Protecting Intelligence 4. Covert
Action: War by Other Means 5. Analysis and Estimates:
Putting the Pieces Together 6. Requirements and Priorities:
The Need to Know Intelligence in Government
7. Intelligence and Policy: The Producer-Consumer Interface
8. The Intelligence Community: Coordination and Integration
9. Causes of Intelligence Failure: Why it Goes Wrong
10. Defence Support: Information for Combat 11. Police
Intelligence: Information for Law Enforcement Intelligence
and Politics 12. Ethics and Intelligence 13. Intelligence and
Democracy I: Surveillance and Civil Liberties 14. Intelligence
and Democracy II: Accountability and Oversight
15. Intelligence and Democracy III: Proportionality and the
Law 16. Intelligence in Non-Democratic States: Espionage
and Regime Security
September 2011: 246 x 174: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-42869-9: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-42868-2: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415428682
ForthcomiNg
Modern Strategy
An Introduction
Elinor Sloan, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada
This book provides a coherent, integrated introductory
textbook on post-Cold War strategic theory for
upper-level students seeking an initial understanding of
strategic studies.
Dramatic changes and developments in the international
security environment over the past decade and a half
have created the need to examine the ideas of more
contemporary strategic thinkers, and to revise the key
textbooks of strategic thought. This book examines
modern strategic thought, with a focus on the post-Cold
War period.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Strategy and Strategic
Thought 1. Sea Power 2. Land Power 3. Air Power 4. Joint
Theory 5. Nuclear Power and Deterrence 6. Space
7. Irregular Warfare & Counterinsurgency 8. Asymmetric
Warfare. Conclusion. Select Bibliography
December 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77770-4: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77771-1: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415777711
2nd edition
Seapower
A Guide for the Twenty-First Century
Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff
College / Defence Studies, Kings College London, UK
Series: Cass Series: Naval Policy and History
Praise for the First Edition:
’An extensive array of
information collated with
skilful insight and incisive
scholarship. A definitive
study of the role of
seapower, past, present and
future’ - Parliamentary
Maritime Review
’A landmark work.
Seapower: A Guide for the
Twenty-First Century
delivers gloriously what it promises in its sub-title.
... Till’s excellent book will dominate maritime
reading lists for years to come.’ – Colin S. Gray, RUSI
Journal
’In all, Seapower is very probably the best single
work on sea power and maritime strategy to have
been published for many years.’ - Journal of the
Australian Naval Institute
This updated and expanded new edition of Geoffrey
Till’s acclaimed book is an essential guide for students of
naval history and maritime strategy, and anyone
interested in the changing and crucial role of seapower
in the 21st century.
Selected Contents: Foreword Admiral Sir Jonathon Band
KCB ADC 1. Seapower in a Globalised World - Two
Tendencies 2. Defining Seapower 3. Who Said What and
Why It Matters 4. The Constituents of Maritime Power
5. Navies and Technology 6. Command of the Sea and Sea
Control 7. Securing Command of the Sea 8. Exploiting
Command of the Sea 9. Expeditionary Operations 10. Naval
Diplomacy 11. Good Order at Sea 12. Theory and Practice:
The Asia-Pacific Region: A Case Study 13. Conclusions?
2009: 246 x 174: 432pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48088-8: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48089-5: £28.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88048-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415480895
3rd edition
Masters of War
Classical Strategic Thought
Michael I. Handel
2000: 234 x 156: 512pp
Hb: 978-0-7146-5091-3: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-7146-8132-0: £28.99
eBook: 978-0-203-01774-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780714681320
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
strAtegic studies
ForthcomiNg
understanding
Contemporary Strategy
Thomas M. Kane and david J. Lonsdale, both at
University of Hull, UK
This new co-authored textbook explains and describes
the key intellectual debates around military strategy in
the early twenty-first century. The book emphasizes the
connections between military operations and broader
issues of national policy, and focuses on how current
issues such as terrorism, insurgency, nuclear
proliferation, information technology and American
superiority in conventional military power challenge –
and reaffirm – assumptions about modern warfare
established during the global conflicts of the twentieth
century.
Selected Contents: 1. What is Strategy? An Introduction
2. Twentieth Century Land Warfare 3. Emerging Military
Technology: Evolution or Revolution? 4. Insurgency 5. Once
and Future Terrorism 6. Nuclear Weapons in the Twenty-First
Century 7. War at Sea 8. Strategic Air Warfare 9. War in
Space 10. The Intelligence Services 11. Why People Fight
12. Grand Strategy in the Twenty-First Century
13. Conclusion. Select Bibliography
August 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46166-5: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46167-2: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415461672
Strategic Studies
A Reader
Edited by Thomas Mahnken, Johns Hopkins
University, Washington DC, USA and
Joseph A. Maiolo, King’s College, University of
London, UK
This new Reader brings
together key essays on strategic
theory by some of the leading
contributors in the field. It
guides students through both
the theoretical and practical
aspects of Strategic Studies, and
includes both classic essays and
works of contemporary
scholarship.
Selected Contents: Part 1: The
Uses of Strategic Theory
Part 2: Interpretation of the
Classics Part 3: Instruments of War: Land, Sea, and Air
Power Part 4: Nuclear Strategy Part 5: Irregular Warfare and
Small Wars Part 6: Future Warfare, Future Strategy
2008: 246 x 174: 464pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77221-1: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77222-8: £27.99
eBook: 978-0-203-92846-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415772228
63

64
strAtegic studies
understanding
Counterinsurgency
Doctrine, Operations, and Challenges
Edited by Thomas Rid, American Academy, Berlin,
Germany and Thomas Keaney, Johns Hopkins
University, USA
This textbook offers an
accessible introduction to
counterinsurgency operations, a
key aspect of modern warfare.
Featuring essays by some of the
world’s leading experts on
unconventional conflict, both
scholars and practitioners, the
book discusses how modern
regular armed forces react, and
should react, to irregular
warfare. The volume is divided
into three main sections:
• Doctrinal Origins: analysing the intellectual and
historical roots of modern Western theory and practice
• Operational Aspects: examining the specific role of
various military services in counterinsurgency, but also
special forces, intelligence, and local security forces
• Challenges: looking at wider issues, such as
governance, culture, ethics, civil-military cooperation,
information operations, and time.
Understanding Counterinsurgency is the first
comprehensive textbook on counterinsurgency, and will
be essential reading for all students of small wars,
counterinsurgency and counterterrorism, strategic
studies and security studies, both in graduate and
undergraduate courses as well as in professional military
schools.
Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Counterinsurgency
Thomas Keaney and Thomas Rid Part 1: doctrine 2. France
Etienne de Durand 3. Britain Alexander Alderson
4. Germany Timo Noetzel 5. United States Conrad Crane
Part 2: Operational Aspects 6. Army Peter Mansoor
7. Marine Corps Frank Hoffman 8. Airpower Charles Dunlap,
Jr 9. Naval Support Martin Murphy 10. Special Operations
Kalev Sepp 11. Intelligence David Kilcullen 12. Local
Security Forces John Nagl Part 3: Challenges
13. Governance Nadia Schadlow 14. Culture Montgomery
McFate 15. Ethics Sarah Sewall 16. Information Operations
Andrew Exum 17. Civil-Military Integration Michelle Parker
and Matthew Irvine 18. Time Austin Long
19. Counterinsurgency in Context Thomas Rid and Thomas
Keaney. Suggested Further Reading
April 2010: 246 x 174: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77764-3: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77765-0: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85237-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415777650
American Soldiers in Iraq
McSoldiers or Innovative Professionals?
Morten G. Ender, United States Military Academy,
West Point, USA
Series: Cass Military Studies
American Soldiers in Iraq offers
a unique snapshot of American
soldiers in Iraq, analyzing their
collective narratives in relation
to the military sociology
tradition.
Grounded in a century-long
tradition of sociology offering a
window into the world of
American soldiers, this volume
serves as a voice for their
experience. It provides the
reader with both a generalized
and a deep view into a major social institution in
American society and its relative constituents — the
military and soldiers — during a war. In so doing, the
book gives a backstage insight into the U.S. military and
into the experiences and attitudes of soldiers during
their most extreme undertaking - a forward deployment
in Iraq while hostilities are intense.
2009: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77788-9: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77789-6: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87937-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415777896
recommend key titles to
your librarian today!
Ensure that your library has access
to all the latest publications.
Visit www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp
today and complete our online
Library Recommendation Form.
iNtelligeNce
studies
iNtelligeNce
studies
New iN paperbacK
Churchill’s Man of Mystery
Desmond Morton and the World of
Intelligence
Gill Bennett, Cabinet Office, Histories, Openness
and Records Unit, London, UK
Series: Government official History Series
’This excellent book describes and explains one of
Britain’s mystery men. Morton remains a bit of a
mystery, but thanks to Bennett, no longer a myth.
His role in the creation of the structure and
organization of British intelligence was crucial – no
bookshelf of books on intelligence can be complete
without this study. But his reputation as a shadowy
éminence grise for Winston Churchill is put into
proper and fascinating perspective.’ - Warren
Kimball, Rutgers University, USA
2009: 234 x 156: 432pp
Pb: 978-0-415-48168-7: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415481687
Secret Intelligence
A Reader
Edited by Christopher Andrew, Corpus Christi
College, University of Cambridge, UK,
Richard J. Aldrich, University of Warwick, UK and
Wesley K. Wark, University of Toronto, Canada
This Reader in the field of
intelligence studies focuses on
policy, blending classic works on
concepts and approaches with
more recent essays dealing with
current issues and the ongoing
debate about the future of
intelligence.
2008: 246 x 174: 576pp
Hb: 978-0-415-42023-5: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-42024-2: £28.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415420242
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New iN paperbacK
The Guy Liddell diaries,
Volume I: 1939-1942
MI5’s Director of Counter-Espionage in
World War II
Nigel West
2009: 234 x 156: 352pp
Pb: 978-0-415-54798-7: £20.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415547987
’This book is a goldmine of
once highly secret
intelligence material ... no
intelligence buff can be
without this volume and
anyone interested in British
twentieth century history
needs it too.’ - The Spectator
‘An innermost corner of the
secret war against Hitler,
recorded night by night by
the man who ran it: as an
authentic source, beyond
price.’ - M.R.D. Foot
New iN paperbacK
The Guy Liddell diaries Vol.II:
1942-1945
MI5’s Director of Counter-Espionage in
World War II
Edited by Nigel West,
Professional author and
consultant
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415550116
2009: 234 x 156: 336pp
Pb: 978-0-415-55011-6: £20.99
geNocide
2nd edition
Genocide
A Comprehensive Introduction
Adam Jones, University of British Columbia
Okanagan, Canada
Genocide: A Comprehensive
Introduction is the most
wide-ranging textbook on
genocide yet published. The
book is designed as a text for
upper-undergraduate and
graduate students, as well as a
primer for non-specialists and
general readers interested in
learning about one of
humanity’s enduring blights.
Fully updated to reflect the
latest thinking in this rapidly
developing field, this new edition:
• provides an introduction to genocide as both a
historical phenomenon and an analytical-legal concept,
including an extended discussion of the concept of
genocidal intent, and the dynamism and contingency
of genocidal processes
• discusses the role of state-building, imperialism, war,
and social revolution in fueling genocide
• supplies a wide range of full-length case studies of
genocides worldwide, each with an accompanying
box-text
• explores perspectives on genocide from the social
sciences, including psychology, sociology,
anthropology, political science/international relations,
and gender studies
• considers ’The Future of Genocide,’ with attention to
historical memory and genocide denial; initiatives for
truth, justice, and redress; and strategies of
intervention and prevention.
Written in clear and lively prose, liberally sprinkled with
over 100 illustrations and maps, and including personal
testimonies from genocide survivors, Genocide: A
Comprehensive Introduction has established itself as the
core textbook of the new generation of genocide
scholarship. An accompanying website (www.
genocidetext.net) features a broad selection of
supplementary materials, teaching aids, and Internet
resources.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Overview
1. The Origins of Genocide 2. State and Empire;War and
Revolution Part 2: Cases 3. Genocide of Indigenous
Peoples 4. The Ottoman Destruction of Christian Minorities
5. Stalin and Mao 6. The Jewish Holocaust 7. Cambodia
and the Khmer Rouge 8. Bosnia and Kosovo 9. Apocalypse
in Rwanda Part 3: Social Science Perspectives
10. Psychological Perspectives 11. The Sociology and
Anthropology of Genocide 12. Political Science and
International Relations 13. Gendering Genocide
Part 4: The Future of Genocide 14. Memory, Forgetting
and Denial 15. Justice, Truth and Redress 16. Strategies of
Intervention and Prevention
September 2010: 246 x 174: 680pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48618-7: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48619-4: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84696-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415486194
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
The Genocide Studies
Reader
geNocide
Edited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas,
Fayetteville, USA and Paul R. Bartrop, Deakin
University, Australia
This thorough overview of all
aspects of the field of genocide
studies brings together for the
first time classic and
contemporary writings from
some of the most noted
scholars writing on genocide in
the fields of genocide studies,
political science, history, and
sociology. The Reader covers
key aspects of a host of
complex and thorny issues, such
as the definition of genocide,
theories of genocide, prevention and intervention, and
its denial. This collection of writings is essential reading
for anyone who wants to understand this most atrocious
form of political violence that has plagued human
history.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Definitions of Genocide
Part 2: Theories and Causes of Genocide Part 3: Genocidal
Crimes Part 4: The Complexities of the Prevention and
Intervention of Genocide Part 5: Prosecution of Crimes
Against Humanity and Genocide Part 6: Denial of Genocide
2009: 254 x 178: 568pp
Hb: 978-0-415-95394-8: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-95395-5: £28.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415953955
3rd edition
Century of Genocide
Critical Essays and Eyewitness Accounts
Edited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas,
Fayetteville, USA
Through powerful first-person
accounts, scholarly analysis, and
compelling narrative, Century of
Genocide details the causes and
ramifications of the genocides
perpetrated in the twentieth
century and into the
twenty-first. Historical context
provides the necessary
background on the actors and
victims to help us better
understand these episodes of
atrocious political violence.
The third edition has been carefully updated and
features new chapters on Darfur, Guatemala, and
violence against indigenous peoples the world over. The
volume concludes with a consideration of the methods
of prevention and intervention of future genocides.
2008: 229 x 152: 672pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99084-4: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99085-1: £27.99
eBook: 978-0-203-89043-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415990851
65

66
geNocide
ForthcomiNg
New directions in Genocide
Research
Adam Jones, University of British Columbia
Okanagan, Canada
Genocide studies is a relatively
new field of comparative
inquiry, but recent years have
seen an increasing range of
themes and subject-matter
being addressed reflecting a
variety of features of the field
and transformations within it.
This edited books seeks to
capture the range of new
approaches, theories and case
studies in the field.
Selected Contents: Introduction
Adam Jones Part 1: Theories 1. From Definition to Process:
The Effects and Roots of Genocide Benjamin Lieberman
2. Genocidal Social Practices Daniel Feierstein 3. The
Morality of Genocide Christopher J. Powell Part 2: Themes
4. Cultural Genocide: Destroying Material Culture,
Destroying Identity Pamela De Condappa 5. Genocidal
Masculinities Elisa von Joeden-Forgey 6. (In)visible males: A
Critical Assessment of UN Gender Mainstreaming Policies in
the Congolese Gendercide Paula Drumond Rangel Campos
7. Tracking Evidence of the Genocide through Environmental
Change: Applying Remote Sensing to the Study of Genocide
8. Genocide and Structural Violence: Charting the Terrain
Adam Jones 9. Moral Bystanders and Mass Violence Ernesto
Verdeja Part 3: Cases 10. Revisiting the American Genocide
Debate Benjamin Madley 11. Globalizing Nazi Crimes: A
Postcolonial Reading of the Holocaust Jürgen Zimmerer
12. Colonialism, Ethnicity and Genocide in the African Great
Lakes Region – A Transnational Approach Dominik J. Schaller
13. South Asia and Genocide: A Case for Prevention Benita
Sumita
July 2011: 246 x 174: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49596-7: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49597-4: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415495974
order Yours today!
Fifty Key Thinkers on
the Holocaust and
Genocide
Paul R. Bartrop, Deakin University, Australia and
Steven L. Jacobs, University of Alabama, USA
Series: Routledge Key Guides
This unique volume critically
discusses the works of fifty of
the most influential scholars
involved in the study of the
Holocaust and genocide.
Studying each scholar’s
background and influences, the
authors examine the ways in
which their major works have
been received by critics and
supporters, and analyse each
thinker’s contributions to the
field. Key figures discussed
range from historians and philosophers, to theologians,
anthropologists, art historians and sociologists.
A thoughtful collection of groundbreaking thinkers, this
book is an ideal resource for academics, students, and all
those interested in both the emerging and rapidly
evolving field of Genocide Studies and the established
field of Holocaust Studies.
Selected Contents: Acknowledgements. Introduction.
Alex Alvarez. Hannah Arendt. Peter Balakian. Lawrence
Baron. Omer Bartov. Yehuda Bauer. Zygmunt Bauman.
Donald Bloxham. Christopher Browning. Harry James
Cargas. Israel Charny. Robert Conquest. Vahakn Dadrian.
Lucy S. Dawidowicz. Terrence Des Pres. A. Roy Eckardt and
Alice Lyons Eckardt. Emil Fackenheim. Helen Fein. Stephen
Feinstein. Saul Friedländer. Barbara Harff and Ted Robert
Gurr. Raul Hilberg. Alexander Laban Hinton. Herbert Hirsch.
Adam Jones. Ben Kiernan. Leo Kuper. Berel Lang.
Lawrence Langer. Raphael Lemkin. Mark Levene. Primo
Levi. Robert J. Lifton. Franklin H. Littell. Mahmood
Mamdani. Eric Markusen. Robert F. Melson. Hans
Mommsen. Norman M. Naimark. Samantha Power. Joan
Ringelheim. Carol Rittner. John K. Roth. Richard L.
Rubenstein. Rudolph J. Rummel. William Schabas. Jacques
Sémelin. Robert Skloot. Elie Wiesel. James E. Young
August 2010: 216 x 138: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77550-2: £65.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77551-9: £16.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84602-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415775519
For simple and secure online ordering,
please visit www.routledge.com/politics
or use the order form at the back
of this catalog.
humAN rights
ForthcomiNg
Human Security
Global Politics and the Human Costs of War
don Hubert, University of Ottawa, Canada
Series: Global Institutions
This book examines the idea of human security and its
influence in global politics since the end of the Cold
War.
The core of the book focuses on three specific
campaigns: the international ban on anti-personnel
landmines, the prohibition on the use of child soldiers
and international efforts to address the problem of
conflict diamonds. These three cases are emblematic of
the human security approach since they involve a
critique of traditional security policy, prioritize the safety
and security of individuals, are pursued through
multilateral processes aimed at creating new
international norms and mechanisms, and seek to alter
the behaviour of both states and non-state actors.
Selected Contents: 1. Origins of the International
Humanitarian System 2. Mercy and Manipulation in the Cold
War 3. The Globalization of Humanitarianism: From the End
of the Cold War to the Global War on Terror 4. States as
Responders and Donors 5. International Organizations
6. NGOs and Private Action 7. Our Brave New World, a
Better Future?
July 2011: 216 x 138: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48814-3: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48815-0: £17.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415488150
Measuring Human Rights
Todd Landman and Edzia Carvalho, both at
University of Essex, UK
’An indispensable resource
for scholars seeking to build
and test theories about why
governments violate human
rights and for policymakers
looking for ways to evaluate
the human rights
consequences of policies.’
- David Cingranelli, Binghamton
University, SUNY
’This work will be a crucial
resource for comprehending
massive violations of human
rights in the real world of incomplete, often biased
data. Landman and Carvalho deftly explore the
debates and tradeoffs between different data
collection schemes and levels of analysis, giving
the reader an in-depth view of the current
state-of-the-art in academic and NGO research.
Strongly recommended!’ - Patrick Ball, Human Rights
Program, Benetech Initiative
2009: 234 x 156: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-44649-5: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-44650-1: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86759-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415446501
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Achieving Human Rights
Richard Falk, University of California,
Santa Barbara, USA
This book addresses similar
questions as Falk’s earlier
Human Rights Horizons,
extending the exploration of
human rights discourse and
practice to focus on matters of
post-9/11 security issues,
developments in international
criminal law, the role of
citizenship and democracy, and
approaches from the
humanities.
2008: 229 x 152: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99015-8: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99016-5: £20.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88910-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415990165
War, Conflict and Human
Rights
Theory and Practice
Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega and
Johanna Herman, all at University of East London,
UK
‘What makes this book such
a superb teaching tool? The
text begins by providing
separate background
chapters on human rights
and conflict studies. This
makes the case studies and
topical chapters completely
accessible for a wide range
of students. Clearly written
and completely up-to-date,
War, Conflict and Human
Rights will undoubtedly find
itself on the mandatory reading list of many
syllabi.’ - Julie Mertus, American University, USA
’[the authors] have tackled the most perplexing
issues of humanitarian protection and conflict
resolution, clarified the hard choices and explored
their implications in probing case studies. They
demonstrate that the tools now available to
promote human rights, though far from adequate,
can make a positive difference when they are
mobilized vigorously and authentically, respecting
both shared rights and legitimate differences.’
- Michael Doyle, Columbia University, USA
Selected Contents: Part 1: War and Human Rights: Critical
Issues Part 2: Contemporary Conflict: Critical Cases Part 3:
Building Peace and Seeking Accountability: Recent
Mechanisms and Institutions
2009: 246 x 174: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-45205-2: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-45206-9: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87474-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415452069
2nd edition
The united Nations and
Human Rights
A Guide for a New Era
Julie Mertus, American University, Washington DC,
USA
Series: Global Institutions
‘Julie Mertus is a rare
academic, one who combines
serious scholarship with
extensive experience of
human rights practice and
the ability to communicate
her passion for her
subject-matter to a wide
audience. Her concise and
readable work was widely
welcomed when it appeared
in 2005, and this new edition
will not disappoint. She has
now provided an incisive and informed response to
the Human Rights Council and the Global Compact,
as well as bringing the whole text up to date. As
Mertus concludes, ’the promise of human rights
remains unfulfilled’; but she shows how the united
Nations is working, against the odds, to turn ideals
into practice. Students, activists and scholars will
all benefit from this splendid short guide.‘ - Bill
Bowring, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK
2009: 216 x 138: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49132-7: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49140-2: £17.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87801-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415491402
Truth Commissions and
Transitional Societies
The Impact on Human Rights and
Democracy
Eric Wiebelhaus-Brahm, University of Colorado,
USA
Series: Security and Governance
‘This ground-breaking study
of truth commissions is
essential reading for anyone
interested in taking stock of
one of the most common
measures of transitional
justice. Its mixture of
qualitative case studies and
quantitative analysis offers
new rigor to the assessment
of truth commissions. His
findings, that truth
commissions have negative
effects on human rights in the near term, and
negligible impact on democratization, should be
carefully considered by practitioners and scholars
of transitional justice.’ - Chandra Lekha Sriram,
University of East London, UK
Selected Contents: Part 1: Truth-Seeking as an Article of
Faith Part 2: Experiments in Truth Part 3: Truth Commissions
in Cross-National Context Part 4: The Promise and Pitfalls of
Truth Commissions
January 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55321-6: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55322-3: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86202-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415553223
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
humAN rights
2nd edition
unspeakable Truths
Transitional Justice and the Challenge of
Truth Commissions
Priscilla B. Hayner
In a sweeping review of forty
truth commissions, Priscilla
Hayner delivers a definitive
exploration of the global
experience in official
truth-seeking after widespread
atrocities. When Unspeakable
Truths was first published in
2001, it quickly became a
classic, helping to define the
field of truth commissions and
the broader arena of transitional
justice. This second edition is
fully updated and expanded, covering twenty new
commissions formed in the last ten years, analyzing new
trends, and offering detailed charts that assess the
impact of truth commissions and provide comparative
information not previously available.
Placing the increasing number of truth commissions
within the broader expansion in transitional justice,
Unspeakable Truths surveys key developments and new
thinking in reparations, international justice, healing
from trauma, and other areas. The book challenges
many widely-held assumptions, based on hundreds of
interviews and a sweeping review of the literature. This
book will help to define how these issues are addressed
in the future.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Confronting Past
Crimes: Transitional Justice and the Phenomenon of Truth
Commissions 3. Why a Truth Commission? 4. The Five
Strongest Truth Commissions 5. Other Illustrative Truth
Commissions 6. What is the Truth? 7. The Truth About
Women and Men 8. Truth and Justice: A Careful but Critical
Relationship 9. Truth Commissions and the International
Criminal Court 10. Naming Names of Perpetrators
11. Healing from the Past 12. Truth and Reparations
13. Reconciliation and Reforms 14. Leaving the Past Alone
15. When, How, and Who: Basic Questions of Methodology
and Operations 16. Reflections: Looking Forward
August 2010: 229 x 152: 376pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87202-7: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80635-0: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86782-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415806350
2nd edition
The Human Rights Reader
Major Political Essays, Speeches and
Documents From Ancient Times to the
Present
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415951609
Micheline R. Ishay,
University of Denver, USA
2007: 254 x 178: 592pp
Hb: 978-0-415-95159-3: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-95160-9: £28.99
67

68
develoPmeNt
develoPmeNt
ForthcomiNg
Global development
Sandra Halperin, Royal Holloway, University of
London, UK
Series: Critical Issues in Global Politics
This book is a comprehensive account of development in
a global context. It explains the contemporary realities
and likely future of the developing world and also
explores the historical processes and economic dynamics
which have led to this. Drawing on history, theory and a
wide variety of case studies, the book:
• explains how and why existing perspectives on
development have failed to illuminate the nature of
development and underdevelopment
• provides a deeper social and historical background
than most development texts
• examines the growth of development within the
context of the globalisation of capitalism
• uses a wide variety of examples from Asia, the Middle
East, Africa and Latin America
• posits a new theory of development based on
horizontal rather than hierarchical principles.
July 2011: 198 x 129: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46765-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46766-7: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415467667
ForthcomiNg
Human development
Richard Ponzio, Department of State, USA
Series: Global Institutions
The purpose of the book is to examine the conceptual
evolution of “social development” during the
post-colonial era, and see how various institutions of the
UN system have tried to engage with this issue, both in
terms of intellectual and technical advance, and
operationally. The book examines this through a series of
engaging case studies - humanitarian enterprise, hunger
and malnutrition, disease, education and water
resources.
Selected Contents: Section 1 1. Evolution of an Idea
2. From Protein Biscuits to Professorial Expertise
Section 2 3. Humanitarian Enterprise 4. Hunger and
Malnutrition 5. The Conquest of Disease 6. Education for
All 7. Water Supplies and Sanitation Section 3 8. The
Millennium Development Goals: Can They Be Achieved?
9. The Future of Human Development Institutions
July 2011: 216 x 138: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48359-9: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48360-5: £16.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415483605
ForthcomiNg
International development
and Global Politics
History, Theory and Practice
david Williams, City University, London, UK
This textbook provides a historical survey of economic
and political development theory and practice from
1945. Against the background of changes in global
politics, it explores how the project of international
development has been shaped in a series of wider
contexts. Divided into two historical parts: the Sovereign
Order, post 1945 to the early-1980s, and the Liberal
post-Cold War Era from the 1980s to the present day, it
examines:
• the evolution of ideas of international development:
how the problem of development was conceived and
is understood in relation to development economics
and political development. It also addresses the impact
of neo-liberal ‘counterrevolution’ in development
theory, the rise of good governance, participation and
ownership, as well as the impact of the ‘war on terror’
and the ‘securitisation of development’
• institutions in international development: from the
emergence of development agencies, their policies and
the provision of different types of aid to changing aid
flows and the growth of a more integrated
‘development community’ with implications for
developing countries. Finally, it looks at the how the
‘war on terror’ and the ‘securitisation of development’
have shaped what these agencies do
• the practices of international development: these
chapters examine a number of countries and their
relations with development agencies; the kinds of
projects and programmes these agencies supported;
and the outcomes of these projects and programmes.
This valuable and important teaching tool will be of
interest to students of development, international
relations, politics and economics.
July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48936-2: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48937-9: £21.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415489379
ForthcomiNg
Theories of development
In Comparative and Historical Perspective
david Seddon, University of East Anglia, UK
This book provides a comprehensive overview of theories
of development, from its earliest formulations to the
challenges posed by the globalizing world of the
twenty-first century.
Selected Contents: 1. Foundations of Development Theory
2. Imperialism and Theories of Development 3. Colonialism,
Nationalism and Development Theory 4. Political
Independence and Development Theory 5. The Third World
and the Cold War 6. The Clash of Development Theories
7. Development Theories & Globalisation 8. Theories of
World Development
July 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-34296-4: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-34297-1: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-48227-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415342971
ForthcomiNg
Andre Gunder Frank and
Global development
Visions, Remembrances, and Explorations
Edited by Patrick Manning, University of Pittsburgh,
USA and Barry K. Gills, University of Newcastle, UK
Series: Rethinking Globalizations
Containing previously unpublished material, a review of
the legacy and work of Andre Gunder Frank.
Selected Contents: Foreword Immanuel Wallerstein 1. The
World Economy in Theory and Practice: The Contributions of
Andre Gunder Frank in the Era of Underdevelopment and
’Globalization’ Patrick Manning and Barry K. Gills
Part 1: Andre Gunder Frank’s Critical Vision 2. Frankian
Triangles Albert Bergesen 3. ReOrient the 19th Century:
Andre Gunder Frank’s Unfinished Manuscript Robert
Denemark 4. The Modern World System under Asian
Hegemony: The Silver Standard World Economy, 1450-1750
Barry K. Gills and Andre Gunder Frank Part 2: Continuing
debates 5. Exiting the Crisis of Capitalism or Capitalism in
Crisis? Samir Amin 6. Human Sociocultural Evolution,
Hegemonic Transitions and Global State Formation
Christopher Chase-Dunn and Thomas Hall 7. The Paradoxes
of Colonial/Modernity Anibal Quijano 8. ’Dependency
Theory and Cultural Studies: Lessons from Latin America
John Beverley 9. Tides of Hegemonic Change: The Atypical
Trajectory of the 1970s-To-Present B-Phase Crisis Jeffrey
Sommers and Boris Kagarlitsky Part 3: Multidisciplinary
developments 10. Explaining the Spatial Transformations
of the World Copper Market During the Long Twentieth
Century Jan-Frederic Abbeloos 11. Reorienting Iran:
Following Gunder Frank’s Advice One Decade at a Time
Kevan Harris 12. The Korean Developmental State and
Neo-Liberal Transition in the World System Hae-Yung Song
13. Watershed Management in the Wake of Transnational
Migration: Honduras Carylanna Taylor 14. Conclusion Patrick
Manning
May 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-60273-0: £85.00
eBook: 978-0-203-81664-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415602730
Political development
damien Kingsbury
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415401883
2007: 234 x 156: 248pp
Hb: 978-0-415-40187-6: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-40188-3: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-94708-1
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New
2nd edition
Theories and Practices of
development
Katie Willis, Royal Holloway, University of London,
UK
Series: Routledge Perspectives on Development
Theories and Practices of
Development provides a clear
and user-friendly introduction to
the complex debates around
how development has been
understood and achieved. The
second edition has been fully
updated and expanded to
reflect global political and
economic shifts, as well as new
approaches to development.
The rise of China and India is
given particular attention, as is
the global economic crisis and its implications for
development theories and practice. There are new
sections on faith-based development, and the
development dimensions of climate change, as well as
greater engagement with development theories as they
are put into practice in the Global North.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: What Do We Mean by
Development? 2. Modernization, Keynesianism and
Neoliberalism 3. Structuralism, Neo-Marxism and Socialism
4. Grassroots Development 5. Social and Cultural
Dimensions of Development 6. Environment and
Development Theory 7. Globalization and Development:
Problems and Solutions? 8. Conclusion
February 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59070-9: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59071-6: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84418-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415590716
iNterNAtioNAl
PoliticAl
ecoNomy
New iN paperbacK
Routledge Handbook of
International Political Economy
(IPE)
IPE as a Global Conversation
Edited by Mark Blyth, Johns Hopkins University,
USA
Providing an overview of the
range and scope of
International Political Economy
scholarship, this important work
maps the different regional
schools of IPE and notes the
distinctive way IPE is practiced
and conceptualized around the
world.
Selected Contents: Introduction:
IPE as a Global Conversation Mark
Blyth Section 1: North
American IPE 1. The Multiple
Traditions of American IPE Benjamin J. Cohen 2. Realist
Political Economy: Traditional Themes and Contemporary
Challenges Jonathan Kirshner 3. Thinking Rationally about
Hierarchy and Global Governance Alexander Cooley
4. Constructivism as an Approach to International Political
Economy Rawi Abdelal 5. Of Margins, Traditions and
Engagements: A Brief Disciplinary History of IPE in Canada
Randall Germain Section 2: British IPE 6. Lineages of a
British International Political Economy Ben Rosamond and
Ben Clift 7. Empiricism and Objectivity: Reflexive Theory
Construction in a Complex World Ronen Palan and Angus
Cameron 8. Power-Knowledge Estranged: From Susan
Strange to Post-structuralism in British IPE Paul Langley
9. Bridging the Transatlantic Divide? Toward a Structurational
Approach to International Political Economy Philip G. Cerny
Section 3: IPE in Asia 10. Reading Hobbes in Beijing: Great
Power Politics and the Challenge of the Peaceful Ascent
Giovanni Arrighi 11. States and Markets, States Versus
Markets: The Developmental State Debate as the Distinctive
East Asian Contribution to International Political Economy
Walden Bello 12. The Rise of East-Asia: An Emerging
Challenge to the Study of International Political Economy
Henry Yeung 13. Neither Asia nor America: IPE in Australia
Jason Sharman Section 4: IPE Elswhere - Exemptions,
Exclusions, and Extensions 14. Why IPE is
UNderdeveloped in Europe: A Case Study of France Nicolas
Jabko 15. Why Did the Latin American Critical Tradition in
the Social Sciences Become Practically Extinct? Gabriel Palma
16. What Do Sociologists Bring to International Political
Economy John Campbell 17. Economic History and the
International Political Economy Michael J. Oliver 18.
Everyday International Political Economy Leonard Seabrooke
and John Hobson
June 2010: 246 x 174: 392pp
Pb: 978-0-415-78141-1: £27.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781411
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl PoliticAl ecoNomy
International Political
Economy
Contrasting World Views
Raymond C. Miller, San Francisco State University,
USA
’A landmark book by one of
the most prominent scholars
on political economy,
International Political
Economy is a must-read on
economic development for
researchers, students, and
policy makers, especially for
its penetrating critique of
conventional economic
thinking on development.
His thorough treatment of
multiple perspectives makes
the book useful to interdisciplinary social scientists
as well as political economists.’ - William H. Newell,
Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, USA
2008: 234 x 156: 296pp
Hb: 978-0-415-38408-7: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-38409-4: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415384094
69

70
iNterNAtioNAl PoliticAl ecoNomy
Business and Global
Governance
Edited by Morten Ougaard and Anna Leander,
both at Copenhagen Business School, Denmark
Series: Warwick Studies in Globalisation
The volume examines the
multiple modes of engagement
between business and global
governance and the theoretical
approaches to analyse them. It
presents, compares, and
contrasts theoretical
perspectives and their
associated research agendas
along with empirical
illustrations.
Selected Contents:
1. Introducing Business and Global
Governance Part 1: Business as Master of Global
Governance 2. Direct and Indirect Influence at the World
Intellectual Property Organization 3. Practices (Re)Producing
Orders: Understanding the Role of Business in Global Security
Governance 4. Unthinking the Gats: A Radical Political
Economy Critique of Private Transnational Governance
Part 2: Business as Subject to Global Governance
5. Business and Global Climate Governance: A Neo-Pluralist
Perspective 6. Governing Corruption through the Global
Corporation 7. Transnational Governance Networks in The
Regulation of Finance – The Making of Global Regulation
and Supervision Standards in the Banking Industry
8. Non-Triad Multinationals and Global Governance: Still A
North-South Conflict? Part 3: Business as Partner in
Global Governance 9. Rethinking Multilateralism: Global
Governance and Public-Private Partnerships with the UN
10. Iso and The Success of Regulation through Voluntary
Consensus 11. Beyond the Boardroom: ’Multilocation’ and
the Business Face of Celebrity Diplomacy 12. Variations in
Corporate Norm-Entrepreneurship: Why the Home State
Matters
May 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49336-9: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49337-6: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85026-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415493376
Corporate Power and
Ownership in Contemporary
Capitalism
The Politics of Resistance and Domination
Susanne Soederberg, Queen’s University, Canada
Series: RIPE Series in Global Political Economy
This book examines neoliberal
corporate power within the
context of the American
political economy and its
relationship to emerging market
economies in order to
understand the global
dimensions of the corporatefinancial
binary.
Selected Contents: Part 1:
Introduction Part 2: Power and
Paradoxes of Corporate Power
and Mass Investment Part 3: The
Changing Forms of and Limits to Shareholder Activism
2009: 234 x 156: 216pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46787-2: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46788-9: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87169-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415467889
Capital as Power
A Study of Order and Creorder
Jonathan Nitzan, York University, Canada and
Shimshon Bichler
Series: RIPE Series in Global Political Economy
’In Capital as Power
Jonathan Nitzan and
Shimshon Bichler address
one of the oldest theoretical
conundrums in the discipline
of political economy — the
theory of capital — with a
view to supplying a more
satisfactory answer to the
question ’what is capital?’
While the work clearly fits
into the tradition of radical
political economy it is not
easy to place it in any one school, and this for very
good reason: Nitzan and Bichler are trying to create
a new approach to political economy.’ - Brennan,
Jordan, Canadian Journal of Political Science 42 (4,
December): 1057-1058
Selected Contents: Part 1: Dilemmas of Political Economy
Part 2: The Enigma of Capital Part 3: Capitalization
Part 4: Bringing Power Back In Part 5: Accumulation of
Power
2009: 234 x 156: 464pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47719-2: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49680-3: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87632-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415496803
Challenging Institutional
Analysis and development
The Bloomington School
Paul dragos Aligica and Peter J. Boettke, both at
George Mason University, USA
This important volume presents
a systematic analysis of the
Bloomington Institutional and
Development (IAD) Research
Program that developed a
unique and extremely successful
combination of interdisciplinary
theoretical and empirical
approaches for the study of
social sciences.
Selected Contents: Part 1: From
Metropolitan Reform to a Theory
of Governance Systems: The
Origins and Main Themes of the Bloomington Research
Program Part 2: The ’Human Condition’ and the
Foundations of Social Order: Elements of a Social Philosophy
of Institutionalism
2009: 234 x 156: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77820-6: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77821-3: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87628-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415778213
Cultural Political Economy
Edited by Jacqueline Best and
Matthew Paterson, both at University of Ottawa,
Canada
Series: RIPE Series in Global Political Economy
’Chapter by chapter, this
trans-disciplinary anthology
offers the very best
contemporary analyses of
the cultural-political
economy interface available.
It is an important
intervention that should
serve pedagogy in a wide
variety of disciplines while
disrupting the tendencies
that have separated cultural
and economic research
agendas.’ - Michael Shapiro, University of Hawaii at
Mãnoa, USA
Selected Contents: Part 1: Interrogating the Classics
Part 2: The Cultural Constitution of Economic History
Part 3: Culture as Concealing Political Economic Practices
Part 4: Cultural Futures of Political Economy
Part 5: Conclusions/Provocations
2009: 234 x 156: 264pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48931-7: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48932-4: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86139-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415489324
The Political Economy
Reader
Markets as Institutions
Edited by Naazneen H. Barma and
Steven K. Vogel
’This is a superb collection of
foundational works in
political economy. Rather
than obeying disciplinary
boundaries, Barma and
Vogel accomplish what we
should all aspire to: bringing
together key ideas and
contributions from a range
of scholars interested in
important theoretical and
substantive questions
relevant to the field of
political economy. I know of no other collection
that spans the theoretical and empirical range of
this volume.’ - David Leblang, University of Colorado,
Boulder, USA
2007: 254 x 178: 584pp
Hb: 978-0-415-95492-1: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-95493-8: £31.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415954938
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

2nd edition
The Global Political Economy
of Intellectual Property Rights
The New Enclosures
Christopher May, University of Lancaster, UK
Series: RIPE Series in Global Political Economy
A significantly updated and
revised second edition which
provides a detailed analysis of
how intellectual property is
politically constructed and
linked to the economics of
knowledge and information in
the contemporary global
political economy.
2009: 234 x 156: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-42752-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-42753-1: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87381-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415427531
ForthcomiNg
Governing the Global
Economy
Politics, Institutions and Development
Edited by dag Harald Claes and Carl Henrik
Knutsen, both at University of Oslo, Norway
Series: Warwick Studies in Globalisation
This is an overview of the study
of international political
economy analysing key
questions in the discipline.
Selected Contents: 1. The Global
Political Economy: International
Institutions, States and MNEs
2.The Political Economy of an
Integrated Europe: Toward an
Analytic Eclecticism
Part 1: International
Institutions and Global
Economic Governance 3. The
West and the Rest in Global Economic Institutions 4. Free
Markets for All: The Difficulties of Maintaining a Stable
Liberal World Economy 5. A New Role for the OECD? The
’Enhanced Engagement’ Strategy towards Emerging
Economies 6. Paved with Good Intentions: Global Financial
Integration, the Eurozone, and the Hellish Road to the Fabled
Gold Standard Reining in the Market: Global Governance
and the Regulation of OTC Derivates Part 2: domestic
Institutions and Policies in the Globalized Economy
8. The African Neopatrimonial State as a Global Prototype
9. Are Good Policies Good Politics? 10. Democracy and
Economic Growth: A Changing Relationship?
11. FDI-Assisted Industrial Development and EU Enlargement
12. Japan: Dealing with Global Forces – Multilateralism,
Regionalism, Bilateralism 13. Industrial Policy in an
Integrated World Economy: The South Korean Paradox
Part 3: Corporate Strategies in the Globalized Economy
14. Crisis… what Crisis? Exploring Multinational Enterprises’
Responsiveness to the Financial Crisis 15. Non-Triad
Multinational Enterprises and Global Economic Institutions
16. States and Firms in the International Oil Market
April 2011: 234 x 156: 320pp
Hb: 978-0-415-66535-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-66536-0: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415665360
International Political
Economy
Debating the Past, Present and Future
Edited by Nicola Phillips, University of Manchester,
UK and Catherine Weaver, University of Texas at
Austin, USA
’This book captures the best
contributions to the
absorbing conversation that
IPE has had with itself over
the past few years about its
origins, achievements and
identity. It is essential
reading for everybody
interested in this important
and growing part of the
intellectual landscape of the
contemporary social
sciences.’ - Anthony Payne,
University of Sheffield, UK
’This is an excellent book, edited by Phillips and
Weaver, two of the field’s rising stars and
increasingly prominent voices of measured,
productive debate. Phillips and Weaver have
framed the controversy over the transatlantic
divide in IPE with a smart, thoughtful introduction
and brought together an outstanding collection of
essays on the state of IPE. The editors have
produced a volume of required reading for the
next several generations of students and scholars.’
- Rawi Abdelal, Harvard Business School, USA
Selected Contents: Introduction Nicola Phillips and
Catherine E. Weaver Section 1: Perspectives on the
’American School’ of IPE 1. The American School of IPE
Daniel Maliniak and Michael J. Tierney 2. The Old IPE and
the New Robert O. Keohane 3. TRIPS across the Atlantic:
Theory and Epistemology in IPE David A Lake 4. Ontology,
Methodology, and Causation in the American School of IPE
Henry Farrell and Martha Finnemore 5. Of Intellectual
Monocultures and the Study of IPE Kathleen R McNamara
6. The Slow Death of Pluralism Nicola Phillips 7. The
’American School’ of IPE? A Dissenting View Randall
Germain 8. Beware What you Wish for: Lessons for IPE from
the Transformation of Economics Robert Wade
9. Mid-Atlantic:Sitting on the Knife’s Edge Peter J.
Katzenstein Section 2: Perspectives on the ’British
School’ of IPE 10. THe ’British School’ in the Global
Context Robert Cox 11. Torn Between Two Lover? Caught in
the Middle of British and American IPE Mark Blyth 12. IPE’s
Split Brain Catherine E. Weaver 13. Political Economy, the
’US School’, and the Manifest Destiny of Everyone Geoffrey
R.D. Underhill 14. Do the Left-Out Matter? Craig N. Murphy
15. Pluralist IPE: A View from Outside the ’Schools’ Helge
Hveem 16. Division and Dialogue in Anglo-American IPE: A
Reluctant Canadian View Eric Helleiner 17. The Proof of the
Pudding is in the Eating: IPE in the Light of the Current Crisis
of 2007/8 Ronen Palan Section 3: The Future of IPE
18. Mantras, Bridges and Benchmarks: Assessing The Future
of IPE Jason Sharman 19. The Second Crisis in IPE Theory
Jonathan Kirshner 20. The Gift of Skepticism and the
Hopeful Future of IPE Louis Pauly 21. The Richness and
Diversity of Critical IPE Perspectives: Moving Beyond the
Debate on the ’British School’ Ian Bruff, Magnus Ryner and
Bastiaan van Appeldoorn 22. The Global Financial Crisis:
Lessons and Opportunities for International Political Economy
Layna Mosley and David Singer 23. Towards A New
Consensus: From Denial to Acceptance Benjamin J. Cohen
September 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78056-8: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78057-5: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84250-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415780575
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNterNAtioNAl PoliticAl ecoNomy
Savage Economics
Wealth, Poverty and the Temporal
Walls of Capitalism
david L. Blaney, Macalester College, USA and
Naeem Inayatullah, Ithaca College, USA
Series: RIPE Series in Global Political Economy
’For too long the field of
political economy has been
dominated by technocratic
analyses of market equilibria
and inchoate rants about the
evils of capitalist oppression.
Inayatullah and Blaney’s
book suggests a profound
reorientation of the entire
discussion away from both
minutia and sweeping
generalization, and towards
the kind of close reading
that can generate a potent form of immanent
critique. Their incisive discussion of some of the
tradition’s key texts discloses resources for ethical
and political reflection that have been long
obscured by the dominant mainstream reading of
authors like Smith and Marx; our past is brought
into dialogue with our present in a way that
cannot help but dislocate the supposedly eternal
verities of modern-day economics. This should be
required reading for everyone who produces or
consumes, especially for those producing and
consuming political-economic knowledge.’ - Patrick
Thaddeus Jackson, American University, USA
Selected Contents: 1. The Cultural Constitution of Political
Economy 2. The Savage Smith and the Temporal Walls of
Capitalism 3. Necro-economics and Steuart’s Geocultural
Political Economy 4. Capitalism’s Wounds: Ferguson’s
International Political Economy 5. Shed No Tears: Hegel’s
Necro-Philosophy 6. Marx and Temporal Difference
7. Savage Times
January 2010: 234 x 156: 248pp
Hb: 978-0-415-54847-2: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-54848-9: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86495-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415548489
Transforming World Politics
From Empire to Multiple Worlds
Anna M. Agathangelou, York University, Canada
and L.H.M. Ling, The New School, New York, USA
Series: New International Relations
This text critiques neo-liberalism
and provides an alternative
understanding of contemporary
world politics by arguing that
the neo-liberal approach to
international relations is deeply
flawed, reproducing violence,
instability, insecurity and
marginalization.
Selected Contents:
Part 1: Seductions of Empire
Part 2: In and Of Multiple Worlds
2009: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77279-2: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77280-8: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88033-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415772808
71

72
New
iNterNAtioNAl PoliticAl ecoNomy
The Future of Global
Currency
The Euro Versus the Dollar
Benjamin J. Cohen, University of California, Santa
Barbara, USA
Can the euro challenge the
supremacy of the U.S. dollar as
a global currency? From the
time Europe’s joint money was
born, many have predicted that
it would soon achieve parity
with the dollar or possibly even
surpass it. In reality, however,
the euro has remained firmly
planted in the dollar’s shadow.
The essays collected in this
volume explain why. Because of
America’s external deficits and
looming foreign debt, the dollar can never be as
dominant as it once was. But Europe’s money is unable
to mount an effective challenge. The euro suffers from a
number of critical structural deficiencies, including an
anti-growth bias that is built into the institutions of the
monetary union and an ambiguous governance structure
that sows doubts among prospective users. As recent
events have demonstrated, members of the euro zone
remain vulnerable to financial crisis. Moreover, lacking a
single voice, the bloc continues to punch below its
weight in monetary diplomacy. The world seems headed
toward a leaderless monetary order, with several
currencies in contention but none clearly dominant.
This collection distils the views of one of the world’s
leading scholars in global currency, and will be of
considerable interest to students and scholars of
international finance and international political economy.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Global
Currency System 1. Life at the Top: International
Currencies in the Twenty-First Century 2. The Euro and
Transatlantic Relations Part 2: The Euro Challenge 3. EMU
and the Dollar: Who Threatens Whom? 4. Global Currency
Rivalry: Can The Euro Ever Challenge the Dollar?
5. Enlargement and the International Role of the Euro 6. The
Euro in a Global Context: Challenges and CapacitiesDollar
Dominance, Euro Aspirations: Recipe for Discord? 7. Dollar
Dominance, Euro Aspirations: Recipe for Discord?
Part 3: Glimpses of the Future 8. A One-and-a-Half
Currency System 9. Toward a Leaderless Currency System
10. The International Monetary System: Diffusion and
Ambiguity
November 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78149-7: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78150-3: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83380-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781503
Global Finance in Crisis
The Politics of International Regulatory
Change
Edited by Eric Helleiner and Stefano Pagliari, both
at University of Waterloo, Canada and
Hubert Zimmermann, Heinrich Heine University,
Germany
Series: Warwick Studies in Globalisation
’How did we get to here?
How did finance become so
globalized, while those who
regulate it became so
fragmented? This excellent
set of essays offers both an
overview and a challenge to
those interested in
understanding the different
institutions which regulate
global finance. The
contributors present the
different corners of the
world of financial regulation, including
transnational networks, private sector
arrangements, struggles of national interest,
regional institutions and inter-governmental
forums. The contributors sharply differ in how
global finance will be transformed by the current
crisis. Their differences give us a fascinating map to
use in tracking current shifts in global financial
regulation.’ - Ngaire Woods, University College,
University of Oxford, UK
Selected Contents: Part 1: Issues and Structures
Part 2: Countries and Regions
2009: 234 x 156: 216pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56437-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56438-0: £29.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415564380
Beyond States and Markets
The Challenges of Social Reproduction
Edited by Isabella Bakker, York University, Canada
and Rachel Silvey, University of Toronto, Canada
Series: RIPE Series in Global Political Economy
Exploring difficult and crucial
aspects of the transnational
gender politics of globalization,
this book provides a unique and
valuable introduction to the
history of the concept of social
reproduction from an
inter-disciplinary perspective.
2008: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77585-4: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77586-1: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-92849-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415775861
Global Economy Contested
Power and Conflict across the International
Division of Labour
Edited by Marcus Taylor, Queen’s University,
Canada
Series: Rethinking Globalizations
Emphasizing the social
processes that underpin the
global economy and
demonstrating how the uneven
effects of global economic
integration impact upon actors
this book also underlines the
reciprocal effects that
reconfigure the terrain of global
accumulation.
2008: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77548-9: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77549-6: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-92724-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415775496
ForthcomiNg
Bilderberg People
Elite Power and Consensus in World Politics
Ian Richardson, Andrew Kakabadse, Cranfield
University, UK and Nada Kakabadse
Bilderberg People explores the hidden mechanisms of
influence at work in the private world, and personal
interactions, of the transnational power elite. It is not
concerned with conspiracy theories; instead it is about
certain fundamental forces that shape the world in
which we live. These forces, with their power to bring
about transitions in emotion and preference within, and
beyond, the elite community have potentially profound
implications for all of us.
Through exclusive interviews with attendees of the most
prestigious of all informal transnational networks –
Bilderberg – this book provides a unique insight into the
networking habits and motivations of the world’s most
powerful people. Moreover, it demonstrates that elite
consensus is not simply a product of collective common
sense among the elite group; rather, it is a consequence
of subtle power relationships within the elite circle.
These relationships, which are embedded in the very
fabric of elite institutions and interactions, result in a
particular brand of enlightened thinking within the elite
community. For the very first time, and through
observance of strict anonymity, the personal accounts of
transnational elite participants shed light on the critical
question of who runs the world and why they run it the
way they do.
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Transnationalism and
the Transnational Elite 2. Transnational Elite Interactions
3. Elite Collaboration 4. Transnational Networks
5. Consensus Formation 6. The Seductive Lure of Elite
Membership 7. The Future of the Transnational Elite
8. Conclusion
June 2011: 198 x 129: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57634-5: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57635-2: £20.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415576352
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New
understanding India’s New
Political Economy
A Great Transformation?
Edited by Sanjay Ruparelia and Sanjay Reddy,
both at The New School for Social Research,
John Harriss, Simon Fraser University, Canada and
Stuart Corbridge, London School of Economics, UK
A number of large-scale transformations have shaped
the economy, polity and society of India over the past
quarter century. This book provides a detailed account of
three that are of particular importance: the advent of
liberal economic reform, the ascendance of Hindu
cultural nationalism, and the empowerment of
historically subordinate classes through popular
democratic mobilizations.
Filling a gap in existing literature, the book goes beyond
looking at the transformations in isolation, managing to:
• explain the empirical linkages between these three
phenomena
• provide an account that integrates the insights of
separate disciplinary perspectives
• explain their distinct but possibly related causes and
the likely consequences of these central
transformations taken together
By seeking to explain the causal relationships between
these central transformations through a coordinated
conversation across different disciplines, the dynamics of
India’s new political economy are captured. Chapters
focus on the political, economic and social aspects of
India in their current and historical context. The
contributors use new empirical research to discuss how
India’s multidimensional story of economic growth, social
welfare and democratic deepening is likely to develop.
This is an essential text for students and researchers of
India’s political economy and the growth economies of
Asia.
March 2011: 234 x 156: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59810-1: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59811-8: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415598118
ForthcomiNg
The Political Economy of
Central Asia
Gul Berna Ozcan, Royal Holloway, University of
London, UK
Since the collapse of the Soviet Union, the Central Asian
republics are still coming to terms with their postcommunist
economies, their role in the region and the
wider world, and their needs for identity, governance
and growth. The Political Economy of Central Asia is an
original study addressing the processes by which these
transitions take place.
The social, political and economic futures of these
countries are affected by and will affect a wide region,
spanning from Russia, the Caucasus and Iran to China
and South Asia. This book addresses not only the
reasons for the continued state of poverty and instability,
but explains how the choices they are confronting will
shape their ability to improve their societies.
Written clearly and concisely, this book will be an
invaluable resource for undergraduates and scholars
alike with an interest in studies of the region, studies of
post-Soviet transition and of studies in economic
transition generally.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Transition and the
Sources of Instability 2. Political Realities: How Power
Operates in the Region 3. Exchange Regimes 4. Gold
Mining: An Invisible Dragon 5. Oil and Gas: Concentration
and Manipulation 6. Cotton: An Old Malaise and
Approaching Environmental Catastrophe 7. Bazaars: Hubs of
Entrepreneurship and Discontent 8. Conclusion: Learning
from Political Economy and Oligopolistic Markets
July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-42191-1: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-42192-8: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415421928
Want more
information on a book?
Visit the direct URL found at the
bottom of the title description.
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
globAlizAtioN
globAlizAtioN
International Migration
and Citizenship Today
Niklaus Steiner, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, USA
International migration has
emerged in the last decade as
one of the world’s most
controversial and pressing
issues. This thought-provoking
textbook offers the reader a
more nuanced and extensive
understanding of the complex
economic, political, cultural,
and moral concerns that arise
when people move across
borders seeking admission into
other countries.
Selected Contents: Section 1: Introduction
Section 2: Immigrants Section 3: Refugees
Section 4: Citizenship Section 5: Conclusion
2009: 246 x 174: 160pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77298-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77299-0: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87554-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415772990
Challenges of Globalization
Immigration, Social Welfare, Global
Governance
Edited by Andrew Sobel, Washington University in
St. Louis, USA
Featuring contributions by
experts from a variety of
disciplinary backgrounds
including economics, political
science and law, this edited
volume offers a timely
examination of the complexities
surrounding modern
globalization. Through
discussion and evaluation of the
problems associated with
immigration; social welfare and
income inequality; and global
governance the book offers a significant contribution to
the continuing globalization debate.
2009: 234 x 156: 216pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77806-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77807-7: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87346-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415778077
73

74
globAlizAtioN
dying Empire
U.S. Imperialism and Global Resistance
Francis Shor, Wayne State University, USA
Series: Rethinking Globalizations
’As Americans try to make
sense of today’s pressing
global economic and
environmental crises, Dying
Empire provides an engaging
and accessible framework
through which readers can
understand the united
States role in the world.
drawing from a refreshing
range of social science and
cultural materials (including
Marge Piercy and Bob
Marley, among others), Shor articulates a
convincing and passionate call for Americans to
embrace global citizenship.’ - Jackie Smith, University
of Notre Dame, USA
Selected Contents: Part 1: Imperial Constructions and
Deconstructions Part 2: Whose Globalization? Part 3: Other
Publics, Other Worlds
2009: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77822-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77823-7: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86535-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415778237
Global Poverty, Ethics and
Human Rights
The Role of Multilateral Organisations
desmond McNeill, University of Oslo, Norway and
Asunción Lera StClair, University of Bergen,
Norway
Series: Rethinking Globalizations
Examines the activities of the
World Bank and the United
Nations Development
Programme, in relation to the
United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural
Organization and the
Inter-American Development
Bank.
2009: 234 x 156: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-44704-1: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-44594-8: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88130-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415445948
Limits to Globalization
North-South Divergence
William R. Thompson and Rafael Reuveny, both
at Indiana University, Bloomington, USA
Series: Rethinking Globalizations
Using a world systems approach
this book examines how
globalization is experienced
around the world and compares
its intensity and impact in
industrialized countries and
developing countries, focusing
on economic growth,
technological diffusion, debt,
North-South conflict,
democratisation and
globalization.
2009: 234 x 156: 216pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77672-1: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77673-8: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87279-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415776738
ForthcomiNg
Nationalism and Globalisation
Conflicting or Complementary?
Edited by daphne Halikiopoulou and Sofia
Vasilopoulou, both at London School of Economics
and Political Science, UK
Bringing together leading international scholars to
examine the relationship between nationalism and
globalization, this book addresses theoretical, historical
and contemporary issues. It features case studies from
Europe, the US and Asia that explore regionalisation,
migration and citizenship, culture, finance and
capitalism.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Bridging the Gap
between Nationalism and Globalisation Daphne
Halikiopoulou and Sofia Vasilopoulou Part 1: Theory
2. Nationalism and Global Culture Anthony Smith
3. Nationalism might Change its Character, Again John Hall
4. Nationalism and the Politics of Culture in a Globalizing
World Stephanie Lawson 5. Globalisation and Nation-
Formation in World History John Hutchinson Part 2: History
6. Nationalism as Global History John Breuilly 7. Pan-
Nationalism Reframed: Theories of Nationalism, the Role of
the ’Nation-State,’ and the Global Age Sarah Danielsson
8. Globalizing the ’Principle of Nationality’ Andre Liebich
Part 3: Contemporary Issues 9. Migration and Citizenship
in the Making of a Global Labour Market Stephen Castles
10. Global Crisis, National Blame Jonathan Hearn
11. Globalization and the Nation-State: The Future of Failures
Ronald Grigor Suny 12. Conclusion: Nationalism and
Globalisation: Conflicting or Complementary? Daphne
Halikiopoulou and Sofia Vasilopoulou
August 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58196-7: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58197-4: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415581974
Marxism and World
Politics
Contesting Global Capitalism
Edited by Alexander Anievas, University of
Cambridge, UK
‘Over the past few years, a
distinctly Marxian approach
to the study of international
relations has been steadily
gathering steam. This
volume brings together a
number of the most
interesting proponents of
that approach. unlike most
edited volumes, this one
coheres remarkably well,
owing largely to the
common framework that
binds the essays together. But Anievas also uses
great judgment in choosing essays that that show
the tensions and debates within this resurgent
Marxist theorizing. This is a volume that will
appeal to all scholars interested in the evolution
and current dynamics of the interstate system.‘
- Vivek Chibber, New York University, USA
‘A lively, iconoclastic, but above all intelligent set
of essays that shows that the marginalization of
Marxism within the academy is not only politicaly
unjustifiable, but intellectually counterproductive
as well. A must read for those who once claimed
that Marx and all his dubious thoughts had finally
been consigned to the proverbial trash heap of
history back in 1989.‘ - Michael Cox, London School of
Economics and Political Science, UK
Selected Contents: The Renaissance of Historical
Materialism in International Relations Theory: An
Introduction Alexander Anievas Part 1: The Geopolitics of
Capitalist Modernity 1. Does Capitalism Need the
State-System? Alex Callinicos 2. The Changing ‘Logics’ of
Capitalist Competition Benno Teschke And Hannes Lacher
3. Western Hegemony and Transnational Capital: A
Dialectical Perspective Kees Van Der Pijl 4. Beyond the
Theory of Imperialism: Global Capitalism and the
Transnational State William I. Robinson 5. Many Capitals,
Many States: Logic, Contingency or Mediation? Neil
Davidson 6. Globalization and Ideology: Post-Fordist
Capitalism and the Politics of Imperial Consent Mark Rupert
7. To Be Or Not To Be A Reductionist Marxism—Is That the
Question? John Hobson 8. Industrial Development and
International Political Conflict in Contemporary Capitalism
Peter Gowan Part 2: Marxism and The International
9. Uneven and Combined Development: The Social-
Relational Substratum of ‘The International’? An Exchange of
Letters Alex Callinicos and Justin Rosenberg 10. Non-
Synchronicity, Capitalism and Uneven and Combined
Development Sam Ashman 11. The Geopolitics of Passive
Revolution Adam David Morton 12. Approaching ‘The
International’: Beyond Political Marxism Jamie C. Allinson
and Alexander Anievas 13. Politics and the International
Simon Bromley
April 2010: 234 x 156: 296pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47802-1: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47803-8: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86186-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415478038
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Fair Trade
The Challenges of Transforming
Globalization
Edited by Laura T. Raynolds, douglas Murray and
John Wilkinson
’This edited volume – the
first of its kind – is a valuable
contribution. The book fills
an important niche, pulling
together in one place a
wealth of detailed data on
the rapidly changing political
and organizational
landscape of the
international fair trade
movement. It will be
valuable to researchers and
practitioners working on fair
trade and other alternative market initiatives, and
would be useful for graduate courses on food
systems, globalization, development and other
topics in a range of social science disciplines.’
– Daniel Jaffee, Agriculture and Human Values, vol 25
2007: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77202-0: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77203-7: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-93353-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415772037
Globalization as Evolutionary
Process
Modeling Global Change
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415773614
Edited by George Modelski,
Tessaleno devezas and
William R. Thompson
Series: Rethinking
Globalizations
2007: 234 x 156: 464pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77360-7: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77361-4: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-93729-7
Complimentary Exam Copies
Titles marked with this icon are available as
complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty
considering them for course adoption. Visit the
URL to obtain your print or electronic copy.
Globalization
A Reader
Edited by Charles Lemert, Welseyan University,
USA, and Anthony Elliott, daniel Chaffee and
Eric Hsu, all at Flinders University, Australia
’This reader is an education
in itself. A student who
reads this rich collection
carefully will be able to think
intelligently about the world
in which we are living and
where we are heading.
Bravo.’ – Immanuel
Wallerstein, Yale University, USA
Throughout, the Editors
expertly guide the reader
through the complex terrain
of globalization – its
engaging histories, its transnational economies, its
multiple cultures and cosmopolitan politics.
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Age of Empires, 3000BCE
– 1500 CE Part 2: The Modern World System & Industrial
Capitalism, 1500 – 1914. The Interstate System &
Colonization: After 1648 Part 3: The Short Twentieth
Century: Global Uncertainty and Restructuring Part 4: The
Great Globalization Debate Part 5: Globalization Since
2001-Present Part 6: Global Futures: Time and Tense
March 2010: 246 x 189: 472pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46477-2: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46478-9: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415464789
International Politics of HIV/
AIdS
Global Disease-Local Pain
Hakan Seckinelgin
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415413848
2007: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-41383-1: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-41384-8: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-94615-2
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
eNviroNmeNtAl
Politics
eNviroNmeNtAl
Politics
Global Environmental
Politics
Concepts, Theories and Case Studies
Edited by Gabriela Kutting, Rutgers-Newark
University, USA
’This text reminds readers
that global environmental
politics is a vibrant and
evolving field of study. The
book surveys a diverse set of
ideas even as it focuses
deserved attention on some
of the most interesting and
pressing problems of the
day, including climate
change, deforestation, and
biological diversity. Perhaps
most impressively, even as
the text examines the tangible ecological costs of
poverty, overconsumption, and inequality, it does
not dodge difficult ethical and political questions
concerning social justice and legitimate
governance.’ - Rodger A. Payne, University of Louisville,
USA
Global Environmental Politics is the perfect introduction
to this increasingly significant area. The text combines an
accessible introduction to the most important
environmental theories and concepts with a series of
detailed case studies of the most pressing environmental
problems.
Features and benefits of the book:
• Explains the most important concepts and theories in
environmental politics.
• Introduces environmental politics within the context of
political science and international relations theories.
• Demonstrates how the concepts and theories apply in
a wide variety of real world contexts.
• Case studies include the most important environmental
issues from climate change and biodiversity to forests
and marine pollution.
• Each chapter is written by an established international
authority in the field.
Selected Contents: Introduction Section 1 1. International
Relations Theory and the Environment John Vogler
2. Transnational Actors in Global Environmental Politics Lucy
Ford 3. Environment and Global Political Economy Jennifer
Clapp 4. Environmental Security Shlomi Dinar
5. Consumption Doris Fuchs and Frederike Boll
6. International Environmental Justice Timothy Ehresman and
Dimitris Stevis Section 2 7. Climate Change Paul G. Harris
8. Marine Pollution Peter Jacques 9. Forest Politics David
Humphreys 10. Biodiversity Antje Brown 11. Agriculture
Marc Williams 12. Persistant Organic Pollutants and
Pesticides Peter Hough 13. Conclusion
August 2010: 246 x 174: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77793-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77794-0: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84456-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415777940
75

76
eNviroNmeNtAl Politics
ForthcomiNg
3rd edition
Politics and the Environment
From Theory to Practice
James Connelly, Southampton Institute of Higher
Education, UK, Graham Smith, University of
Southampton, UK and david Benson
Series: Environmental Politics
’This book is by far and away the best
undergraduate introductory textbook yet written
on environmental poitics.’ - John Barry, Environmental
Politics
Selected Contents: Introduction: Why Environmental
Politics? Part 1: Environmental Thought and Political
Action 1. Environmental Philosophy 2. Green Ideology
3. The Environmental Movement Part 2: The Background
to Environmental Policy 4. Rationality and Power in
Environmental Policy Making 5. Choosing the Means
6. Valuation of the Environment Part 3: Environmental
Governance: Global to Local 7. International Dimensions
8. European Integration 9. National Responses 10. Local
Authorities
December 2011: 246 x 174: 408pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57211-8: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57212-5: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415572125
4th edition
Green Political Thought
Andrew dobson
’Andy dobson first made his
statement about a green
ideology sixteen years ago,
and it quickly became the
book on environmental
political thought, against
which all others were
compared. In this new
edition, dobson’s thorough
and lucid account of
’ecologism’ once again sets
the standard. It should be
the first place to turn for a
comprehensive picture of ecological thought and
the arguments in the field.’ - David Schlosberg,
Northern Arizona University, USA
2007: 216 x 138: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-40351-1: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-40352-8: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415403528
Environmental
Governance
Power and Knowledge in a Local-Global
World
Edited by Gabriela Kütting, Rutgers-Newark
University, USA and Ronnie Lipschutz, University of
California, Santa Cruz, USA
This edited collection makes a
highly significant critical
contribution to the field of
environmental politics. It argues
that the international-level,
institutionalist approach to
global environmental politics
has run its course, employed
solely by powerful actors in
order to orchestrate and
manipulate local communities
within a continuing hegemonic
system.
The outstanding international line-up of contributors to
this volume explore the real advances that are being
made in the areas where the local and global intersect
and how power fits into the equation. They explore the
relationship between governance, power and
knowledge, using power as the main analytical tool.
An important and timely exploration of a topic at the
forefront of global debate, Environmental Governance is
essential reading for all students of global environmental
politics, international political economy and international
relations.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Power, Knowledge and
Environmental Governance from a Conceptual Perspective
Part 2: From the Local to the Global Part 3: From the Global
to the Local
2009: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77712-4: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77713-1: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88010-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415777131
ForthcomiNg
Political Theory and Climate
Change
Precaution, Justice & Triage
Catriona McKinnon, University of Reading, UK
Series: Routledge Issues in Contemporary Political
Theory
This book provides an important overview and valuable
new perspectives on what political theory can bring to
the debates about climate change.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. State of the Debate
3. Liberal Equality, and Nonideal theory 4. CC Catastrophes
and the Strong Precautionary Principle 5. Intergenerational
Corrective Justice, CC, and Compensation 6. CC
Catastrophes and Triage 7. Getting Motivated 8. Conclusion
and Prospect
July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46124-5: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46125-2: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415461252
The Crisis of Global
Environmental Governance
Towards a New Political Economy of
Sustainability
2008: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-44919-9: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-44920-5: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-92910-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415449205
Edited by Jacob Park, Green
Mountain College, USA,
Ken Conca, American
University and
Matthias Finger, Swiss
Federal Institute of
Technology, Switzerland
Series: Environmental Politics
ForthcomiNg
Environmental Governance
James Evans, University of Manchester, UK
Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment
This book considers ‘governance’ in a broad sense, to
explore how the environment is controlled, manipulated,
regulated, and contested by a range of actors and
institutions. It highlights how the different approaches
currently in play frame environmental problems in
distinctive ways, privileging different solutions and types
of change. Drawing on cutting edge debates, the
question of change forms a core concern that runs
throughout the book.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Why Environmental
Governance? 2. Understanding Governance 3. Emergence
of the Environment as an Object of Governance
4. Institutions, Actors and Approaches 5. From State to
Market 6. Business, Corporate Social Responsibility and
Innovation 7. Environmental Decision Making and Risk
8. Adaptive Management 9. Changing Behaviour
10. Conclusions
November 2011: 234 x 156: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58981-9: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58982-6: £21.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415589826
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New
2nd edition
Environmental Policy
Jane Roberts, Open University, UK
Series: Routledge Introductions to Environment
Evidence of climate change,
resource shortages and
biodiversity loss is growing in
significance year by year. This
second edition of Environmental
Policy explains how policy can
respond and bring about
greater sustainability in
individual lifestyles, corporate
strategies, national policies and
international relations.
Selected Contents: 1. So, What’s
the Problem? 2. The Roots of
Environmental Problems 3. Sustainable Development and
the Goals of Environmental Policy 4. Science and
Technology: Policies and Paradoxes 5. Corporate
Environmental Policy Making 6. Environmental Policy Making
in Government 7. International Environmental Policy Making
8. Environmental Economics 9. Conclusion: Making policy
for the Planet
October 2010: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49784-8: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49785-5: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84283-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415497855
Cases in Environmental
Politics
Stakeholders, Interests, and Policymaking
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415961042
Edited by Norman Miller,
North Carolina State
University, USA
2008: 229 x 152: 296pp
Hb: 978-0-415-96103-5: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-96104-2: £28.99
2nd edition
Environmental Politics
Stakeholders, Interests, and Policymaking
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415961066
Norman Miller, North
Carolina State University,
USA
2008: 229 x 152: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-96105-9: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-96106-6: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-89008-0
buNdle offer!
Environmental Politics
and Cases in
Environmental Politics
Norman Miller, North Carolina State University,
Raleigh, USA
2008: 229 x 152: 464pp
Pb: 978-0-415-96107-3: £46.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415961073
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
PoliticAl commuNicAtioN &
PoliticAl Psychology
PoliticAl
commuNicAtioN
& PoliticAl
Psychology
Political Marketing
Principles and Applications
Jennifer Lees-Marshment, University of Auckland,
New Zealand
‘This is a wide-ranging and
engrossing introduction to a
field that, despite its central
importance to much of
modern political activity, is
still too little understood by
all but the initiated minority’
- Roger Mortimore, Ipsos MORI
Social Research Institute
’Jennifer Lees-Marshment
has written an exceptional,
much-needed study on
political marketing. Its
mixture of marketing theory, applied politics, and
pithy case studies makes this an invaluable
addition to our understanding of campaigns,
elections, and politicking.’ - Dennis W. Johnson,
George Washington University, USA
2009: 246 x 174: 320pp
Hb: 978-0-415-43128-6: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-43129-3: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87522-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415431293
Winning with Words
The Origins and Impact of Political
Framing
Edited by Brian F. Schaffner, American University,
USA and Patrick J. Sellers, Davidson College, USA
Today’s politicians devote great
attention and care to framing
their messages. Here Schaffner
and Sellers bring together
prominent scholars from
political science,
communication, and psychology
in a tightly focused analysis of
both the origins and the
real-world impact of framing.
2009: 229 x 152: 216pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99793-5: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99794-2: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88311-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415997942
77

78
New
PoliticAl commuNicAtioN & PoliticAl Psychology
5th edition
An Introduction to Political
Communication
Brian McNair, Queensland University of Technology,
Australia
Series: Communication and Society
An Introduction to Political
Communication introduces
students to the complex
relationship between politics,
the media and democracy in
the United Kingdom, United
States and other contemporary
societies. Brian McNair
examines how politicians, trade
unions, pressure groups, NGOs
and terrorist organisations make
use of the media.
Individual chapters look at
political media and their effects, the work of political
advertising, marketing and public relations, and the
communicative practices of organizations at all levels,
from grass-root campaigning through to governments
and international bodies.
This fifth edition has been revised and updated to
include:
• the 2008 US presidential election, and the first two
years of Barack Obama’s term
• the MPs’ expenses scandal in Britain, and the 2010 UK
election campaign
• the growing role of bloggers and online pundits such
as Guido Fawkes in the political agenda setting process
• the emergence of social media platforms such as
Twitter, YouTube and Facebook, and their destabilising
impact on the management of political crises all over
the world, including the Iranian pro-reform protests of
July 2009 and the Israeli atack on the anti-blockade
flotilla of May 2010
• the growing power of Wikileaks and other online
information sources to challenge state control of
classified information.
Selected Contents: List of illustrations. Preface and
Acknowledgements. Preface to the Fifth Edition
Part 1: Politics in the Age of Mediation 1. Politics in the
Age of Mediation 2. Politics, Democracy and the Media
3. The Effects of Political Communication 4. The Political
Media 5. The Media as Political Actors
Part 2: Communicating Politics 6. Party Political
Communication I: Advertising 7. Party Political
Communication II: Political Public Relations 8. Pressure-
Group Politics and the Oxygen of Publicity 9. Political
Communication in a Globalised World 10. Conclusion:
Performance Politics and the Democratic Process. Notes.
Bibliography. Index
March 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59643-5: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59644-2: £19.99
eBook: 978-0-203-82869-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415596442
2nd edition
Introduction to Political
Psychology
Beth dietz-uhler, Miami University, USA, and
Martha L. Cottam, Elena Mastors and
Thomas Preston, all at Washington State University,
USA
This comprehensive, userfriendly
introductory textbook
to political psychology explores
the psychological origins of
political behavior. The authors
introduce readers to a broad
range of theories, concepts,
and case studies of political
activity to illustrate that
behavior. The book examines
many patterns of political
behaviors, including leadership,
group behavior, voting, race,
ethnicity, nationalism, terrorism, war, and genocide. It
explores some of the most horrific things people do to
one another for political purposes, as well as how to
prevent and resolve conflict — and how to recover from
it. The goal is to help the reader understand the
enormous complexity of human behavior and the
significant role political psychology can play in improving
the human condition.
New to the second edition is coverage of recent political
events, including the 2008 US presidential election,
Darfur, Iraq, and Afghanistan. There are now separate
chapters on race, ethnic conflicts, terrorism, and conflict
resolution. In addition, instructor resources are available
online.
2009: 254 x 178: 416pp
Hb: 978-1-84872-881-3: £70.00
Pb: 978-1-84872-882-0: £29.95
eBook: 978-0-203-84877-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9781848728820
Revitalizing Political
Psychology
The Legacy of Harold D. Lasswell
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9781848728929
William Ascher and
Barbara Hirschfelder-
Ascher
2004: 229 x 152: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-8058-5206-6: £42.50
Pb: 978-1-84872-892-9: £17.00
Political Psychology
Situations, Individuals, and Cases
david P. Houghton, University of Central Florida,
USA
’This is an engaging
discussion of how
psychological theories and
research provide insight into
enduring problems of
conflict and cooperation in
political behavior and
international relations.
Houghton’s text reviews
classic studies of conformity
and obedience, as well as
theories of personality,
cognition, and emotion, and
integrates them into an effective conceptual
scheme that balances personal and situational
influences on behavior. Students will find this book
to be a tidy and persuasive introduction to the
value of psychology for understanding the political
issues of the contemporary world.’ – Dennis Chong,
Northwestern University, USA
Selected Contents: 1. The Conceptual Scheme of This Book
2. A Brief History of the Discipline Part 1: The Situation
3. Behaviorism and Freedom 4. The Psychology of
Obedience 5. Creating a “Bad Barrel” 6. Group
Decision-Making Part 2: The Individual
7. Psychobiography 8. Personality and Beliefs 9. Cognitive
Theories 10. Affect and Emotion 11. Neuroscience
Part 3: Bringing the Two Together 12. The Psychology of
Voting Behavior 13. The Psychology of Nationalism, Ethnic
Conflict and Genocide 14. The Psychology of Racism and
Political Intolerance 15. The Psychology of Terrorism 16. The
Psychology of International Relations 17. Conclusion: A
Personal View
2008: 229 x 152: 296pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99013-4: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99014-1: £32.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88911-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415990141
Can’t find what
you’re looking for?
Visit our up-to-date website for a complete
listing of all our titles.
www.routledge.com/politics
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New
Strategy in Information and
Influence Campaigns
How Policy Advocates, Social Movements,
Insurgent Groups, Corporations,
Governments and Others Get What They
Want
Jarol B. Manheim, George Washington University,
USA
‘Manheim has written an
always readable and often
startling guide to perhaps
the greatest force presently
shaping our world: strategic
communication. Based on
many decades of study this
book draws together the
wisdom of ages and the
latest insights into the
subject. It clarifies its
operation with an impressive
line-up of cases of the best
(and the worst) of communication in practice. This
is an invaluable text for scholars, students and
communication practitioners alike.’ - Nicholas J. Cull,
University of Southern California, USA
‘This is a masterful analysis of how influence
campaigns and strategic communication work. No
other book comes close in terms of scope, insight,
and readability. Manheim has written a classic.’
- Lance Bennett, University of Washington, USA
Selected Contents: 1. Points of Origin 2. Information and
Influence Campaigns 3. Strategy and Tactics in Campaign
Communication I: Winning the Argument 4. Strategy and
Tactics in Campaign Communication II: Shaping the Decision
5. Networks and Netwaves: Organizing for Influence
6. Riding the Waves: Strategy and Tactics in Network
Activation 7. Feeling the Pressure: The Dimensionality of
Targets 8. Guarding the Castle: Deterring, Deflecting,
Minimizing or Defeating Information and Influence
Campaigns 9. Information, and Influence. Appendix A.
Need to Know: Strategic Intelligence and Research in the
Campaign. Appendix B. The IIC Knowledge Base: A Selective
Bibliographic Inventory. Appendix C. A Bibliography for IIC
Strategy (Including Sources Cited)
December 2010: 229 x 152: 344pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88728-1: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88729-8: £29.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83328-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415887298
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
PoliticAl commuNicAtioN & PoliticAl Psychology
New
Making Sense of Media
and Politics
Five Principles in Political Communication
Gadi Wolfsfeld, Hebrew University of Jerusalem,
Israel
‘This lively and original
synthesis of the research
literature in political
communication is at once a
brilliant theoretical
statement and a downright
fun read. Wolfsfeld’s five
basic principles about politics
and the news don’t just
summarize what we know.
They distill the essential
elements of how the system
works into a new theoretical
perspective that spells out why the most important
things to understand about politics and the media
are not what we expect them to be. This small
book is destined for greatness. If I were stuck on a
desert island with a single book about political
communication as my only possession, I’d want it
to be this one.’ - Scott Althaus, University of Illinois
Urbana-Champaign, USA
In Making Sense of Media and Politics, Gadi Wolfsfeld
introduces readers to the most important concepts that
serve as a framework for examining the interrelationship
of media and politics:
• political power can usually be translated into power
over the news media
• when authorities lose control over the political
environment they also lose control over the news
• there is no such thing as objective journalism (nor can
there be)
• the media are dedicated more than anything else to
telling a good story
• the most important effects of the news media on
citizens tend to be unintentional and unnoticed.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Political Actors Compete
Over the News Media 1. Political Power and Power Over
the Media 2. Political Control and Media Independence
Part 2: Turning Politics Into News 3. No Such Thing as
Objective News 4. Telling a Good Story Part 3: Media
Effects 5. The Media Get You When You’re Not Paying
Attention
February 2011: 229 x 152: 164pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88522-5: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88523-2: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83987-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415885232
Manipulating democracy
Democratic Theory, Political Psychology,
and Mass Media
Edited by Wayne Le Cheminant and
John M. Parrish, both at Loyola Marymount
University, USA
Manipulating Democracy offers
the first comprehensive
dialogue between empirical
political scientists and normative
political theorists on the
definition and contemporary
practice of democratic
manipulation. An impressive
array of distinguished scholars
offer incisive assessments and
far-reaching critiques of
contemporary American
democracy.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Manipulating Democracy:
A Reappraisal Wayne Le Cheminant and John M. Parrish
Part 1: democratic Theory 1. Manipulation and
Democratic Theory James Fishkin 2. Manipulation: As Old As
Democracy Itself (and Sometimes Dangerous) Terence Ball 3.
When Rhetoric Turns Manipulative: Disentangling Persuasion
and Manipulation Nathaniel Klemp Part 2: Political
Psychology 4. Changing Brains: Lessons from the Living
Wage Campaign George Lakoff 5. Emotional Manipulation
of Political Identity Rose McDermott 6. Mimesis, Persuasion,
and Manipulation in Plato’s Republic Christina Tarnopolsky
Part 3: Mass Media 7. “News You Can’t Use”: Politics and
Democracy in the New Media Environment Richard Fox and
Amy Gangl 8. The Betrayal of Democracy: The Purpose of
Public Opinion Survey Research and Its Misuse by Presidents
Lawrence Jacobs 9. The Political Economy of Mass Media:
Implications for Informed Citizenship Shanto Iyengar and Kyu
Hahn 10. Exploiting the Clueless: Heresthetic, Overload, and
Rational Ignorance Andrew Sabl
August 2010: 229 x 152: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87804-3: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87805-0: £30.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85499-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415878050
Blogging the Political
Politics and Participation in a
Networked Society
Antoinette Pole, Montclair State University, USA
In an era of depressed civic
engagement, where access to
the media by common citizens
is limited, blogs have the power
to change the political
landscape. This book catalogs
the individuals engaged in
political blogging, explains why
they started blogging, and
examines what they hope to
gain from it.
2009: 229 x 152: 176pp
Hb: 978-0-415-96341-1: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-96342-8: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86631-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415963428
79

80
extremism
extremism
ForthcomiNg
Fascism and the Extreme
Right
Roger Eatwell, University of Bath, UK
Series: Extremism and Democracy
In recent years the revival of the far right and
anti-Semitic, racist and fascist organizations has posed a
significant threat throughout Europe and in the United
States. Fascism and the Extreme Right examines the
historical development of fascist ideology, explaining its
post-war and contemporary variations. Subjects covered
include:
• the problems of defining ’fascism’
• the ideological roots of fascism
• electoral support for the far right
• holocaust denial
• cyber-fascism.
This is an essential guide to a complicated and extremely
important subject, and will be an invaluable source for
students, academics and activists.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Fascism in the
Inter-War Era 1. Universal Fascism 2. Fascism as a Syncretic
Ideology 3. The Nature of Fascism 4. Was Fascism a ‘Political
Religion’? 5. Theorising the Rise of Fascism Part 2: The
Contemporary Extreme Right 6. Neither ‘Extreme’ nor
‘Right’? 7. Is there a New ‘Clerical Fascism? 8. Theories of
Extreme Right Support 9. The Rebirth of Right-Wing
Charisma 10. From Street Fascism to Cyber Fascism 11.
Holocaust Denial and the Continuing Appeal of Anti-
Semitism 12. Whither Fascism in the 21st Century?
December 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-33202-6: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-33203-3: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415332033
eInspection Copies
Titles marked with this icon are available as
electronic inspection copies only for lecturers or
faculty considering them for course adoption.
Visit www.routledge.com to obtain your copy.
ForthcomiNg
New British Fascism
The Rise of the British National Party (BNP)
Matthew J. Goodwin, University of Nottingham,
UK
Series: Extremism and Democracy
This book examines the recent
development of the far right in
Britain against the backdrop of
changing public attitudes
toward race and immigration in
Britain. Focusing in particular on
the British National Party (BNP)
which has been the most
electorally successful far right
party in British history, the book
examines the worrying rise in
support for extremist and racist
ideas.
Selected Contents: Part 1 1. The Legacy of History 2. In
the Ghetto: The BNP, 1982-1999 3. From Street Gang to
Political Party: 1999-2009 4. Organization and Membership
5. Who Votes for Griffin? Part 2 6. The Activists: Who are
They? 7. Why do they Join? 8. Why do They Stay? 9. The
BNP at a Crossroads. Conclusions
July 2011: 198 x 129: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-46500-7: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-46501-4: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415465014
Racist Extremism in
Central & Eastern Europe
Cas Mudde
Series: Extremism and
Democracy
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415355940
2004: 234 x 156: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-35593-3: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-35594-0: £26.99
The New Extremism in
21st Century Britain
Edited by Roger Eatwell, University of Bath, UK and
Matthew J. Goodwin, University of Nottingham,
UK
Series: Extremism and Democracy
‘This work is an ambitious
attempt to examine in detail
the causes and impacts of far
right extremism alongside
Islamist inspired extremism.
Many may be uneasy about
such comparisons but this
volume lays to rest such
concerns. Above all, it
contains choice articles by a
strong team of experienced
researchers and
commentators. There are
superb contributions on state-group relations,
policing issues and public attitudes. It should be
consulted by all those interested in extremism in
modern Britain.’ - Shamit Saggar, University of Sussex,
UK
‘The New Extremism in 21st Century Britain is by
far the most important consideration yet of the
two principal extremist challenges to the existing
political order, namely militant Islamism and far
right politics. Eatwell and Goodwin have
assembled an expert range of contributors to
explore the causes, challenges and coping
strategies associated with the rise of extremism in
a hitherto largely benign polity. Chapters draw
upon a range of attitudinal and electoral evidence
to assess the levels of potential and actual support
for the British National Party amongst the white
working class and for Islamic militancy among
British Muslims. Measured, informed and
well-researched throughout, The New Extremism
needs to be read by any student interested in the
ongoing challenges to consensus in British politics.’
- Jon Tonge President, University of Liverpool, UK
Selected Contents: Introduction: The ’New’ Extremism
Roger Eatwell and Matthew J. Goodwin Part 1 1. Religious
Extremism in Britain and British Muslims: Threatened
Citizenship and the Role of Religion Maria Sobolewska
2. Mobilization, Recruitment, Violence and the Street: Radical
Violent takfiri Islamism in Early 21st Century Britain Jonathan
Githens-Mazer 3. Faith and State: British Policy Responses to
‘Islamist’ Extremism Erik Bleich 4. Policing the ‘New
Extremism’ in 21st Century Britain Frank Gregory 5. Policing
within a Counter-Terrorism Context Post 7/7: The Importance
of Partnership, Dialogue and Support when Engaging with
Muslim Communities Basia Spalek and Robert Lambert
6. Preventing Violent Extremism: Why Local Context Matters
Vivien Lowndes and Leila Thorpe Part 2 7. Who Might Vote
for the BNP? Survey Evidence on the Electoral Potential of
the Extreme Right in Britain Robert Ford 8. In Search of the
Winning Formula: Nick Griffin and the ‘Modernization’ of
the British National Party Matthew J. Goodwin 9. Who Votes
Extreme Right in Twenty-First Century Britain? The Social
Bases of Support for the National Front and British National
Party Matthew J. Goodwin, Robert Ford, Bobby Duffy and
Rea Robey 10. Responses to the Extreme Right in Britain
Roger Eatwell. Conclusion Roger Eatwell and Matthew J.
Goodwin
February 2010: 234 x 156: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49434-2: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49435-9: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85961-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415494359
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

geNder Politics
2nd edition
Gender and Global
Restructuring
Sightings, Sites and Resistances
Edited by Marianne H. Marchand, Universidad de
las Américas, Puebla, Mexico and
Anne Sisson Runyan, University of Cincinatti, USA
Series: RIPE Series in Global Political Economy
‘A new edition from
Marchand and Runyan is
cause for celebration. They
and their smart contributors
show us here so graphically
that the surprising twists
and turns of today’s
globalizing trends cannot be
realistically tracked without
taking women’s working
lives and political resistances
seriously.’ - Cynthia Enloe,
author of Nimo’s War, Emma’s
War: Making Feminist Sense of the Iraq War
‘Bringing together leading scholars in international
political economy, Gender and Global Restructuring
illuminates the changing effects of neoliberal
economic policies on the governance of intimacy,
family formation, and the production of raced,
gendered, sexualized identities. Sweeping in scope,
the volume provides new insights into the complex
dynamics of nationstates, international institutions,
and transnational social movements as they
grapple with increasing inequalities in the
twenty-first century.’ - Mary Hawkesworth, Rutgers
University, USA
Selected Contents: Introduction: Feminist Sightings of
Global Restructuring: Old and New Conceptualizations
Marianne H. Marchand and Anne Sisson Runyan
Part 1: Sightings 1. Globalization and its Intimate Other:
Filipina Domestic Workers in Hong Kong Kimberly A. Chang
and L.H.M. Ling 2. Querying Globalization: Sexual
Subjectivities, Development, and the Governance of Intimacy
Amy Lind 3. Governing Gender in Neoliberal Restructuring:
Economics, Performativity, and Social Reproduction Suzanne
Bergeron 4. ’Where the streets have no name’: Getting
Development out of the (RED)? Michelle V. Rowley
Part 2: Sites 5 Global Restructuring and Women’s Economic
Citizenship in North Africa Valentine M. Moghadam
6. Remittances, Gender, and Development Jonathan Bach
7. Women’s Work Unbound: Philippine Development and
Global Restructuring Pauline Gardiner Barber 8. The ’Making
Women Productive’ Strategy: Uncovering Gendered
Sightings, Sites, and Resistances to Global Restructuring in
Rural Mexico Rahel Kunz Part 3: Resistances
9. Globalization and Gender at Border Sites: Femicide and
Domestic Violence in Ciudad Juárez Kathleen Staudt
10. Reclaiming Spaces of Resistance: Women’s Human Rights
and Global Restructuring Laura Parisi 11. Globalization,
Feminism, and Information Society Gillian Youngs.
Conclusion: Restructuring the Intimate and the Global:
Towards ’Post’-Neoliberalism? Anne Sisson Runyan and
Marianne H. Marchand
August 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77679-0: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77680-6: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-89497-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415776806
Gender Matters in
Global Politics
A Feminist Introduction to International
Relations
Edited by Laura J. Shepherd, Birmingham
University, UK
‘Feminist IR isn’t a static
thing. It is something you try
to do. As the contributors to
this lively book show, to
engage in the hard and
invigorating work of doing
feminist IR means to think
and re-think, to listen and
re-listen, to explore and
re-explore.’ - Cynthia Enloe,
Clark University, USA
‘The authors of this textbook
convincingly demonstrate
the importance of putting on our gendered lenses
to fully understand a broad array of issues in
global politics. A valuable resource for teachers and
students of international relations.’ - J. Ann Tickner,
University of Southern California, USA
Selected Contents: Part 1: Theory/Practice Part 2: Ethics
and the Human Subject Part 3: Violence and Security
Part 4: Political Economy Part 5: Identities, Orders, Borders
Part 6: Information, Communication, Technology
2009: 246 x 174: 440pp
Hb: 978-0-415-45387-5: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-45388-2: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86494-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415453882
ForthcomiNg
Feminism and the
Transformation of
International Relations
The Challenge of Feminism and its Critical
‘Others’
Marysia Zalewski, University of Aberdeen, UK
Series: New International Relations
Examines whether feminism has succeeded in
transforming International Relations by assessing what
feminist theories offer to study of international politics
and exploring feminism’s relationship with the study of
International Relations.
Selected Contents: 1. Feminists Confront International
Relations 2. The Appeal of Masculinity Studies
3. Challenging the Privilege of Whiteness 4. Defying
Compulsory Heterosexuality: The Queer Challenge
5. Resisting Women, Rejecting Feminism? The Challenge of
Neo-Feminism 6. Transforming International Politics?
Transforming Feminism
October 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-44921-2: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-44922-9: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415449229
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
geNder Politics
New
4th edition
Women’s Rights in the uSA
Policy Debates and Gender Roles
dorothy E. McBride, Florida Atlantic University,
USA and Janine A. Parry, University of Arkansas,
USA
In Women’s Rights in the USA,
Fourth Edition, McBride and
Parry examine the policy
debates critical to women in
American society. Analyzing
both the historical contexts and
current controversies, the
authors show the processes
behind the statutes, court cases,
and administrative rules
pertaining to issues such as
education, work pay, family,
sexuality, and economic status
and examine the role of women activists in shaping
them.
This fourth edition also features updates on
contemporary issues of women and public policy,
including same-sex marriage and lesbian issues, pay
equity, conservative trends in courts, reproductive rights,
and women in electoral politics. Themed boxes highlight
information in five areas: Personal Stories; Intersections;
Equality and Difference: Cases; Equality and Difference:
Laws; and Voices in Debates.
December 2010: 229 x 152: 392pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80472-1: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80452-3: £27.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87449-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415804523
Gender and International
Security
Feminist Perspectives
Edited by Laura Sjoberg, University of Florida, USA
Series: Routledge Critical Security Studies
This book defines the
relationship between gender
and international security,
analyzing and critiquing
international security theory
and practice from a gendered
perspective.
2009: 234 x 156: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47546-4: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47579-2: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86693-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415475792
Selected Contents: Part 1:
Gendered Lenses Envision Security
Part 2: Gendered Security Theories
Part 3: Gendered Security Actors:
Women in International Security
Part 4: Gendered Security
Problematiques
81

82
geNder Politics PoliticAl theory
ForthcomiNg
Feminism and International
Relations
Conversations About the Past, Present and
Future
Edited by J. Ann Tickner, University of Southern
California, USA and Laura Sjoberg, University of
Florida, USA
This important introduction to feminist International
Relations discusses the history, present and future of the
field. With a unique format, it examines issues including
global governance, the United Nations, war, peace,
security, science, beauty and human rights.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: International Relations
through Feminist Lenses Laura Sjoberg and J. Ann Tickner
2. Reclaiming Agency for Social Change: Feminism,
International Relation and the Women’s International League
for Peace and Freedom, 1945 -1975 Catia Confortini
Engagement by Brooke Ackerly 3. Pursuing Interests Which
are Both Deep and Wide: Women’s Human Rights and the
United Nations Abigail Ruane Engagement by Brent Steele
4. Feminist Problems with Norms: Gender Mainstreaming in
Global Governance Jacqui True Engagement by Jane Jaquette
5. Security as Emancipation: A Feminist Perspective Soumita
Basu Engagement by Laura Sjoberg 6. Russian Veterans of
the Chechen Wars: A Feminist Analysis of Militarized
Masculinity Maya Eichler Engagement by Cynthia Enloe
7. The Technoscience Question in Feminist IR: Unmanning
the U.S.War on Terror Eric M.Blanchard Engagement by
Sandra Harding 8. Targeting Women in Wars: Gender and
Intentional Civilian Death Laura Sjoberg and Jessica Peel
Engagement by J.Ann Tickner 9. Beauty and the
Quinceanera: Reproductive, Productive and Virtual
Dimensions of the Global Political Economy of Beauty Angela
McCracken Engagement by V. Spike Peterson
10. Conclusion
May 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58457-9: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58460-9: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-81681-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415584609
Resisting Citizenship
Feminist Essays on Politics, Community,
and Democracy
Martha A. Ackelsberg, Smith College, USA
This book brings together many
of Martha Ackelsberg’s writings
over the past 25 years,
combining her own field work
and interviews with cutting
edge research and theory on
democracy and activism. She
explores these efforts in order
to draw lessons — and attempt
to incorporate knowledge
— about current notions of
democracy from those who
engage in ’non-traditional’
participation, those who have, in many respects, been
relegated to the margins of political life in the United
States.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Rethinking Politics/Rethinking
Community Part 2: Challenging Dichotomies: Dependency,
Privacy, Identity, Power Part 3: Is Citizenship the Goal?
2009: 229 x 152: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-93518-0: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-93519-7: £29.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415935197
New
War and Rape
Law, Memory and Justice
Nicola Henry, La Trobe University, Australia
Series: Interventions
In this book, Henry asks some
critical questions about the
relationship between mass rape,
politics and law. In what ways
does law contribute to the
collective memory of wartime
rape? How do ‘countermemories’
of victims compete
with the denialism of wartime
rape?
Providing a comprehensive
overview of the politics of
wartime rape and the politics of
prosecuting such crimes within international
humanitarian law, this text will be of great interest to
scholars of gender and security, war crimes and law and
society.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: How the Past is Made
to Matter 2. Traces of Truth: Collective Memory and the Law
3. A History of Silence: The Nuremberg and Tokyo Trials
4. Casualties of Law: Wartime Rape and War Crimes Courts
5. Trials and Trauma: The Impossibility of Bearing Witness
6. Wartime Rape and the Legacy of Law
November 2010: 234 x 156: 184pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56472-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56473-1: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83619-4
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415564731
The Industrial Vagina
The Political Economy of the Global
Sex Trade
Sheila Jeffreys, University of Melbourne, Australia
Series: RIPE Series in Global Political Economy
This book demonstrates the
importance of the global sex
industry to the field of
international politics, exploring
the development of the industry
and the wider social
implications.
2008: 198 x 129: 264pp
Hb: 978-0-415-41232-2: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-41233-9: £19.99
eBook: 978-0-203-69830-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415412339
PoliticAl
theory
Contemporary Political
Theorists in Context
Anthony M. Clohesy, University of Essex, UK,
Stuart Isaacs, London Metropolitan University, UK
and Chris Sparks, Institute of Technology, Sligo,
Ireland
This exciting new textbook
presents a clear framework for
students to understand how
themes and issues in political
thought have emerged and
developed throughout the 20th
Century.
Charting the progression from
the preoccupation with the
boundaries of the modern
state, through to the current
debates on rights, identity and
justice; the three sections of the
book enable the ideas of significant political thinkers to
unfold through a telling of the key political events that
gave a social context for their thought.
Selected Contents: Part 1: The Inter-War Debate: New
Theories of the State Part 2: Post-War Debates: The Recovery
of Politics Part 3: Contemporary Debates: Rights, Identity
and Justice
2009: 246 x 174: 168pp
Hb: 978-0-415-35728-9: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-35729-6: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-00313-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415357296
ForthcomiNg
4th edition
Political Ideologies
An Introduction
Edited by Vincent Geoghegan and Rick Wilford,
Robert Eccleshall
This informative and widely used text is now available in
a fourth edition. Building on the success of previous
editions, it continues to provide a clear and accessible
introduction to the complexities of political ideologies.
Selected Contents: 1. From Ideology to Ideologies
2. Liberalism 3. Conservatism 4. Socialism 5. Anarchism
6. Nationalism 7. Fascism 8. Ecologism 9. Feminism
10. Religion and Politics 11.The End of Ideology?
July 2011: 246 x 174: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-61816-8: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-61817-5: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415618175
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Fascism and Political
Theory
Critical Perspectives on Fascist Ideology
daniel Woodley, DLD College, London, UK
Series: Routledge Issues in Contemporary Political
Theory
‘This is a captivating and
well-researched contribution
to political theory and
historical sociology.
Woodley’s sophisticated,
wide-ranging, and
clearly-written book
convincingly dissects the
anatomy of fascism,
including its relation to the
modern imperialinternational
context.‘
- Patricia Owens, author of
Between War and Politics: International Relations and
the Thought of Hannah Arendt (Oxford, 2007)
2009: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47354-5: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47355-2: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87157-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415473552
ForthcomiNg
Neuroscience and Political
Theory
Edited by F. Vander Valk
This book provides an important overview and valuable
new perspectives on what political theory can bring to
the debates about climate change.
Selected Contents: 1. On the Seductive Power of
Neuro-explanations for Political and Moral Theory: An
Intellectual Genealogy, Maurizio Meloni 2. What is Ancient
in Contemporary Neuroscience?: Lessons From Descartes on
Constructing a Model of Mind Patricia Easton 3. Hobbes and
Neuroscience: Early Modern Strategies for Negotiating
Contemporary Subjectivity James R. Martel 4. Minding Our
Language John G. Gunnell 5. Educating the Brain:
Neuroscience and the Habit of Good Judgment Leslie Paul
Thiele 6. The Brain, Explanatory Pluralism, and the Question
of Healthy Politics Machiel Keestra 7. Does Deliberation
Make You Angry? Neuroscience, Emotions, and Theories of
Deliberative Democracies Marlene Sokolon 8. Minds,
Memes, and Micropolitics Frank Vander Valk 9. Evolution,
Neuroscience, and Prosocial Behavior in Disasters John
Protevi 10. Performing Gender Through Scientific Research
Emily B. Ngubia Kuria 11. The Absent Revolution Suparna
Choudhury, Jan Slaby, Max Stadler
October 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78201-2: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78202-9: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415782029
Out of Africa
Post-Structuralism’s Colonial Roots
Pal Ahluwalia, University of South Australia
Series: Postcolonial Politics
At the heart of this book is the
argument that the fact that so
many post-structuralist French
intellectuals have a strong
‘colonial’ connection, usually
with Algeria, cannot be a
coincidence. The ‘biographical’
fact that so many French
intellectuals were born in or
otherwise connected with
French Algeria has often been
noted, but it has never been
theorised. Ahluwalia makes a
convincing case that post-structuralism in fact has
colonial and postcolonial roots. This is an important
argument, and one that ‘connects’ two theoretical
currents that continue to be of great interest,
post-structuralism and postcolonialism.
The re-reading of what is now familiar material against
the background of de-colonial struggles demonstrates
the extent to which it is this new condition that
prompted theory to question long-held assumptions
inscribed in the European colonial enterprise. The
wide-ranging discussion, ranging across authors as
different as Foucault, Derrida, Fanon, Althusser, Cixous,
Bourdieu and Lyotard, enables the reader to make
connections that have remained unnoticed or been
neglected. It also brings back into view a history of
struggles, both political and theoretical, that has shaped
the landscape of critique in the social sciences and
humanities.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Algeria and
Colonisation 3. Sartre, Camus and Fanon 4. Derrida
5. Cixous 6. Althusser, Bourdieu, Foucault and Lyotard
7. Conclusion
March 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57069-5: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57070-1: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85810-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415570701
Zizek’s Politics
Jodi dean
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415951760
2006: 216 x 140: 160pp
Hb: 978-0-415-95175-3: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-95176-0: £27.99
eBook: 978-0-203-95661-8
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
Public Policy
Public Policy
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
Analyzing Public Policy
Peter John, University of Manchester, UK
Series: Routledge Textbooks in Policy Studies
The fully revised and updated new edition of this
textbook continues to provide the most accessible
overview of the main approaches in the study of public
policy. It explains the most common and widely used
frameworks in the study of policy analysis:
• institutionalism
• network theory
• socioeconomic theories
• rational choice
• ideas-based.
The book explains each one, offers constructive criticisms
and explores their claims in the light of American, British
and European examples.
Peter John argues that no one approach offers a
comprehensive explanation of public policy, so a
combination is needed. After reviewing some recent
attempts at synthesis, he advocates an evolutionary
approach which is best able to account for the
importance of ideas and interests in the policy process.
Combining both a clear summary of debates in public
policy and a new and original approach to the subject,
this book remains essential reading for students of public
policy and policy analysis.
Selected Contents: 1. The Study of Public Policy 2. ’Stages’
Models 3. Institutional Approaches 4. Group and Network
Approaches 5. Socio-Economic Approaches 6. Rational
Choice Approaches 7. Ideas 8. A Synthesis Through
Evolution 9. Conclusions
July 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47626-3: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47627-0: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415476270
State Management
An Enquiry into Models of Public
Administration & Management
Jan-Erik Lane, University of Freiburg, Germany
’Jan-Erik Lane has once again
produced a timely and
provocative book - this time
upon the distinctive
challenges of public
management in the twenty
first century. It is sure to
become a classic text for
researchers and students in
the field alike.’ - Stephen P.
Osborne, University of
Edinburgh, UK
2009: 216 x 138: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49234-8: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49235-5: £21.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87988-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415492355
83

84
Public Policy
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
Applied Policy Research
Concepts and Cases
Peter J. Haas, San Jose State University, USA and
J. Fred Springer, EMT Associates
Many textbooks on policy research focus on
methodological and statistical theories, while leaving
students little indication of how they will actually apply
them to their future policy positions. Moreover, the
theories they do teach are often not practical for the
research that students will do upon entering the
workforce.
This book takes theories of policy research and puts
them into practice, demystifying the subject by
translating it into real world situations in which students
can actively engage.
In this new edition, a new chapter has been added to
reflect current trends in research such as:
• evidence-based policies, programs, and practices
• performance monitoring and quality control
• cost effectiveness
• new systems to inform the need and status of social,
health, education, and economic conditions.
New cases capture these current approaches and are
now grouped according to types of policy research. Ideal
for masters programs in public administration and public
policy, Applied Policy Research is critical for preparing
students for their future policy analysis and program
evaluation positions.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Principles of Policy Research
1. Introduction to Policy Research 2. Strategies for Policy
Research in Context 3. Research Methods and Techniques in
Practice 4. Policy Research and the Policy Process 5. How to
Design and Conduct Policy Research: A Practical Approach
Part 2: Case Studies in Policy Research 2.1. Needs
Assessment and Planning: Behavioral Health Needs and
Planning Services in Tennesse 2.2. Performance Monitoring
and Quality Improvement: The CDC-INFO Performance
Scorecard 2.3. Identifying Evidence-based Policies Programs
and Practices: Principles of Effective Youth Interventions
2.4. Program evaluation 2.5. Cost and Cost-Effectiveness:
The Cost of Substance Use in San Diego County 2.6 Policy
Choice Analysis: Bikes and Trains: A Policy Comparison
August 2011: 229 x 152: 368pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80507-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80508-7: £27.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87349-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415805087
understanding
Government Budgets
A Practical Guide
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415990127
R. Mark Musell, City College
of New York, USA
2008: 246 x 174: 120pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99011-0: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99012-7: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-89272-5
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
Comparative Public
Administration
Edited by J.A. Chandler, Sheffield Hallam University,
UK
Comparative Public Administration 2nd edition provides
a clear introduction to the contemporary system of
public administration and management in a number of
significant countries. This text examines, country-bycountry,
the extent to which new public management,
politicians and public opinion can influence
bureaucracies in various countries; in addition, it explores
the role of public administration systems within the
wider political systems and democratic frameworks of
their states.
The new edition revises and updates all of the original
country studies and adds three more chapters on Poland,
India and China. Each chapter is written to a common
framework which makes comparison easier and covers
the following issues:
• political culture
• the constitutional framework
• the civil service
• central government agencies
• federal and local government
• financing the system
• coordinating the system
• managing the system
• accountability, secrecy and openness
• democracy and the administrative system
• further developments and issues with the system.
A wide number of countries are covered, including: the
United States, the European Union, China, France, UK,
Germany, the Republic of Ireland, Italy, India and Poland.
This textbook is essential reading for students of
comparative public administration.
September 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56927-9: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56928-6: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415569286
Immigration and
American democracy
Subverting the Rule of Law
Robert Koulish, Philadelphia University, USA
’This is a powerful book that
takes on an urgent and
under-researched topic. Here
in one place at last is an
overview and analysis of the
shifting landscape of
immigration control and the
increase of executive power
in the u.S. that have
characterized the last
decade. It is a must-read, not
just for immigration scholars,
but for all who want to stay
informed of the trajectory of American democracy.’
– Kitty Calavita, University of California Irvine, USA
2009: 229 x 152: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99617-4: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99618-1: £20.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88322-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415996181
New
designing Public Policies
Principles and Instruments
Michael Howlett, Simon Fraser University, Canada
Series: Routledge Textbooks in Policy Studies
This textbook provides a concise
and accessible introduction to
the principles and elements of
policy design in contemporary
governance. Howlett seeks to
examine in detail the range of
substantive and procedural
policy instruments that together
comprise the toolbox from
which governments select
specific tools expected to
resolve policy problems.
Guiding students through the
study of the instruments used by governments in
carrying out their tasks, adapting to, and altering, their
environments, this book:
• discusses several current trends in instrument use often
linked to factors such as globalization and the
increasingly networked nature of modern society.
• considers the principles behind the selection and use
of specific types of instruments in contemporary
government
• evaluates in detail the merits, demerits and rationales
for the use of specific organization, regulatory,
financial and information-based tools and the trends
visible in their use
• addresses the issues of instrument mixes and their (re)
design in a discussion of the future research agenda of
policy design.
Providing a comprehensive overview of this essential
component of modern governance and featuring helpful
definitions of key concepts and further reading, this
book is essential reading for all students of public policy,
administration and management.
December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78132-9: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78133-6: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83863-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781336
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

New
Making Policy Work
Peter John, University of Manchester, UK
Series: Routledge Textbooks in Policy Studies
Many tools are on offer to
politicians and other
policy-makers when they seek
to change policy outcomes.
Often they choose to
concentrate on one set of tools,
but fail to see the costs as well
as the benefits – and may not
consider the available evidence
regarding their effectiveness.
This innovative new textbook
clearly sets out the main tools
of government, and provides an
analysis of their efficacy when applied to public
problems.
Each chapter examines the relative benefits and costs of
using a key tool that is available to improve policy
outcomes, drawing on a diverse literature, a large
number of empirical studies and a range of contexts.
Areas covered include:
• governments and policy outcomes
• law and regulation
• public spending and taxation
• bureaucracy and public management
• institutions
• information, persuasion and deliberation
• networks and governance.
February 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-37544-3: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-38029-4: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83078-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415380294
5th edition
Budgetary Politics in
American Governments
James J. Gosling, University of Utah, USA
2009: 229 x 152: 312pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80015-0: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99511-5: £30.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88945-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415995115
Gosling clearly explains the
intergovernmental dynamics of
the actors, institutions, and
processes of U.S. public
budgeting — both now and
through changes of the last
several decades. Thoroughly
updated, this edition examines
tax policy in the 2008
presidential campaigns, military
budgeting, budget shortfalls in
state and local governments,
and a new chapter on budget
organization and structure.
6th edition
The Politics of Bureaucracy
An Introduction to Comparative Public
Administration
B. Guy Peters, University of Pittsburgh, USA
2009: 246 x 174: 400pp
Hb: 978-0-415-34209-4: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-34210-0: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87914-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415342100
‘An astutely up-dated old
favourite whose several
editions are sound testimony
to the enduring nature of
bureaucracy. A treasure chest
of facts, insights and
reasoning about structures
and dynamics so central to
the state and government.
Excellent for both graduate
and undergraduate
teaching.’ - Ian Thynne,
Charles Darwin University,
Australia
The Public Policy Primer
Managing the Policy Process
Xun Wu, National University of Singapore,
M. Ramesh, University of Hong Kong,
Michael Howlett, Simon Fraser University, Canada
and Scott Fritzen, National University of Singapore
Series: Routledge Textbooks in Policy Studies
This short guide provides a
concise and accessible overview
of the entire policy cycle taking
the reader through the various
stages of agenda setting, policy
formulation, decision making,
policy implementation and
policy evaluation.
This book provides an
introduction to the key policy
functions, the challenges they
entail, and how the challenges
may be addressed by public
officials. Written from a comparative perspective, the
authors include examples from a diverse range of
countries at different stages of development,
highlighting key principles and practices through which
officials can effectively manage their policy processes
and outcomes.
Selected Contents: 1. Introductions: Public Managers and
the Policy Process 2. Agenda-Setting 3. Policy Formulation
4. Decision-Making 5. Policy Implementation 6. Policy
Evaluation 7. Conclusion: Enhancing Policy Effectiveness
Through Integrated Policy Making
August 2010: 216 x 138: 128pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78046-9: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78047-6: £18.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84594-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415780476
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
Public Policy
Complexity and Public
Policy
A New Approach to 21st Century Politics,
Policy And Society
Robert Geyer, University of Lancaster, UK and
Samir Rihani, University of Liverpool, UK
’Complexity and Public Policy
is not only an excellent read,
but it provides a thought
provoking analysis of how
and why so many policy
initiatives – including those
in public health, the war on
terrorism, aid and
development, the war in
Iraq, and so on – have been
such disappointments,
disasters even. What the
authors do is nothing less
than challenge all of us, policymakers, scholars and
citizens alike, to begin to think much differently
than we ever had before. Quite simply, to stop
thinking that the world unfolds in a linear way
when there is all kinds of evidence to the contrary.
It might sound like a truism to say that this should
be required reading for all policymakers, but this
time the truism happens to be true.’ - Mark Gibney,
University of North Carolina-Asheville, USA
’This is an eminently readable book, a primer to
complexity written specifically for social scientists.
It is highly recommended reading for teachers as
well as students of methods, and for anybody
interested not just in science but also in public
policy and what it can and cannot do. Particularly
important and impressive is what the authors have
to say on public policies aimed at simplification and
rationalization of social structures, and on the high
social costs of their inevitable failure.’ - Wolfgang
Streeck, Max Planck Institute, Cologne, Germany
Selected Contents: Preface. Introduction 1. From Orderly
to Complexity Science and Public Policy 2. Concepts of
Complexity 3. Tools of Complexity 4. Politics 5. Health
6. The International Realm 7. Development 8. Planning
Dreams into Nightmares: The Iraq Adventure 9. Exploding
the Myths of Terrorism 10. Conclusion: Towards a Complex
and Humane Public Policy for the 21st Century
March 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55662-0: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55663-7: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85692-5
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415556637
85

86
Public Policy
ForthcomiNg
Social democracy
A Comparative Account of the Left Wing
Party Family
Hans Keman, Vrije University, Amsterdam, the
Netherlands
This book focuses on social democracy as a party and a
broad movement as well as a unique political force in
the industrialised world. It provides a critical comparative
survey of when, where, how and why social democracy
developed within established capitalist democracies.
It explains the electoral successes and failures of social
democratic parties, the influence of the party system and
the nature of competition and co-operation between
parties. It also examines the ideological tensions within
social democratic parties between socialists and
reformists.
It features a broad range of case studies including
Australia, Austria Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France,
Greece, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New
Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland,
United Kingdom as well as comparisons with the United
States, Canada and Japan.
August 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57406-8: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57407-5: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415574075
New
Cities, Politics & Power
Simon Parker, University of York, UK
Series: Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism
and the City
Cities, Politics and Power
combines a traditional concern
with how the cities in which we
live are organised and run with
a broader focus on cities and
urban regions as multiple sites
and agents of power.
Selected Contents:
Part 1: 1. Introduction
Part 2: The Political Life of
Cities 2. The Civic City: The
Emergence of Urban Societies
3. The Uncivil City: Violence,
Conflict and Resistance Part 3: urban Governance
4. Political Organisations and the Quest for Urban Power
5. The Government of Cities 6. The Confines of Power:
Cities, Regions and States in a Global Perspective
Part 4: Identity, Communication and Space 7. The
Politics of Urban Identity 8. Information, Communication
and the Networks of Urban Power 9. The Landscapes of
Urban Power Part 5: Conclusion 10. Power and Politics in
the City
November 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-36579-6: £65.00
Pb: 978-0-415-36580-2: £21.99
eBook: 978-0-203-01828-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415365802
Evidence-Based
Policymaking
Insights from Policy-Minded Researchers
and Research-Minded Policymakers
Karen Bogenschneider and Thomas J. Corbett,
both at University of Wisconsin–Madison, USA
This book examines ways to
enhance evidence-based
policymaking, striking a balance
between theory and practice.
The attention to theory builds a
greater understanding of why
miscommunication and mistrust
occur. Until we better
appreciate the forces that divide
researchers and policymakers,
we cannot effectively construct
strategies for bringing them
together.
Selected Contents: 1. Exploring the Disconnect Between
Research and Policy 2. Do Policymakers Want Evidence?
Insights from Research-Minded Policymakers 3. When
Researchers Delivered Evidence to Policymakers 4. Who are
These Knowledge Producers and Knowledge Consumers
Anyway? 5. Why Research is Underutilized in Policymaking:
Community Dissonance Theory 6. Breaking Through
Stereotypes of Policymakers 7. What Knowledge Producers
Should Know About the Policymaking Process 8. Barriers to
and Rewards of Cross-Cultural Communication
9. Communicating With Policymakers: Insights from
Policy-Minded Researchers 10. Approaching Policymakers:
Moving Beyond ’What’ to ’How’ 11. Generating Evidence
on Disseminating Evidence to Policymakers 12. Where Do
We Go from Here? Appendix: Methodological Notes.
References
April 2010: 229 x 152: 368pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80583-4: £64.95
Pb: 978-0-415-80584-1: £24.95
eBook: 978-0-203-85639-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415805841
ForthcomiNg
digital Governance
New Technologies for Improving Public
Service
Michael Milakovich, University of Miami, Coral
Gables, Florida, USA
In this timely and thorough analysis, Michael Milakovich
examines the assumptions underlying the ‘e-government
revolution’ in light of the financial exigencies facing
many commercial enterprises, governments and other
organizations. Computer-driven information and
communications technologies are impacting all aspects
of public sector service delivery worldwide and many
governments are moving away from an agency-centric
toward a more citizen-centric approach to offering
online services.
This book explores the transition from electronic
government (e-gov) to digital or d-governance,
emphasizing the importance of citizen participation and
information technology to accomplish the change. The
chapters concentrate on strategies for public
administration organizational transformation and their
implications for improved and measurable government
performance.
August 2011: 229 x 152: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-89143-1: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-89144-8: £28.99
eBook: 978-0-203-81599-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415891448
The American Political
Economy
Institutional Evolution of Market and State
Marc Allen Eisner, Wesleyan University, USA
Policy debates are often
grounded within the conceptual
confines of a state-market
dichotomy, as though the two
existed in complete isolation. In
this innovative text, Marc Allen
Eisner portrays the state and
the market as inextricably
linked, exploring the variety of
institutions subsumed by the
market and the role that the
state plays in creating the
institutional foundations of
economic activity.
Through a historical approach, Eisner situates the study
of American political economy within a larger
evolutionary-institutional framework that integrates
perspectives in American political development and
economic sociology. This volume provides a rich
understanding of the complexity of U.S. economic policy,
explaining how public policies become embedded in
bureaucracy and reinforced by organized beneficiaries
and public expectations. This path dependent layering
process helps students better understand the underlying
historical dynamics, which provide a clearer sense of the
constraints faced by policymakers now and in the future.
Thorough coverage of the entitlement crisis,
globalization’s impact on the U.S. political economy, and
the recent financial crisis in the final chapters
demonstrate the importance of this historical
institutionalist framework.
Selected Contents: Part 1: Making Sense of the Political
Economy 1. Beyond the Market-State Dichotomy
2. Making Sense of Institutions and Institutional Change
Part 2: The Evolution of the American Political Economy
3. The Progressive Regime and the Regulatory State 4. The
Rise of the New Deal Regime 5. The Postwar Consolidation
of the New Deal Regime 6. The Rise and Pause of the
Keynesian Welfare State 7. The Neoliberal Regime and the
Return of the Market Part 3: Neoliberalism and Its
discontents 8. The Two Welfare States and the Coming
Entitlement Crisis 9. The Global Economy and the
Persistence of the State 10. The Financial Crisis and the
Great Recession 11. Continuity and Change in the American
Political Economy
August 2010: 229 x 152: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99960-1: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99962-5: £30.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88014-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415999625
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

eligioN ANd
Politics
New iN paperbacK
Routledge Handbook of
Religion and Politics
Edited by Jeff Haynes, London Metropolitan
University, UK
This Handbook provides a
global survey of the interaction
between religion and politics.
Selected Contents:
1. Introduction Part 1: ‘The
World Religions and Politics’
2. Buddhism and Politics
3. Christianity: Protestantism
4. The Catholic Church and
Catholicism in Global Politics
5. Confucianism, from above and
Below 6. Hinduism 7. Sunni Islam
and Politics 8. Shiism and Politics
9. Judaism and the State Part 2: ‘Religion and
Governance’ 10. Secularisation and Politics 11. Religious
Fundamentalisms 12. Religion and the State 13. Does God
Matter, and If So whose God? Religion and Democratization
14. Religion and Political Parties 15. Religion and Civil
Society 16. Religious Commitment and Socio-Political
Orientations: Different Patterns of Compartmentalisation
among Muslims and Christians? Part 3: ‘Religion and
International Relations’ 17. Integrating Religion into
International Relations Theory 18. Religion and Foreign
Policy 19. Transnational Religious Actors and International
Relations 20. Religion and Globalisation Part 4: ‘Religion,
Security and development’ 21. On the Nature of
Religious Terrorism 22. Conflict Prevention and
Peacebuilding 23. Religion and Women: Canadian Women’s
Religious Volunteering: Compassion, Connections, and
Comparisons 24. Faith-based Development Aid
25. Religion, Climate Change and Human Suffering
August 2010: 246 x 174: 448pp
Pb: 978-0-415-60029-3: £29.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415600293
Muslims in the West
after 9/11
Religion, Politics and Law
Edited by Jocelyne Cesari, Harvard University, USA
Series: Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security
This book is the first systematic
attempt to study the situation
of European and American
Muslims after 9/11, and to
present a comprehensive
analysis of their religious,
political, and legal situations.
Selected Contents:
Part 1: Overview: Muslims in
Europe and the US
Part 2: Anti-Terrorism and
International Constraints
Part 3: Influence of International
Constraints on Politics, Law and Religion in the West
2009: 234 x 156: 264pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77655-4: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77654-7: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86396-1
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415776547
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
Global Political Islam
Peter Mandaville
’Global Political Islam, is a well-informed account of
the origins of mainstream Islamism, the strategies
of Islamisation, the emergence of the radical
fringe, the competition for authority among
Muslim elites and the impact of globalisation on
Muslim politics. This is a study which sets out to
transcend the ’narrow moment’ of al-Qaeda.’ - The
Economist
’Global Political Islam is the best panoramic view of
Muslim politics today. With lucidity and insight,
Peter Mandaville effortlessly explains the
complexity of Islamism without becoming bogged
down in jargon or narrowly defending one line of
interpretation. He displays an equally impressive
command of specific movements such as the
Muslim Brotherhood and al-Qaida and critical
issues such as globalisation, the crisis over the
state, and competition over religious authority. It is
difficult to imagine a more reliable or informed
treatment of a shifting and ever widening Islamic
landscape.’ - James Piscatori, Oxford Centre for Islamic
Studies, UK
Selected Contents: Introduction: Thinking about Islam and
Politics in Global Perspective 2. Islam and Politics: History
and Key Concepts 3. State Formation and the Making of
Islamism 4. Explaining Islamism 5. Islam in the System: The
Evolution of Islamism as Political Strategy 6. Islam as the
System: Islamic States and ’Islamization’ from Above 7. Islam
for Lack of a System: Islamism in Weak and Failed States
8. Radical Islamism and Jihad Beyond the Nation-State
9. Muslim Transnationalism: Brotherhoods, Networks
Diasporas 10. Who Speaks for Islam? Religious Authority in
the Global Umma 11. Islamic Political Thought: Debating
Shari’ah and the Islamic State 12. Beyond Islamism:
Globalization and Muslim Politics. Appendix: Key Economic
and Political Indicators for Muslim Countries
December 2011: 234 x 156: 408pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78256-2: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78257-9: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415782579
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
religioN ANd Politics
Religion and Politics in
South Asia
Edited by Ali Riaz, Illinois State University, USA
Religion and religio-political
forces have become potent
influences in the domestic
politics of many countries
irrespective of geographical
location, stages of economic
growth, and systems of
governance. The growing
importance of religion as a
marker of identity and a tool of
political mobilization is
reshaping the political
landscape in an unprecedented
manner, and South Asia, which contains the world’s
largest populations of Muslims and Hindus with
significant number of Buddhists, is no exception to this
fact.
This book presents a comprehensive analysis of the
interaction of religion and politics in Afghanistan,
Bangladesh, India, Nepal, Pakistan and Sri Lanka.
Although the specific circumstances of each country are
different, in recent decades, religion, religio-political
parties, and religious rhetoric have become dominant
features of the political scenes in all six countries. The
contributors offer a thorough examination of these
developments by presenting each country’s political
system and the socio-economic environment within
which the interactions are taking place. The analysis of
the various factors influencing the process of the
interactions between religion and politics, and their
impact on the lives of the people of the region and
global politics constitute the core of the chapters.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Three Arguments about
Religion-Politics Nexus Ali Riaz 1. The Strategic Use of Islam
in Afghan Politics Abdulkader Sinno 2. The Politics of
Islamization in Bangladesh Ali Riaz 3. Religion, Politics and
Violence in India Amalendu Misra 4. Nepal: From Hindu
Monarchy to Secular Democracy Subho Basu 5. Pakistan: A
State for the Muslims or an Islamic State? Farhat Haq 6.
Politicization of Buddhism and Electoral Politics in Sri Lanka A
R M Imtiyaz. Appendix. Glossary
2010: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77800-8: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77801-5: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415778015
order Yours today!
For simple and secure online ordering,
please visit www.routledge.com/politics
or use the order form at the back
of this catalog.
87

88
religioN ANd Politics
ForthcomiNg
Man’s dominion
Religion and the Eclipse of Women’s Rights
in World Politics
Sheila Jeffreys, University of Melbourne, Australia
Series: Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics
The Sacred Men’s Club examines the global struggle of
religious conservatism against women’s rights, and the
ways in which a rise in the power of organised religions
in western countries in the last two decades affects the
lives of women.
Institutionalised religion is, as feminist theorist Mary Daly
points out, a ‘sacred men’s club’. The rise of religious
ideals and movements in world politics can be
understood as representing a movement focusing on
men’s rights and power. Contrary to this lies the
marginalisation of women in religion and religious
power structure.
The book explores and provides:
• a feminist critique of the politics of religion
• a view that the contemporary rise of religion
endangers the rights of women in two ways: on the
world stage through the United Nations, and in
western democracies through multifaithism and
desecularisation
• concrete examples of the ways in which the rise of
religion affects women’s status by looking at polygamy
and dress practices.
Following on from The Industrial Vagina, Sheila Jeffrey’s
incisive and often controversial views provide a polemical
and radical re-envisioning of some of the most important
issues in the fields of religion, politics and gender
studies.
Selected Contents: 1. The Devilís Gateway: Feminism and
Religion 2. The Feminist Critique of Multiculturalism
3. Desecularisation and the Consolidation of Women’s
Subordination 4. The Right to Religion and Women’s Human
Rights 5. A Harem for Every Man: The Campaign to
Decriminalise Polygamy 6. Clothed in Submission: The
Modesty Requirement 7. The Master’s Tools?: Feminist
Reinterpretation or Rejection of Religion 8. Conclusion:
Combating the Rise of Religion
August 2011: 234 x 156: 208pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59673-2: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59674-9: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415596749
Full table of Contents
For full table of contents on all titles
featured in this catalog, visit:
www.routledge.com/politics
New
Islamic Radicalism and
Multicultural Politics
The British Experience
Tahir Abbas, Fatih University, Turkey
‘Much of the commentary on
Islam today is shrill and
one-dimensional which
further widens the gap
between Muslims and
non-Muslims. Because Tahir
Abbas’ Islamic Radicalism
and Multicultural Politics is
reasoned, scholarly and aims
to provide historical context
it is a powerful corrective.
Being both British and
Muslim allows him to
present us with a truly insider’s account.’ - Akbar
Ahmed, American University, USA
‘In the face of so many superficial denunciations of
radical Islam in Britain, Tahir Abbas provides an
account that is both broad in its historical coverage
and profound in its social analysis. In his sweep of
several centuries of South Asian Islamic thinking,
Abbas includes the conflicts engendered by British
colonialism, and the complex processes of
immigration and settlement in Britain. He is
especially good in his own speciality, the patterns
of inequality in education and in the labour
market, through which he shows how the global
growth in radical thinking can articulate with
domestic social disparities. Here is a distinctive
voice entering the debate.’ - John R. Bowen,
Washington University in St. Louis, USA
Selected Contents: Preface 1. From the Historical to the
Contemporary 2. Islamic Political Radicalism: Origins and
Destinations 3. Post-war Immigration: Ethnicity, Identity and
Spatiality 4. The Formation of Muslim Capital: Education,
Employment and Entrepreneurialism 5. Neo-Orientalism and
Islamophobia: The Media and Print News 6. The Political
Philosophy of Multiculturalism and the ‘Modern Muslim’
7. Islamist Identity Politics in the Context of Glocalisation
8. Muslims, Crime, Terror and the Law 9. British Islam
Tomorrow and the Battle Ahead
January 2011: 234 x 156: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57224-8: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57225-5: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85004-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415572255
Mawlana Mawdudi and
Political Islam
Authority and the Islamic state
Roy Jackson, University of Gloucestershire, UK
Mawlana Mawdudi was one of
the most influential and
important Islamic thinkers of
the 20th century, whose brand
of political Islam has won
widespread acceptance in South
and South East Asia as well as
the Middle East. This book is
the first to critically engage and
assess his career and legacy. It
includes coverage of his early
life and influences, and
examines his considerable
influence in the contemporary Islamic world.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Life and
Times of Mawdudi 1. A Noble Lineage. 1903-1919 2. ‘A
hidden power within me’, 1920-1930 3. Crisis of the Spirit,
1930-1939 4. The Birth of a New Party, 1940-1947 5. The
Pakistan Years, 1947-1979 Part 2: Mawdudi and Political
Islam 6. The Need for ‘Intellectual Independence’ 7. The
Salafiyyah 8. Mawdudi’s Paradigms: The Four Sources of His
Islamic Constitution 9. Theo-Democracy (or Divine
Government?) 10. Jihad and the Permanent Revolution
11. Mawdudi’s Legacy
September 2010: 234 x 156: 216pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47411-5: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-47412-2: £21.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84872-2
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415474122
ForthcomiNg
Muslims in Britain
Making Social and Political Space
Edited by Waqar Ahmad, Middlesex University in
London, UK and Ziauddin Sardar
This book examines the social and political position of
Muslims in Britain. Contributions from academics and
policy makers explore issues of religion and politics,
Britishness, governance, parallel lives, gender issues,
religion in civic space, ethnicity, and inter ethnic and
religious relations.
Selected Contents: Introduction Waqar Ahmad and
Ziauddin Sardar 1. Reimagining and Renegotiating Muslim
Spaces Waqar Ahmad 2. Talking or Shouting? Religion and
Public Space Ziauddin Sardar 3. Multiculturalism and the
Gender Gap: Issues for Muslim Communities in Britain Heidi
Safia Mirza 4. Muslim, Female and Political: Creating Space
and Challenging Myths Bano Murtuja 5. Young Muslims in
London: Gendered Negotiations of Local, National and
Transnational Places Louise Ryan and Ludovica Banfi
6. Exploring Social Spaces of British Muslims Lucinda Platt
7. Are British Muslims Socially Segregated? Ludi Simpson and
Nissa Finney 8. Local Britain, Islam and the Governance of
Diversity Michael Keith 9. Britain and Britishness: Place,
Exclusion and Belonging Rosemary Sales
October 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59471-4: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59472-1: £22.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415594721
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Political Islam
A Critical Reader
Edited by Frédéric Volpi, University of St. Andrews,
UK
This reader provides the student
with an accessible and
comprehensive introduction to
the study of political Islam.
Offering a clear route to the
most influential literature in the
field, the diverse range of
viewpoints presented allows
students to obtain a detailed,
authoritative and critical
perspective on the most
pressing questions of the
post-9/11 era.
With detailed introductory chapters and clear
presentation of existing literature, thematically-arranged
sections cover:
• modern understandings and explanations of Islamism
• the emergence and development of Islamist groups
• political responses to the phenomenon
• democracy and democratization
• multiculturalism
• political violence and terrorism
• globalization
• the future of political Islam.
This overview of political Islam will help students at all
levels to appreciate its many manifestations and
dimensions. A relevant text to introductory courses on
history, international affairs, government and sociology,
this reader is an essential tool for students of the Middle
East, Muslim politics, religion in politics and Islamism.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Critically Studying
Political Islam 2. Modern Understandings and Explanations
of Islamism 3. Political Islam, the State and Political Power
4. Political Islam and Democracy 5. Islamist Movements in
Multicultural Settings 6. Political Islam and Political Violence
7. The Globalization of Islamism 8. The Future of Political
Islam
September 2010: 246 x 174: 488pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56027-6: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56028-3: £27.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415560283
reseArch
methods
Political Research
An Introduction
Lisa Harrison
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415226561
2001: 246 x 174: 200pp
Hb: 978-0-415-22655-4: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-22656-1: £26.99
3rd edition
Issues and Methods in
Comparative Politics
An Introduction
Todd Landman, University of Essex, UK
‘If this textbook had been
available when I was a
college senior or first-year
graduate student, it would
have saved me months of
muddled thinking about
what comparative politics is
and how it should be done.
Landman distills a vast
literature into a coherent
synthesis of all the
fundamental methodological
issues that arise in
comparative politics, which he organizes under the
rubrics of comparisons of many cases, few cases, or
single cases. He generously evaluates the strengths
and limitations of each one and illustrates these
tradeoffs in seven substantively rich chapters that
survey actual research on economic development,
violence and revolution, social movements,
democratization, institutional design, human
rights, and the growing overlap between
international relations and comparative politics.
Within the positivist camp, Landman’s perspective
is comprehensive, balanced, and methodologically
pluralistic. This book is a wonderfully clear and
complete introduction to comparative politics and
several of its most prominent research programs.’
- Michael Coppedge, University of Notre Dame, USA
2008: 246 x 174: 384pp
Hb: 978-0-415-41236-0: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-41237-7: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415412377
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
reseArch methods
ForthcomiNg
2nd edition
A Positive Political Theory
Primer
Peter C. Ordeshook, California Institute of
Technology, USA
A Positive Political Theory Primer is designed to introduce
students to the application of game theory to modeling
political processes.
Selected Contents: 1. Representation of Political Processes
2. Analysis of Extensive Form Games 3. Analysis of Strategic
Form Games 4. Some Special Political Games 5. Games with
Incomplete Information 6. Cooperation and Coalitions
December 2011: 229 x 152: 324pp
Pb: 978-0-415-99542-9: £34.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415995429
Surviving Field Research
Working in Violent and Difficult
Situations
Edited by John C. King and Julie A. Mertus, both
at American University, Washington DC, USA, and
Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega and
Johanna Herman, all at University of East London,
UK
’Research on civil war and
peacebuilding has grown
substantially in the past
decade, but there is as yet
little guidance for those
willing to go to the field in
the special conditions of
conflict zones. This volume
of case studies provides a
wealth of ethnographic
information about what to
expect and extremely useful
advice from those who have
done it. Practitioners as well as students will find it
immensely welcome.’ - Susan L. Woodward, City
University of New York, USA
’This sensitive guide to the ethical and practical
issues that accompany the conduct of field research
in conflict and post-conflict settings is an absolute
must for those who care about the safety and well
being of those among whom they work. Gracefully
written, this collection of the reflections of
remarkably talented scholars should make a major
impact on thinking about the responsibilities of the
field researcher in situations where their questions
and conclusions can pose threats to the subjects of
their research and to themselves.’ - William Reno,
Northwestern University, USA
Selected Contents: Part 1: Ethics Part 2: Access
Part 3: Veracity Part 4: Security Part 5: Identity, Objectivity,
Behaviour
2009: 234 x 156: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-48934-8: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48935-5: £22.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87527-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415489355
89

90
reseArch methods
ForthcomiNg
understanding Methods
Coping with the Quantitative - Qualitative
Divide
Marianne Franklin, Goldsmiths College, University
of London, UK
This textbook is designed to
introduce advanced
undergraduates and graduate
students to the research
process. It explains how the
research process works, from
the initial research question to
formulating an overall research
design in line with
contemporary disciplinary and
inter-disciplinary frameworks.
The textbook explains the key
methodological and theoretical
debates and gives equal weight to both qualitative and
quantitative methods while remaining focussed on the
practical concerns of the research student.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Theoretic-
Methodological Debates in Historical Perspective 3. Piecing
Together a Puzzle: First Steps in Designing a Research
Proposal 4. Situating Yourself 5. Making Choices:
Quantitative or Qualitative? 6. Doing the Research
7. Writing it All Up 8. Same Question, Different Methods?
9. Conclusion: Surviving the Research Process
August 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49079-5: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49080-1: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415490801
The Future of Political Science
100 Perspectives
Edited by Gary King, Harvard University, USA,
Kay L. Schlozman, Boston College, USA and
Norman Nie, Stanford University, USA
This book contains some of the
newest, most exciting ideas
now percolating among political
scientists, from hallway
conversations to conference
room discussions. To spur future
research, enrich classroom
teaching, and direct nonspecialist
attention to
cutting-edge ideas, a
distinguished group of authors
from various parts of this
sprawling and pluralistic
discipline has each contributed a brief essay about a
single novel or insufficiently appreciated idea on some
aspect of political science. The one hundred essays are
concise, no more than a few pages apiece, and informal.
While the contributions are highly diverse, readers can
find unexpected connections across the volume, tracing
echoes as well as diametrically opposed points of view.
This book offers compelling points of departure for
everyone who is concerned about political science
— whether as a scholar, teacher, student, or interested
reader.
2009: 229 x 152: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99700-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-99701-0: £19.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88231-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415997010
ForthcomiNg
Interpretive Approaches to
Research design
Concepts and Processes
dvora Yanow, University of Amsterdam, the
Netherlands and Peregrine Schwartz-Shea,
University of Utah, USA
Series: Routledge Series on Interpretive Methods
Research design is fundamentally central to all scientific
endeavors, at all levels and in all institutional settings.
This book is a practical, short, simple, and authoritative
examination of the concepts and issues in interpretive
research design, looking across this approach’s methods
of generating and analyzing data. It is meant to set the
stage for the more ’how-to’ volumes that will come later
in the Routledge Series on Interpretive Methods, which
will look at specific methods and the designs that they
require. It will, however, engage some very practical
issues, such as ethical considerations and the structure
of research proposals.
Interpretive research design requires a high degree of
flexibility, where the researcher is more likely to think of
’hunches’ to follow than formal hypotheses to test.
Yanow and Schwartz-Shea address what research design
is and why it is important, what interpretive research is
and how it differs from quantitative and qualitative
research in the positivist traditions, how to design
interpretive research, and the sections of a research
proposal and report. It demonstrates how interpretive
researchers engage with ’world-making’, context,
systematicity and flexibility, reflexivity, investigation,
bottom up concepts, and explanatory description.
Selected Contents: 1. What is Research Design and Why is
it Important? 2. What is ’Interpretive’ Research? 3.
Designing for Interpretive Research 4. Sections of a Research
Proposal and Their Relationship to a Research ’Report’
July 2011: 229 x 152: 144pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87807-4: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87808-1: £18.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85490-7
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415878081
ForthcomiNg
Political Culture
An Introduction to the Cultural Analysis of
Politics
Jan-Erik Lane and uwe Wagschal, both at
University of Freiburg, Germany
This short accessible text presents an overview of the
relevance of culture for politics. Culture figured
prominently in the theories of the great classics, such as
Marx, Durkheim and Weber and discussion of cultural
politics has been revived and variegated with the
influence of postmodernism.
Selected Contents: Section 1 1.On the Cultural Analysis
(CA) of Politics 2. CA and Scientific Objectivity
Section 2: Elements of Culture 3. Ethnicity 4. Religion
5. Tradition Section 3: New Vistas Into The Research On
Value Orientations 6. Methodology for Enquiry into Value
Orientations 7. Gender, Homosexuality and Culture 8. What
is Post-Materialism? 9. Social Capital: Identification and
Existence of the Trust Concept 10. The Main Value
Orientations in Post-Modern Society 11. Culture and the
Environment 12. Conclusion
June 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-67325-9: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-67326-6: £25.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415673266
essAy
collectioNs
ForthcomiNg
In Search of democracy
Larry diamond
This book takes stock of
democratic progress in the
world, reflecting upon the
causes of democratic difficulty
in the world. Diamond
addresses some of the critical
conditions for democratic
success, analyzes democratic
dilemmas and prospects in
particular regions and countries,
and then concludes by assessing
the policy implications for
promoting and assisting
democratic development internationally.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: In Search of Democracy
Part 1: The dynamics and Foundations of democracy
2. The Surge and Recession of the Third Wave of Democracy
3. Is Pakistan the Reverse Wave of the Future? 4. Economic
Development and Democracy Reconsidered 5. Rethinking
Civil Society: Toward Democratic Consolidation 6. The
Quality of Democracy: An Overview Part 2: In Search of
democracy in Africa 7. Class Formation in the Swollen
African State 8. Class, Ethnicity and the Democratic State
9. Cleavage, Conflict and Anxiety in the Second Nigerian
Republic 10. Issues in the Constitutional Design of a Third
Nigerian Republic 11. Progress and Retreat in Africa
Part 3: Other Cases 12. Why China’s Democratic Transition
Will Differ From Taiwan’s 13. Rule of Law as Transition to
Democracy in China 14. Indonesia’s Place in Global
Democracy 15. Prospects for Democratization in Hong Kong
16. What Went Wrong and Right in Iraq Part 4: Promoting
democracy: Policy Implications 17. Empowering the Poor:
What Does Democracy Have to Do with It? 18. Promoting
Real Reform in Africa 19. A Transatlantic Strategy to
Promote Democratic Development in the Broader Middle
20. Promoting Democracy in Post-Conflict and Failed States
21. Supporting Democracy: Refashioning U.S. Global
Strategy
August 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78127-5: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78128-2: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781282
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

ForthcomiNg
Carole Pateman
Democracy, Feminism & Welfare
Terrell Carver, University of Bristol, UK, and
Samuel A. Chambers
Series: Routledge Innovators in Political Theory
Carole Pateman is one of the
world’s leading political
theorists who has made
significant contributions in the
fields of feminism, sexual
politics and democratic theory.
This collection features her most
significant contributions in
these fields as well as a frank
and wide-ranging interview
where she discusses the
influences on her work, the
state of the art of political
theory and future research directions. This is an essential
collection for all those with an interest in contemporary
political theory and feminist studies.
Selected Contents: Introduction: Pateman’s Innovations
Terrell Carver and Sam Chambers 1. Political Culture, Political
Structure and Political Change 2. A Contribution to the
Political Theory of Organizational Democracy 3. Political
Obligation and the Sword of Leviathan 4. If Voting Could
Change Anything, it Would be Illegal 5. Feminism and
Democracy 6. The Shame of the Marriage Contract 7. Sex
and Power 8. Equality, Difference, Subordination 9. Three
Questions about Womanhood Suffrage 10. Wollstoncraft
11. The Legacy of T.H.Marshall 12. Freedom and
Democratization 13. Another Way Foreward 14. An
Interview with Carole Pateman
April 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78111-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78112-1: £26.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781121
Ethno-symbolism and
Nationalism
A Cultural Approach
Anthony d. Smith, London School of Economics,
UK
Provides a concise explanation
of an ethno-symbolic approach
to the study of nations and
nationalism and simultaneously
embodies a general statement
of Anthony D. Smith’s
contribution to this approach
and its application to the central
issues of nations and
nationalism.
Selected Contents: Introduction
1. Perennialism and Modernism
2. Basic Themes of Ethno-
Symbolism 3. The Formation of Nations 4. The Role of
Nationalism 5. Persistence and Transformation of Nations
6. Pro et Contra
2009: 216 x 138: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-49795-4: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-49798-5: £23.99
eBook: 978-0-203-87655-8
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415497985
New
Hegemony and democracy
Bruce Russett, Yale University, USA
Series: Security and Governance
‘Bruce Russett is one of
America’s leading
international relations
scholars, and he has long
been interested in how
democracy affects world
politics. In this collection of
his essays —some old, some
new — he focuses on how
America’s democratic
character affects its
hegemony. He has no simple
answer, but he provides a
variety of important insights on the matter. This
book deserves to be widely read.‘ - John J.
Mearsheimer, University of Chicago, USA
‘Exploring the relationships between democracy
and hegemony, Bruce Russett deploys a rare
combination of rigor and nuance. Filled with
insights and evidence, these essays by a master at
the top of his game teach us a great deal about
central issues of world politics.’ - Robert Jervis,
Columbia University, USA
Selected Contents: 1. A Democratic Hegemon?
2. Democracy, War, and Expansion through Historical Lenses
3. Dimensions of Resource Vulnerability: Some Elements of
Rigor in Concept and Policy Analysis 4. U.S. Hegemony:
Gone or Merely Diminished, and How Does it Matter?
5. The Real Decline in Nuclear Hegemony 6. The Future as
Arbiter of Theoretical Controversies: The Scientific Study of
Politics and Predictions with James Lee Ray 7. Courting
Disaster: NATO vs. Russia and China with Allan C. Stam 8. A
Neo-Kantian Perspective: Democracy, Interdependence and
International Organizations in Building Security Communities
9. Democratic Intergovernmental Organizations Promote
Peace with Jon Pevehouse 10. Security Council Expansion:
Can’t and Shouldn’t 11. Liberalism 12. No Clear and
Present Danger: A Skeptical View of the United States Entry
into World War II 13. Democracy, Hegemony, and Collective
Action
March 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57570-6: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57571-3: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-82994-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415575713
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
order Yours today!
essAy collectioNs
ForthcomiNg
Liberal Peace
Selected Essays
Michael W. doyle, Columbia University, New York,
USA
This volume is a collection of the best essays by Prof.
Michael Doyle on the topics of liberalism and peace.
The connection between liberalism and peace is
important because liberal republics have proven to be
the dominant practice in the international system. For
many, they are the ideal of modern politics and their
separate peace has emerged as the most significant and
stable zone of peace in modern world history. This
collection includes Prof. Doyle’s seminal articles from the
1980s, which helped launch the ’Democratic Peace’
debate, through to the policy implications of liberal
internationalism in the post-Cold War era. The volume
concludes with a new essay that addresses a variety of
criticisms that have been made of his interpretation of
the liberal peace.
This book will be essential reading for students of
democratic peace theory, International Relations theory,
foreign policy, political science, and peace and security
studies.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Kantian Theory
of Liberalism 1. Kant, Liberal Legacies, and Foreign Affairs:
Part I (1983) 2. Kant, Liberal Legacies, and Foreign Affairs:
Part II (1983) 3. Liberalism and World Politics (1986)
Part 2: Liberalism in Theoretical Context 4. Politics and
Grand Strategy (1993) 5. The Voice of the People: Political
Theorists on the International Implications of Democracy
(1994) 6. One World, Many Peoples: International Justice in
John Rawls’s The Law of Peoples (2006) Part 3: Liberal
Grand Strategies: Ethics and Politics 7. An International
Liberal Community (1992) 8. A More Perfect Union? The
Liberal Peace and the Challenge of Globalization (2000) 9. A
Few Words on Mill, Walzer and Nonintervention (2009)
Part 4: Conclusion 10. Conclusion: Liberal Peace revisited
(2010). References
July 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78174-9: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78175-6: £23.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781756
For simple and secure online ordering,
please visit www.routledge.com/politics
or use the order form at the back
of this catalog.
91

92
essAy collectioNs
Power, the State, and
Sovereignty
Essays on International Relations
Stephen d. Krasner, Stanford University, USA
Stephen Krasner has been one
of the most influential theorists
within international relations
and international political
economy over the past few
decades. This book is a
collection of his key academic
work as well as a meditation on
his time in office.
Selected Contents: Introduction:
Actors and Institutions in the
Study of International Politics
Part 1: domestic Politics and
Foreign Policy 1. Defending the National Interest 2. US
Commercial and Monetary Policy: Unravelling the Paradox of
External Strength and Internal Weakness 3. Approaches to
the State: Alternative Conceptions and Historical Dynamics
4. Sovereignty: An Institutional Perspective
Part 2: International Politics 5. Structural Causes and
Regime Consequences: Regimes as Intervening Variables
6. State Power and the Structure of International Trade
7. Global Communications and National Power: Life On the
Pareto Frontier Part 3: Sovereignty 8. Sovereignty and Its
Discontents 9. Organized Hypocrisy in Nineteenth Century
East Asia 10. Sharing Sovereignty: New Institutions For
Collapsed and Failing States. Conclusion: Garbage Cans and
Policy Streams: How Academic Research Might Affect
Foreign Policy
2009: 234 x 156: 328pp
Hb: 978-0-415-77482-6: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-77483-3: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88213-9
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415774833
Practical Judgement in
International Political
Theory
Selected Essays
Chris Brown, London School of Economics, UK
’Chris Brown is what many
scholars wish to be - a writer
whose lucid expositions
never fail to engage,
challenge, and enlighten. For
thoughtful students of
international affairs, these
essays are an education in
the subject at its selfreflective
best.’ - Terry Nardin,
National University of Singapore
’I urge every student of
international relations and
political thought to read this book. You will find
yourself on an amazing journey through the
essential currents of contemporary intellectual
history. Chris Brown is an incomparable guide. He
shows us his subject in all of its magnificent scope.
His clarity, discernment and charming wit carry you
lightly through even the heaviest of arguments. It
is a rare collection of essays that can re-cast an
entire genre of literature. This volume does so. Like
all great essayists, Chris Brown gives us ideas,
characters and stories that delight and instruct.’
- Joel H. Rosenthal, Carnegie Council for Ethics in
International Affairs
‘This is an invaluable volume. Each essay is
immensely insightful, unfailingly engaging, and
boldly provocative. Moreover, the collection as a
whole maps the evolution in thinking of an
eminently important scholar who has done no less
than pioneer the field of study variously known as
a ‘international political theory’, ‘normative
international relations (IR) theory’ and
‘international ethics.’’ - Toni Erskine, Aberystwyth
University, UK
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: A Life in Theory
Part 1: Communitarians and Cosmopolitans 2. The
Modern Requirement: Reflections on Normative Theory in a
Post-Western World 3. Ethics of Co-Existence: The
International Theory of Terry Nardin 4. International Theory
and International Society: The Viability of the Middle Way
5. Universal Human Rights: A Critique 6. Towards a
Neo-Aristotelian Resolution of the Communitarian
Cosmopolitan Debate 7. Cultural Diversity and International
Political Theory 8. The Construction of a Realistic Utopia:
John Rawls and International Political Theory Part 2: The
discourse of International Relations 9. Not my
Department? Normative Theory and International Relations
10. Hegel and International Ethics 11. Turtles All the Way
Down: Antifoundationalism, Critical theory and International
Relations 12. Liberalism and the Globalisation of Ethics
13. Tragedy, Tragic Choices and International Political Theory
Part 3: The Exercise of Judgement 14. Cosmopolitanism,
World Citizenship and Global Civil Society 15. On Morality,
Self-Interest and Foreign Policy 16. Selective
Humanitarianism: In Defence of Inconsistency 17. Practical
Judgement and the Ethics of Pre-emption 18. Bob Dylan,
Live Aid, and the Politics of Popular Cosmopolitanism
February 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56460-1: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-56461-8: £25.99
eBook: 978-0-203-85749-6
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415564618
ForthcomiNg
Religion, Politics and
International Relations
Selected Essays
Jeff Haynes, London Metropolitan University, UK
Series: Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics
A leading authority in the
discipline, Jeffrey Haynes has
contributed to many of the
most significant debates in the
fields of religion & politics and
religion & international relations
in the last twenty years. This
book brings together many of
his most influential essays,
offering a comprehensive
analysis of religious actors and
their political goals.
In recent years, scholars have
identified a range of religious actors with a variety of
political goals. The aim of this collection is to identify
and examine political activities of selected religious
actors in both domestic and international contexts. The
introductory chapter sets the scene for the collection,
providing a clear understanding of why, how and when
religious actors act politically both within and between
countries. Over the course of 15 essays, Jeffrey Haynes
presents a survey of the interaction of religion and
politics, both domestically and internationally, in relation
to a variety of issues, and draws the findings together in
a new conclusion written for the volume.
This work will be of great interest to the growing
number of scholars and students and practitioners
internationally who work on religion and politics, in both
domestic and international contexts.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Religion,
Secularization and Politics: A Postmodern Conspectus
3. Religious Fundamentalism and Politics 4. Religion and
Politics: What is the Impact of September 11 5. Popular
Religion and Politics in Sub-Saharan Africa 6. Religion,
Ethnicity, and Civil War in Africa: the Cases of Uganda and
Sudan 7. The Political and Social Context of Intercivilisational
Conflict, and the Possibilities of Peace-building 8. Conflict,
Conflict resolution and Peace-building: The Role of Religion
in Mozambique, Nigeria and Cambodia 9. Religion and
International Relations: What are the Issues 10. Religion and
Foreign Policy Making in the USA, India and Iran: Towards a
Research Agenda 11. Politics, Identity and Religious
Nationalism in Turkey: From Atat¸rk to the AKP
12. Transnational Religious Actors and International Politics
13. Transnational Religious Actors and International Order
14. Religion and a Human Rights Culture in America
15. Al-Qaeda: Ideology and Action 16. Islamic Militancy in
East-Africa 17. Conclusion
April 2011: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-61780-2: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-61781-9: £28.99
eBook: 978-0-203-81863-3
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415617819
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

The Puzzles of Politics
Inquiries into the Genesis and
Transformation of International Relations
Friedrich Kratochwil, EUI, Italy
Series: New International Relations
‘A collection of Fritz
Kratochwil’s essays is
self-recommending - his
standing as one of the most
interesting and challenging
of contemporary scholars of
International Political Theory
is incontestable. The
particular merit of this
collection is that it contains a
number of less well-known
and difficult to find pieces as
well as some of his most
famous contributions to the field. This is a book
that deserves a very wide audience.’ - Chris Brown,
London School of Economics, USA
‘Nobody has done more to expand the scope of IR
theory and to explore how politics is enabled and
sustained by social order and how order in turn
rests on principles of justice. These essays bring
together some of Fritz’s outstanding essays on
these subjects and should be read by anyone with
a serious interest in IR theory.’ - Richard Ned Lebow,
London School of Economics, UK
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: An Intellectual
Biography Part 1: defining the Approach 2. The Human
Conception of International Relations 3. On the Notion in
International Relations 4. Sovereignty, Property and
Propriety: The Generative of Modernity Part 2: Writings on
International Law 5. Thrasymmachos Revisited: On the
Relevance of Norms and the Study of Law 6. The Limits of
Contract 7. Has the Rule of Law become a Rule of Lawyers?
Part 3: Writings on Epistemology 8. Constructing a New
Orthodoxy? Wendt’s Social Theory of International Politics
9. History, Action and Identity: Revisiting the Great Debate
and Assessing its Importance for Social Theory 10. Then
Points to Ponder about Pragmatism: Some Critical Reflections
on Knowledge Generation in the Social Sciences
Part 4: drawing Boundaries: the Inter/External and the
Private/Public Nexus 11. Of Systems and Boundaries: An
Inquiry into the Formation of the State System 12. The
Politics of Place and Origin: An Enquiry into the Chasing
Boundaries of Representation and Legitimacy 13. Global
Governance and the Emergence of World Society
September 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58101-1: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58102-8: £26.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84511-0
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415581028
ForthcomiNg
War and Ideas
Selected essays
John Mueller, Ohio State University, USA
This book collects the key essays, together with updating
notes and commentary, of Professor John Mueller on
war and the role of ideas and opinions.
Mueller has maintained that war (and peace) are, in
essence, merely ideas, and that war has waned as the
notion that ’peace’ is a decidedly good idea has gained
currency. The first part of the book extends this
argument, noting that as ideas have spread, war is losing
out not only in the developed world, but now in the
developing one, and that even civil war is in marked
decline. It also assesses and critiques theories arguing
that this phenomenon is caused by the rising acceptance
of democracy and/or capitalism.
The second part argues that the Cold War was at base a
clash of ideas that were seen to be threatening, not of
arms balances, domestic systems, geography, or
international structure. It also maintains that there has
been a considerable tendency to exaggerate security
threats—currently, in particular, the one presented by
international terrorism—and to see them in excessively
military terms.
The third section deals with the role public opinion plays
in foreign policy, and argues that many earlier
conclusions about opinion during the Korean and
Vietnam Wars, including especially ones concerning the
importance of casualties in determining popular support
for war, apply to more recent military ventures in the
Persian Gulf, Bosnia, Iraq, and Afghanistan. It also
assesses the difficulties leaders and idea entrepreneurs
often encounter when they try to manage or manipulate
public opinion.
Selected Contents: Preface: Marketing Mousetraps
Part 1: War, Ideas, and Peace Introduction 1. The
Obsolescence of Major War 2. Policing the Remnants of War
3. War Has Almost Ceased to Exist: An Assessment 4. Why
Isn’t There More Violence? Part 2: Threat Perception,
Ideas, and Foreign Policy Introduction 5. What Was the
Cold War About? Evidence from Its Ending 6. Simplicity and
Spook: Terrorism and the Dynamics of Threat Exaggeration
7. Faulty Correlation, Foolish Consistency, and Fatal
Consequence: Democracy, Peace, and Theory in the Middle
East Part 3: Public Opinion, Foreign Policy, and War
Introduction 8. American Foreign Policy and Public Opinion
in a New Era: Eleven Propositions 9. The Iraq War and the
Management of American Public Opinion
May 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78176-3: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78177-0: £24.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415781770
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
essAy collectioNs
New
Power and Progress
International Politics in Transition
Jack Snyder, Columbia University, USA
Series: Security and Governance
This book draws together many
of Jack Snyder’s essays to create
a coherent volume that explores
a liberal realist theory of
international politics. It tackles
the question of change in a
heterogeneous, incompletely
modern international system
from a perspective that draws
on realism in stressing
pragmatism in tactics and on
liberalism in defining the
ultimate goals of change. The
book features a new introduction that explains the
general themes that unify the prescriptive articles on
international justice, the marketplace of ideas, and
democratization and is divided into three parts that
explore:
• Anarchy and Its Effects
• The Challenges of Democratic Consolidation
• Empire and the Promotion of a Liberal Order.
This fascinating and must-have collection will be of
interest to students and scholars of international
relations, especially those interested in the debates on
liberalism and realism, and comparative politics.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Anarchy and Its
Effects 2. Chain Gangs and Passed Bucks with Thomas
Christensen 3. Averting Anarchy in the New Europe 4. Civil
War and the Security Dilemma with Robert Jervis 5. Anarchy
and Culture The Challenges of democratic Transition
6. Turbulent Transitions: Why Emerging Democracies Go to
War with Edward Mansfield 7. Nationalism and the
Marketplace of Ideas with Karen Ballentine
8. Democratization and Civil War, with Edward Mansfield
9. Russian Backwardness and the Future of Europe Empire
and the Promotion of a Liberal Order 10. Myths of
Empire and Strategies of Hegemony 11. Trials and Errors:
Principles and Pragmatism in International Justice, with Leslie
Vinjamuri 12. Conclusion
March 2011: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-57572-0: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-57573-7: £18.99
For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415575737
Can’t find what
you’re looking for?
Visit our up-to-date website for a complete
listing of all our titles.
www.routledge.com/politics
93

94
a
iNdex
Abbas, Tahir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Achieving Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Ackelsberg, Martha A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Adams, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Adelphi series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 24, 25, 52
Adkins, Randall E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
After the Globe, Before the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Agathangelou, Anna M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Ahluwalia, Pal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Ahmad, Waqar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Akbarzadeh, Shahram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Akram, Susan M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Alden, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Aldrich, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Alexander, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Aligica, Paul Dragos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
American Anomaly, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
American Foreign Policy and The Politics of Fear . . . . 46
American Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
American Political Economy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
American Political Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
American Soldiers in Iraq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
America’s ‘Special Relationships’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Amoore, Louise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Analyzing Public Policy 2nd ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Anderson, Ewan W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Anderson, Liam D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Andre Gunder Frank and Global Development . . . . . 68
Andrew, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Anievas, Alexander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Applied Policy Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Arab-Israeli Conflict, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Archer, Clive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Arend, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Armstrong, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Ascher, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Ash, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Asia’s Transformations (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 29
Atlas of Middle Eastern Affairs, An . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Autobiographical International Relations . . . . . . . . . . 33
Axford, Barrie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
b
Bakker, Isabella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Balbus, Isaac D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Balzacq, Thierry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Barack Obama and the Politics of Redemption . . . . . . 6
Barberia, Lorena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Barma, Naazneen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Barnett, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Bartelson, Jens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Bartrop, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 66
Basics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Baxter, Kylie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Beail, Linda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Beck, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Bellamy, Alex J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Bennett, Gill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Benson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Berdal, Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Berinsky, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Best, Jacqueline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Beswick, Danielle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Beyond Anti-Americanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Beyond States and Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Bichler, Shimshon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Bilderberg People . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Biopolitics of Security in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . 55
Biswas, Shampa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Black Politics after the Civil Rights Revolution . . . . . . 10
Black Politics Today . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Black, David R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Blair, Alasdair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Blaney, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Blogging the Political . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Blyth, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Boettke, Peter J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Bogenschneider, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Bond, Jon R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Bonneau, Chris W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Booth, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 61
Braddock, Kurt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Bradnock, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Brettell, Caroline B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Brincat, Shannon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Britain and Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Britain and European Integration since 1945 . . . . . . . 19
British National Party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Brown, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Browne, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 43
Browning, Gary K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Brunn, Stanley D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Budgetary Politics in American Governments. . . . . . . 85
Building Peace After War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Bulkeley, Harriet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Burgess, J. Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Burnell, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Business and Global Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Butler, Michael J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Buying National Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Byrne, Sean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
c
Callaghan, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Campaigning for President 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Campaigning in the Twenty-First Century . . . . . . . . . . 7
Capital as Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Carole Pateman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Carson, Jamie L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Carvalho, Edzia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Carver, Terrell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Cases in Congressional Campaigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cases in Environmental Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Cass Military Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 64
Cass Series: Naval Policy and History (series) . . . . . . . 63
Castañeda, Jorge G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Century of Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Cesari, Jocelyne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Chaffee, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Challenges of Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Challenging Institutional Analysis and Development . 70
Chambers, Samuel A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Chandler, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Chandler, J.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Charting China’s Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
China’s African Challenges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Chinese Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Chinese Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Chinese Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Chinese Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Chu, Yin-wah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Churchill’s Man of Mystery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Cities, Politics & Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Civilizations in World Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Claes, Dag Harald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Clapp, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Clayton, Dewey M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Climate Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Clohesy, Anthony M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Coakley, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Cohen, Benjamin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Cohen, Hillel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Colomer, Josep M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Communication and Society (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Comparative European Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Comparative Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Comparative Politics of Latin America . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Comparative Public Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Complexity and Public Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Conca, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Conduct of Inquiry in International Relations, The . . . 31
Conducting Terrorism Field Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Conflict Management and Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Conflict Management in Divided Societies . . . . . . . . . 58
Conflict Transformation and Peacebuilding . . . . . . . . 58
Conflict, Security and Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Congressional Representation & Constituents . . . . . . . 7
Connelly, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Connors, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Conspiracy Theories in the Arab World . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Contemporary China - An Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Contemporary Debates on Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Contemporary European Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Contemporary European Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Contemporary Inter-American Relations (series) . . 14, 15
Contemporary Middle East (series) . . . . . . . . 21, 22, 23
Contemporary Political Theorists in Context. . . . . . . . 82
Contemporary Security Studies (series) . . . . . . . . 46, 54
Contemporary Terrorism Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . 61
Contemporary U.S.-Latin American Relations . . . . . . 14
Contesting Global Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Controversies in Electoral Democracy and
Representation (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 8, 9, 10
Cool, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Cooper, Andrew F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Copsey, Nigel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Corbett, Thomas J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Corbridge, Stuart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Corporate Power and Ownership in Contemporary
Capitalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Cottam, Martha L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Cox Han, Lori . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Cox, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Cramer, Jane K.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 54
Crenshaw, Martha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Crisis in Public Opinion Polling, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Crisis of Global Environmental Governance, The . . . . 76
Critical International Relations - An Introduction . . . . 37
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Critical Issues in Global Politics
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 35, 50, 55, 68
Critical Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Critical Terrorism Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Critical Theorists and International Relations . . . . . . . 37
Critical Theory in International Relations and Security
Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Critical Theory of International Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Cronin, Patrick M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Crowson, N.J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Cultural Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Culture and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Curtis, Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
d
Davies, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Davis Jr., Theodore J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Davison, Remy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Dayton, Bruce W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
de Goede, Marieke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Dean, Jodi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Debating U.S.-Cuban Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Deconstructing International Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Dedman, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Dedman, Martin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
DeGarmo, Denise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Demmers, Jolle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Democracy Advantage, Revised Edition, The . . . . . . . 13
Democracy and Intervention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Democratic Innovations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Democratization Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Der Derian, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 37
Designing Public Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Devezas, Tessaleno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Diamond, Larry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Dietz-Uhler, Beth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Digital Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Dillon, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 32, 36, 55
Diplomatic History of Postwar Japan, The . . . . . . . . . 34
Dixit, Priya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Dobson, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Dobson, Hugo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Dodd, Lawrence C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Dolnik, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Dominguez, Jorge I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Domínguez, Jorge I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Dosch, Jörn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Dowdle, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Doyle, Michael W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Duff Wrobbel, E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Dulio, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Dumbrell, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Dumper, Michael. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Dunn Cavelty, Myriam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Dunne, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Dying Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
e
East Asia’s New Democracies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
East Asian Transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Eatwell, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Eckstein, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Edkins, Jenny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 37
Eisner, Marc Allen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Elias, Juanita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Elliott, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Elman, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
End of European Integration, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
End of Terrorism?, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Ender, Morten G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Ending Wars, Consolidating Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Ennaji, Moha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Environmental Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Environmental Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Environmental Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Environmental Politics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Environmental Politics 2E + Cases in Environmental
Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Ericson, David F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Ethical Subject of Security, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Ethnic Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Ethno-symbolism and Nationalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Europe and Global Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
European Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 17
European Union: The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
European Union’s New Democracies, The . . . . . . . . . 17
Evans, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Everyday Practice of Race in America. . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Evidence-Based Policymaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Experiencing War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Explaining Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Explaining Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Extremism and Democracy (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 80
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
F
Fair Trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Falk, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fascism and Political Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Fascism and the Extreme Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Federalism and the Making of America . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fell, Dafydd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Feminism and International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Feminism and the Transformation of International
Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Feminist Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Fernández de Castro, Rafael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Fernández Sola, Natividad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
FIFA (Fédération Internationale de Football
Association) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Fifty Key Thinkers on the Holocaust and Genocide . . 66
Finger, Matthias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Fleisher, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Foreign Policy Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Foreign Policy Analysis (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Framing Sarah Palin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Franklin, Marianne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Frederick, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fried, Amy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Fritzen, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Fukuda-Parr, Sakiko. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Future of Asia-Pacific Sea Power, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Future of Conflict, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Future of Global Currency, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Future of Political Science, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
g
iNdex
Galbreath, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Gallagher, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Galtung, Johan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Ganguly, Rajat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Garver, John W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Geissel, Brigitte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Gender and Global Restructuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Gender and International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Gender and Violence in the Middle East . . . . . . . . . . 21
Gender Matters in Global Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Genocide Studies Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Geoghegan, Vincent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Geyer, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Giegerich, Bastian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Gillespie, Andra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Gills, Barry K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Gilson, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Global Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Global Economy Contested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Global Environmental Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Global Finance in Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Global Governance, Poverty and Inequality . . . . . . . . 39
Global Health Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Global Horizons (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Global Institutions
(series) . . . . . . . . . . 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 66, 67, 68
Global Institutions and the HIV/AIDS Epidemic . . . . . 39
Global Political Economy of Intellectual Property
Rights, 2nd ed, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Global Political Islam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Global Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect . . . . . 53
Global Politics and the Responsibility to Protect
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Global Poverty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Global Poverty, Ethics and Human Rights. . . . . . . . . . 74
Global Terrorism and New Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Global Think Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Globalization as Evolutionary Process . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Goodwin, Matthew J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Gordenker, Leon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Gosling, James J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Governance of Life in Chinese Moral Experience . . . . 29
Governing Climate Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Governing Subjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Governing the Global Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Government and Politics in Taiwan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Government and Politics of the Contemporary Middle
East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Government Official History Series (series) . . . . . . . . . 64
Governmentality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Gowland, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Grant, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Gray, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Gray, Matthew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Green Political Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Green, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Gregoratti, Catia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Grenfell, Damian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Gries, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Group of Twenty (G20), The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
95

96
iNdex
Guy Liddell Diaries Vol.II: 1942-1945, The . . . . . . . . . 65
Guy Liddell Diaries, Volume I: 1939-1942, The . . . . . 65
h
Haas, Peter J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Hadfield, Amelia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Hale, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Halikiopoulou, Daphne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Hall, Melinda Gann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Halperin, Morton H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Halperin, Sandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Hamilton, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Handbook of Conflict Analysis and Resolution . . . . . . 59
Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies . . . . . . . . . . 57
Handel, Michael I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Hanhimaki, Jussi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Harman, Sophie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Harrison, Lisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 89
Harriss, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Hashim, Ahmed S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Hassan, Riaz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Haworth, Nigel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Hayner, Priscilla B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Haynes, Jeff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 92
Haywood, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Hegemony and Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Helleiner, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Hellinger, Daniel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Helping America Vote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Henderson, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Henderson, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Henehan, Marie T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Henry, Nicola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Herman, Johanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 89
Hernandez, Rafael. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Herz, Mônica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Hirschfelder-Ascher, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Hoglund, Kristine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Hollifield, James F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Holmes, Jennifer S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Homolar, Alexandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Hooghe, Liesbet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Hook, Glenn D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Horgan, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 62
Hough, Dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Houghton, David P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Howard, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Howlett, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 85
Hsu, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Hubert, Don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Huggins, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Hughes, Christopher W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 27, 49
Hughes, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Hulme, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Human Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Human Rights Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Human Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Humanitarianism Contested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Huysmans, Jef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Hyde-Price, Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
i
Idea of World Government, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Ideologies of US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Imber, Mark F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Immigrant Divide, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Immigration and American Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Imperfect Primary, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
In Defense of Judicial Elections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
In Search of Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Inayatullah, Naeem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 71
India as a Rising Great Power: Challenges and
Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
India, Pakistan, and Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Indian Political Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Industrial Vagina, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Intelligence and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
International Conflict Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
International Development and Global Politics . . . . . . 68
International History & International Relations . . . . . . 29
International Humanitarian Order, The . . . . . . . . . . . 50
International Labour Organization (ILO) . . . . . . . . . . . 39
International Law & the Use of Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
International Law and the Israeli-Palestinian
Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
International Law, International Relations and Global
Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
International Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
International Migration and Citizenship Today . . . . . . 73
International Organisations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
International Political Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 71
International Politics of HIV/AIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
International Politics of Mass Atrocities, The . . . . . . . 54
International Politics of the Asia Pacific, The . . . . . . . 27
International Relations and States of Exception . . . . . 37
International Relations Scholarship Around the
World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
International Relations Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
International Relations: The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
International Security & Peace Science . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
International Statebuilding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
International Trade Centre, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Interpretive Approaches to Research Design . . . . . . . 90
Interventions (series) . . . . . . . 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 82
Introduction to African Politics, An . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Introduction to Global Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Introduction to Political Communication, An . . . . . . . 78
Introduction to Political Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Iokibe, Makoto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Iranian Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Iraq’s Sunni Insurgency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Isaacs, Stuart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Ishay, Micheline R.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Islamic Radicalism and Multicultural Politics . . . . . . . . 88
Ismael, Jacqueline S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Ismael, Tareq Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Israeli-Palestinian Conflict, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Israel-Palestine Conflict, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Issues and Methods in Comparative Politics . . . . . . . . 89
Issues In International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Italy Today . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website
J
Jackson, Nigel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Jackson, Patrick Thaddeus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Jackson, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Jackson, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Jackson, Roy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Jacobs, Steven L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Jacoby, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
James, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Janbek, Dana M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Japan’s International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Japan’s Remilitarisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Jeffreys, Sheila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 88
Jenkins, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Jeong, Ho-Won . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Jillson, Cal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 4
Johansen, Jorgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
John, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 85
Johnson, Dennis W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 10
Jolly, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Jones, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 66
Judging Law and Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
K
Kakabadse, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Kakabadse, Nada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Kane, Thomas M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Katzenstein, Peter J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 32
Keaney, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Keman, Hans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Kimball, David C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
King, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
King, John C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Kingsbury, Damien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Kingstone, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Kirchner, Emil J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 45
Kleinman, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Knutsen, Carl Henrik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Koser, Khalid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Koulish, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Koutrakou, Vassiliki N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Krasner, Stephen D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Kratochwil, Friedrich . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Kriesberg, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Kropf, Martha E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Ku, Charlotte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Kurds and Iraq, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Kutting, Gabriela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Kütting, Gabriela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
l
Lai, Yew Meng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Laird, Sam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Landman, Todd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 89
Lane, Jan-Erik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 90
Langhorne, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Lanteigne, Marc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Latin American Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Laws That Shaped America, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Le Cheminant, Wayne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Leander, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Lebanon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Ledwidge, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

97
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
iNdex
Lees-Marshment, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Leftovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Lemert, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Liberal Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Liberal Way of War, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Libya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Lima, Laura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Limits to Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Ling, L.H.M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Lipschutz, Ronnie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Lisk, Franklyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Little, Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Lock, Ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Longworth, Rhonda Kinney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Lonsdale, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Luck, Edward C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Lynk, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
m
Macklin, Graham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Macmillan, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Madsen, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Magone, José . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Mahler, Alden R.W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Mahler, Gregory S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Mahnken, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Maiolo, Joseph A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Majeski, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Making Policy Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Making Sense of Media and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Maleki, Abbas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Malici, Akan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Mammone, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Mandaville, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Manheim, Jarol B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Mani, Rama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Manipulating Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Manning, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Man’s Dominion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Mansbach, Richard W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Maranto, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Marchand, Marianne H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Maritime Piracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Marks, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Marshall, Katherine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Martin-Ortega, Olga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 89
Marxism and World Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Masters of War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Mastors, Elena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Matthews, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Mauer, Victor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Mawlana Mawdudi and Political Islam . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
May, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Mazo, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
McAllister, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
McBride, Dorothy E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
McGann, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
McGarry, John. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
McKinnon, Catriona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
McKnight, Utz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
McMaster, H.R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
McNair, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
McNeill, Desmond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Measuring Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Media, War and Security (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Medvic, Stephen K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Mertus, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Mertus, Julie A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Mexican Security Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Middle East Today, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Migration Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Milakovich, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) . . . . . . . . . . 38
Miller, Linda B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Miller, Norman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Miller, Raymond C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Millett, Richard L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Milton-Edwards, Beverley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Miskimmon, Alister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Mitra, Subrata K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Mittelman, James H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Modelski, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Modern State, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Modern Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Modern Turkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Mohapatra, Silika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Morales, Marco A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Mudde, Cas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Mueller, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Multiculturalism Backlash, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Multilateral Counter-Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Murray, Donette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Murray, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Musell, R. Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Muslims in Britain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Muslims in the West after 9/11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
N
Nair, Sheila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Najem, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
National Security Cultures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
National Security in the Obama Administration . . . . . 49
Nationalism and Globalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Neuroscience and Political Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
New British Fascism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
New Challenges to Democratization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
New Directions in American Political Parties . . . . . . . . 9
New Directions in American Politics (series) . . . . . 6, 8, 9
New Directions in Campaigns and Elections . . . . . . . . 8
New Directions in Congressional Politics . . . . . . . . . . . 6
New Directions in Genocide Research . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
New Directions in Public Opinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
New Directions in the American Presidency . . . . . . . . . 6
New Directions in US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
New Extremism in 21st Century Britain, The . . . . . . . 80
New Global Politics of the Asia Pacific, The . . . . . . . . 27
New International Relations (series) . . 31, 33, 71, 81, 93
Newell, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Newton, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Nie, Norman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Nitzan, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Nixon, Paul G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
No Place for Amateurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Non-Governmental Organizations in World Politics . . 40
Norrander, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Nunes, Joao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
o
Obama Presidency, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Oberg, Magnus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
O’Connor, Brendon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Oldenburg, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
O’Leary, Brendan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Ordeshook, Peter C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
Development (OECD), The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Organization of American States (OAS), The . . . . . . . 38
Origins & Development of the European Union
1945-2008, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Ougaard, Morten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Out of Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Owen, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Ozcan, Gul Berna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
p
Pagliari, Stefano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Park, Bill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Park, Jacob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Parker, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Parmar, Inderjeet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 48
Parrish, John M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Parry, Janine A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Paterson, Matthew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Peace and Conflict Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Peace Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Peacebuilding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Peoples, Columba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Perceptions and Policy in Transatlantic Relations . . . . 45
Pérez, Orlando J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Pérez-Stable, Marifeli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Perpetual Menace, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Perry, Elizabeth J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Perspectives on American Government . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Peters, B.Guy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Phillips, Nicola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Pierson, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Pinderhughes, Dianne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Pin-Fat, Véronique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Polarized! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Pole, Antoinette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Political Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Political Economy of Central Asia, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Political Economy of Latin America, The . . . . . . . . . . 15
Political Economy Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Political Ideologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Political Institutions and Lesbian and Gay Rights in
the United States and Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Political Islam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Political Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Political Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Political Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Political Theory and Climate Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Political Violence (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 61, 62
Politics and the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Politics in Asia (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 27
Politics in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Politics in the Republic of Ireland 5th ed. . . . . . . . . . . 19
Politics of Bureaucracy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Politics of Inclusion and Exclusion, The . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Politics of the New Germany, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

98
Politics: An Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Politics: The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Politics: The Key Concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Ponzio, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Positive Political Theory Primer, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Postcolonial Politics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 83
Postcolonial Theory & International Relations . . . . . . 35
Post-Liberal Peace, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Power and Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Power, the State, and Sovereignty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Practical Judgement in International Political Theory . 92
Practice of Diplomacy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Presidential Campaign of Barack Obama, The . . . . . . . 8
Preston, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Preventive Human Rights Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Prime, Penelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
PRIO New Security Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 56
Psychology of Counter-Terrorism, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Public Policy Primer, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Puzzles of Politics, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
r
iNdex
Racist Extremism in Central & Eastern Europe . . . . . . 80
Raine, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Ramcharan, Bertrand G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 42
Ramesh Thakur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Ramesh, M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Ramsbotham, Oliver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Ranstorp, Magnus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Rawal, Rajash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Raynolds, Laura T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Realism and World Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Realism Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Recovering Realism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Reddy, Sanjay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Regional Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Reid, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Religion and Politics in South Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Religion, Politics and International Relations . . . . . . . 92
Religious Institutions and Global Politics . . . . . . . . . . 40
Renshon, Stanley A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 49
Resisting Citizenship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Responsibility to Protect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Responsibility to Protect, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Rethinking American Electoral Democracy . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rethinking Foreign Policy Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Rethinking Globalizations (series) . . . 53, 68, 72, 74, 75
Rethinking Insecurity, War and Violence . . . . . . . . . . 53
Rethinking Japanese Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Reuveny, Rafael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Revitalizing Political Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Riaz, Ali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Richardson, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Richardson, Jeremy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Richmond, Oliver P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Rid, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Rihani, Samir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
RIPE Series in Global Political Economy
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 71, 72, 81, 82
Rise and Fall of Arab Jerusalem, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Rise of Regional Authority, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Risk and the War on Terror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Roach, Steven C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Robert D. Eldridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Roberts, Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Robertson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Robertson, David Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Rofe, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Romaniuk, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Rosamond, Ben . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Rosen, Stanley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Ross, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Routledge Atlas of Central Eurasian Affairs, The . . . . 24
Routledge Atlas of South Asian Affairs, The . . . . . . . 24
Routledge Companion to International Relations . . . . 31
Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism and the
City (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Routledge Critical Security Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . 81
Routledge Global Security Studies (series) . . . 46, 51, 54
Routledge Handbook of International Law . . . . . . . . 31
Routledge Handbook of International Political
Economy (IPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Routledge Handbook of Public Diplomacy . . . . . . . . . 45
Routledge Handbook of Religion and Politics . . . . . . 87
Routledge Handbook of Security Studies, The . . . . . . 49
Routledge Innovators in Political Theory (series) . . . . . 91
Routledge Introductions to Environment (series) . 76, 77
Routledge Issues in Contemporary Political
Theory (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 83
Routledge Key Guides (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 66
Routledge Perspectives on Development (series) . . . . 69
Routledge Research on Taiwan Series (series). . . . 26, 27
Routledge Series on Identity Politics (series) . . . . . . . . 10
Routledge Series on Interpretive Methods (series) . . . 90
Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security (series) . . . . 87
Routledge Studies in North American Politics (series) . 11
Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict
Resolution (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58, 59
Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 92
Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict
Management (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy (series) . . . 47, 48
Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Routledge Textbooks in Policy Studies
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 84, 85
Routledge/UACES Contemporary European Studies
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Roy-Chaudhury, Rahul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Ruparelia, Sanjay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Russett, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Russian Politics and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
s
Sabatini, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Sadiqi, Fatima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Sakwa, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Salmon, Trevor C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Sandole, Dennis J.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sandole-Staroste, Ingrid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Sardar, Ziauddin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Savage Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Schäfer, Axel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Schafer, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Schaffner, Brian F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Schakel, Arjan H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Schlozman, Kay L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Schoenborn, Benedikt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Schraufnagel, Scot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Schwartz-Shea, Peregrine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Scobbie, Iain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seapower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Seckinelgin, Hakan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Secret Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Securitization Theory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Security and Governance
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50, 54, 67, 91, 93
Security Governance of Regional Organizations,
The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Seddon, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Seib, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Selden, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Sellers, Patrick J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Senehi, Jessica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Serrano, Monica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Seth, Sanjay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Shambaugh, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Shapiro, Michael J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/Routledge
Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Shepherd, Laura J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Shor, Francis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Short Cuts (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Siegle, Joseph T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Silke, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Silvey, Rachel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Sinclair, Samuel J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Singer, J. David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Singh, Aakash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Singh, J.P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Sisson Runyan, Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Sjoberg, Laura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 82
Skidmore, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Sloan, Elinor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Smith, Anthony D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Smith, Graham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Smith, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Smith, Miriam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Smith, Raymond A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Snow, Nancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Snyder, Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Sobel, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Social Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Social Power in International Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Soederberg, Susanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Soft Power and US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Sovereignty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Sparks, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Sperling, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Springer, J. Fred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Sriram, Chandra Lekha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 89
St John, Ronald Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Stansfield, Gareth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
State Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
State Terrorism and Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
State, Power and Politics in the Making of the
Modern Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
StClair, Asunción Lera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Steigerwalt, Amy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Steiner, Niklaus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
complimentary exam copy e-inspection New in Paperback companion Website

Sterling-Folker, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Stewart, Dona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Stiehm, Judith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Stonecash, Jeffrey M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Storey, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Strategic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Strategy in Information and Influence Campaigns . . . 79
Streb, Matthew J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Stump, Jacob L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Suicide Bombings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Surviving Field Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Sutch, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Sylvan, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Sylvester, Christine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 58
Synnott, Hilary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
t
Taiwan’s Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Tansey, Stephen D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Tavares, Rodrigo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Taylor, Kirsten L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Taylor, Marcus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Taylor, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Taylor, Philip M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Territories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Territory, War, and Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Terror in Our Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Terrorism Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Terrorism Versus Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Texas Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Thakur, Ramesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Theories and Practices of Development . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Theories of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Theories of Violent Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Thinking About Congress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Thinking about Global Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Thinking about War and Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Thinking the International Differently . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Third Party Blues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Thompson, William R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 75
Thomson, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Thrall, A. Trevor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 54
Tickner, Arlene B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Tickner, J. Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Till, Geoffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 63
Time of the City, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Tomlinson, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Toops, Stanley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Totten, Samuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Transatlantic Relations since 1945 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Transforming Pakistan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Transforming Violent Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Transforming World Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Transnational Organized Crime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Truth Commissions and Transitional Societies . . . . . . 67
Tu, Weiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Tunisia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Turkish Foreign Policy since 1774 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Turner, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Turner, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/politics
u
U.S. Foreign Policy in Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
UCLA Center for Middle East Development
(CMED) series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 23
UN Global Compact, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
UN Human Rights Council, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
UN Secretary-General and Secretariat, The . . . . . . . . 41
UN Security Council . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Understanding Conflict and Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Understanding Contemporary Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Understanding Counterinsurgency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Understanding E-Government in Europe . . . . . . . . . . 18
Understanding Government Budgets . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Understanding India’s New Political Economy . . . . . . 73
Understanding Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Understanding Northern Ireland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Understanding Peace Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Understanding U.S.-Latin American Relations . . . . . . 15
Understanding Violent Radicalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
UNICEF (United Nations Children’s Fund) . . . . . . . . . . 42
Unilateralist Temptation in American Foreign Policy,
The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
United Nations and Human Rights, The . . . . . . . . . . . 67
United Nations Development Programme and System
(UNDP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural
Organization (UNESCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
United States and Cuba, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
United States and Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Universality, Ethics and International Relations . . . . . . 36
Unspeakable Truths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
US Foreign Policy and Iran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
US Foreign Policy in the Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
US Military, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
US Role in the World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
US Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
V
Valk, F. Vander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
van Ham, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
van Raemdonck, Dirk C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Vasilopoulou, Sofia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Vasquez, John A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Vaughan-Williams, Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 55
Veltri, Giuseppe A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Vertovec, Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Virtuous War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Vogel, Steven K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Volpi, Frederic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
w
Wæver, Ole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Wagschal, Uwe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Walker, RBJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Walker, Stephen G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Walker, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Walking Away from Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Wallensteen, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Walters, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
War and Ideas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
War and Rape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
War, Conflict and Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
War, Feminism & International Relations . . . . . . . . . . 34
iNdex
War, Peace and International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . 32
War, Politics and Experience (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Wark, Wesley K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Warleigh-Lack, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Warwick Studies in Globalisation (series) . . . . 70, 71, 72
Weaver, Catherine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Webel, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 57
Weber, Cynthia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Weinberg, Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Weinstein, Michael M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Weiss, Thomas G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 44, 50
Wennmann, Achim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Wessendorf, Susanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
West, Nigel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Whose Black Politics? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Why Did the US Invade Iraq? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Wibben, Annick T.R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Wiebelhaus-Brahm, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Wilford, Rick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Wilkinson, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Wilkinson, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 62
Wilkinson, Rorden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Willetts, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Williams, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Williams, Cindy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Williams, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Williams, Mark Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Williams, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 54
Willis, Katie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Winning with Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Wolff, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Wolfsfeld, Gadi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Women in the Middle East and North Africa . . . . . . . 21
Women’s Rights in the USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Wong, Siu-lun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Woodley, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Woodward, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Worlding Beyond the West (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Woshinsky, Oliver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Wright, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Wu, Xun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
y
Yahuda, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Yakinthou, Christalla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Yanow, Dvora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Youngs, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Yunker, James A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Z
Zagorski, Paul W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Zalewski, Marysia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Zancheta, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Zehfuss, Maja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Zhang, Everett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Zimmermann, Hubert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Zizek’s Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
99

order
your
books
todAy...
Please use this form to order directly from us.
If for any reason you are not satisfied with a book
ordered directly from us, simply return it in saleable
condition within 30 days (UK) or 60 days (Europe)
and we will refund you the cost of the book.
Prices and publication dates are correct at time
of going to press, but may be subject to change
without notice. All prices are net in the UK.
Alternatively, contact your regular supplier.
FREEPOST:
Taylor & Francis Group
Bookpoint (T&F)
Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER
Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB
(Please affix stamp if posting from outside UK.)
TELEPHONE (credit cards):
+44 (0)1235 400524
FAX:
+44 (0)20 7017 6699
EMAIL:
politics@routledge.com
ONLINE:
www.routledge.com
EBOOKS:
www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk
order oNliNe
aNd receiVe Free p&p!
order your books from
www.routledge.com
and receive free postage
& packaging when spending
£20 or more. (in UK only)
Qty Title ISBN Price
postage & pacKagiNg
uK: 5% of total order (£1 min charge, £10 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50*
Europe: 10% of total order (£2.95 min charge, £20 max charge). Next day delivery +£6.50*
Rest of World: 15% of total order (£6.50 min charge, £30 max charge).
*We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.
method of payment – Please tick and/or fill relevant boxes and select card type.
P&P
TOTAL
Please send me a pre-payment invoice. My Reference Number is: __________________________________________________
I enclose a cheque (made payable to Taylor & Francis) for £ ____________________________________
Please charge my debit/credit card:
Card number:
Start date: _______ /_______ Expiry date: _______ /_______ Issue No.*: _______
Security No. (last 3 digits of security number on back of card):
Signature: ______________________________________________________________________ Date: ______ /______ /______
(order not valid without signature) *only if paying by Maestro
your details – Please use block capitals.
First Name: Surname:
Email:
Department:
Institution:
Address:
Postcode: Country:
Telephone: VAT No. (EU Member States):
ISBN: 978-0-418-25227-7 POLL1101 A B C
librAry recommeNdAtioN
I recommend you purchase this/these book(s):
Title:
Author:
ISBN: Price:
Title:
Author:
ISBN: Price:
Title:
Author:
ISBN: Price:
To:
From:
Position:
Department:
Course(s) for which the book(s) would be relevant and why:
www.routledge.com/politics

R o u t l e d g e
Page 16 Page 20 Page 21 Page 31
Page 36 Page 49 Page 53 Page 93
www.routledge.com/politics
Routledge, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN
Tel: 020 7017 6000 Fax: 020 7017 6699 Email: politics@routledge.com
Paper used in this catalogue is chlorine free and environmentally friendly. It is manufactured with pulp supplied from sustainable managed forests.